Quantcast
Channel: India Archives - iPleaders
Viewing all 1639 articles
Browse latest View live

The Union Executive: Articles 52 to 78 and 123 Under Indian Constitution

$
0
0

This article is written by Devansh Sharma, 1st-year Student, at Law School, Banaras Hindu University. This article deals with the provisions related to the Union Executive.

Introduction 

A few days ago, helping my younger brother at the subject of civics, I was bombarded with questions like why is the president not the real head?, Why are all leaders not allowed to ministers?, Why is there a need for a party election and not individuals standing face to face? And many more. Though I was able to answer many, some really made me scratch my head. Though the concept of Parliament and Union Executive seems simple, it has its own intricacies. This made me look through all the provisions and laws relating to the executive. 

So, let us discuss the provisions and try to understand the form of the executive wing of the government of our country.

Parliamentary form of Government

Before talking of the Parliament and Union Executive, let us understand the form and nature of the Indian government. The Structure of the Indian government can be understood by the following flow chart:

India is a form of Parliamentary Government. It is a form of government in which the executive is responsible and answerable to the legislative. It is also called the Cabinet Government due to the concentration of executive powers in the Cabinet. The Executive is a part of the Legislative.

This form of government was basically preferred by the leaders as:

  • Leaders were aware of such a form of government.
  • This government was considered a more responsible government as in this form of government, the executive is answerable to legislative and the legislative is answerable to the citizens.
  • This type of government prevents Authoritarianism.
  • This form helps to get representation from a Diverse Group of people.
  • This form of government remains laden with the availability of Alternate Government.
  • In this form of government, the head of the state holds a ceremonial position and is the nominal executive. For example, the President
  • The real head of the State is the Prime Minister, who is the real executive. 
  • There is a majority party rule in such a form of government.
  • There is always a Parliamentary Opposition to maintain a check on the actions of the ruling government.
  •  In this form of Government Civil Servants are Independent.

This is a famous concept of government followed in other countries like Japan, Canada, Britain. This form of government in India was majorly inspired by Britain.

Opposite of such a form of government is the Presidential form of Government. In this government, the President is answerable to citizens rather than the legislative.

The President (Article 52)

The first and foremost part of the Executive is the President. Article 52 states that there shall be a President of India. The President is considered the Executive head of the country. All the Executive business of the country is carried out in the name of the President.

So the question arises that if President is the executive head and all actions are in his name, and the President has to carry out many functions, then can there be the performance of an act not mentioned in any specific legislation by the Executive? 

The same was answered in the case of Ram Jawaya Kapoor v. the State of Punjab, the Government invited textbooks from authors for approval. When textbooks were approved, the authors were made to enter an agreement. According to this agreement, the copyright of these books vested solely in the Government. The authors only got  5% royalty on the sale of the textbooks. The Government took all the publishing, printing and selling rights of the books in their own hands.

The Court held that these provisions were ultra-vires to the constitutional power. The government being an executory body did not possess the power to enter into that activity or trade without specific legislations.

No restriction on the executive powers is defined in the Indian Constitution. The Court held that the executive cannot be restricted to mere implementations of legislations. There is a strict separation of powers but no strict separation of functions.

Qualifications: Article 58

After knowing that President is the Executive Head of the entire nation, you might too aspire to become a president. So let’s analyze the eligibility and all the specific requirements, you would be needing to become the President of India?

Article 58 talks about the eligibility of a person to become President of India. It says that a person is eligible for election as President if he:

  • is a citizen of India;
  • has completed the age of thirty-five years;
  • is qualified for election as a member of the House of the People.

A person can be disqualified for election as President if he holds any office of profit under 

  • the Union of India  or;
  • the Government of any State or;
  • under any local or other authority subject to the control of any Government of India.

Condition of President’s Office: Article 59

The eligibility to become the President might seem simple but the conditions his office are quite strict. Article 59 of the Indian Constitution talks about the conditions of the President’s office. It says:

  • The President cannot be a member of either House of Parliament or of any other House of the Legislature of any State.
  • If he is a member of either House of Parliament or a member of a House of the Legislature of any State, he will need to vacate his seat in that House on the date of entering into his office as President.
  • The President shall not hold any other office of profit.
  • The President shall be authorized to the use of his official residences without rent.
  • He shall be also authorized to emoluments, allowances, and privileges determined by Parliament.
  • The emoluments and allowances of the President cannot be diminished or reduced during his term of office.

Official residence, emoluments, and allowances of President

Apart from all these conditions and rules, you might crave for some advantage of being the President. Well, the President of India is also entitled to certain allowances and privileges, as he is the first citizen of the country. The President of India is entitled to rent-free accommodation, allowances, and privileges by law. He is also entitled to:

  • Free medical facilities;
  • Free accommodation;
  • Free treatment for life;
  • The official state car of the President.

The salary of the President has undergone several changes since independence. Some of these changes were:

  • In 1951, the President of India used to get a salary of Rs. 10,000 and 15000 rupees as an allowance.
  • In 1985, the President of India used to get a salary of Rs. 15,000 and 30000 rupees as an allowance.
  • In 1989, the President of India used to get a salary of Rs. 20,000 and 10000 rupees as an allowance.
  • In 1998, the salary was increased to Rs. 50,000In 2008, the salary was increased to Rs. 1,50,000.
  • In 2016, the salary was increased to Rs. 5,00,000.

Rashtrapati Bhavan is the President’s official residence, including reception halls, guest rooms, and offices. It is the largest residence of any head of state in the world (You will get to live in it. After all, you have become the President of the largest democracy of the world).

Election of President: Article 54

So, if you think that who would vote for you in the Presidential elections? 

The answer lies in Article 54 of the Constitution. It deals with provisions relating to the election of the President. It says that the President must be elected by the members of an electoral college. The electoral college consists of the elected members of both Houses of Parliament and the state Legislative Assemblies.

Mode of Voting

As per Article 55(3) of the Constitution of India, the election of the President should be held according to the system of proportional representation by means of a single transferable vote. The voting at the presidential election shall be by secret ballot.

Disputes regarding the election: Article 71

What if people raise issues regarding your elections as president? Who would clarify the dispute?

Well, Article 71 deals matters relating to the election of the President. It states that any dispute arising with respect to the election of the President will be adjudicated by the Supreme court and its decision will be considered final.

  • If the election of a person as President is declared void, acts done by him in the exercise of the powers of the office of President will not be considered invalid by reason of the order of the Supreme Court.
  • Parliament can formulate any law regarding the election of a President in consonance with the provisions of the Constitution.
  • The election of a person as President or Vice President shall not be called in question on the ground of the existence of any vacancy for whatever reason among the members of the electoral college electing him.
https://lawsikho.com/course/certificate-course-in-advanced-civil-litigation-practice-procedure-and-drafting
      Click above

Oath by the President: Article 60

So, after you are elected, it is time to make an oath and get familiar with the term of office of the President. 

Any person holding the office of the President or delivering the functions of the President must, before entering into the office of the President, be made to subscribe in the presence of the Chief Justice of the country or any other senior-most judge of the Supreme Court, to an oath or affirmation in the name of God to faithfully execute the office of president of India and to preserve, protect and defend the Constitution and the law to the best of his abilities and that he would devote himself to serve the people of India and ensure their well being.

Term of office of the President: Article 56

Article 56 defines the term of the office of the President to be of five years unless:

  • A new President enters the office, the incumbent President shall hold it;
  • President resigns before the expiry of the term by writing it to the Vice President;
  • The President is removed from his office, for violation of the Constitution, by the process of impeachment provided under article 61.

The article also states that any resignation made by the President to the Vice President must be communicated to the Speaker of the Lok sabha by the Vice President himself.

Time of holding the election on expiry of the term and filling casual vacancies

Article 62 provides for the filling up of the vacancy to the office of the President. It defines the terms of office of the person filling the casual vacancy as well as the time of holding elections to fill the vacancy.

It states that an election to fill the vacancies must be fulfilled before the expiration of the term of the office of the President.

An election to fill the vacancies, occurring due to the death, resignation or impeachment of the President, must be done as soon as possible. The elections, in any case, must be conducted within a time period of six months from the date of occurrence of the vacancy. The new person elected to the office of the President will be subject to all the provisions of Article 56 and will hold his office for a five-year term from the date of entering into the office.

Procedure for impeachment of the President: Article 61

So, you heard me talking about the impeachment process in the above paragraph. So, let’s not be secretive about it and discuss how you can be removed from the post of President through impeachment? 

The President of India can be impeached under Article 61, for the violation of the Constitution, on the basis of charges preferred by either House of Parliament. 

A resolution with the proposal to prefer such charges must be signed by at least one-fourth of the total members of the house. The resolution also needs to be passed by at least two-thirds majority of the house.

When the resolution is passed by one of the Houses, the other House must investigate the charges. The President has been granted the right to be present or to be represented in such investigations.

When the House investigating the charges passes the resolution by a two-thirds majority and declares the charges as sustaining, it results in removing the President from his office from the date of passing of the resolution.

Privileges of the President: Article 361

As President, you also enjoy some degree of immunity. Under Article 361, the President is protected from being answerable to any court for:

  • For exercise and performance of his powers and duties of his office;
  • For doing any act or claimed of doing any act in the exercise of those powers and duties;

The conduct of the President can be reviewed only if either House of Parliament designates or appoints any court tribunal or any other body to investigate the charges under Article 61.

But it bars no person from bringing any valid proceeding against the Governor or Government of India.

The Article immunes the President against all types of criminal proceedings during the term of his office.

No issuance of any order relating to the arrest and imprisonment of the President can be made by any court during his term of office.

A civil proceeding can be constituted against the president during his term of office if:

  • The act is done or alleged to have been done, whether before or entering the office of the President, by him was in his personal capacity;
  •  Two months prior notice is provided, to the president or was sent to his office, stating:
    1. The nature of the proceeding;
    2. The cause of action;
    3. The details of the other party including name, description, and place of residence;
    4. The relief claimed by the other party;

Powers of the President

The President of India is provided with a wide range of power that we will discuss one by one. Let’s start with the most interesting and important power i.e. the executive powers.

Executive powers

Article 53 of the Indian Constitution states that all the executive powers of the Union will be vested in the President of India. President is allowed to exercise his executive powers through officers subordinate to him, directly or indirectly, in consonance to the provisions of the Constitution.

Under this article, the President has powers regarding:

  • Appointment of the high authorities of the Constitution like the Prime Minister and the Council of Ministers;
  • Right of being informed about all the national affairs;
  • Appointment of the judges of the constitutional courts(Supreme Court and High Courts);
  • Appointment of the state Governors, the Attorney General, the Comptroller, and Auditor General, the Chief Commissioner and members of the Election Commission of India;
  • Administration of Union territories and appointment of the Chief Commissioners and Lieutenant Governor of the Centrally Administered Areas;
  • Removal of the Council of Ministers, the state Governors, the Attorney General.

Military powers

Article 53 also states that the President shall be the Supreme Commander of all the Armed Forces of the Union of India. It also states that no specific provisions can reduce the scope of this general principle.

As the Supreme Commander of the Armed Forces of the Union, President has powers regarding:

  • Appointment of all the officers, including the appointment of the chiefs of the forces;
  • Wars are waged in the name of the President;
  • Peace is concluded in the name of the President.

Diplomatic powers

The President forms the face of Indian diplomacy and helps the nation to maintain cordial relationships with countries across the globe. 

  • All the Ambassadors and high commissioners in foreign nations are his representatives;
  • He receives the credentials of the Diplomatic representatives of other nations;
  • Prior to ratification by Parliament, the treaties and agreements with other nations, are negotiated by the President.

Legislative powers

The President also enjoys certain legislative powers like:

  • During the budget session, the President is the first to address the Parliament;
  • The President is empowered to summon a joint session in order to break the deadlock in the legislation process between the two Houses of the Parliament;
  • President sanction is mandatory in cases of provisions relating to: 
  1. creating a new state;
  2. changes in the boundary of existing states;
  3. a change in the name of a state.
  • Legislative provisions relating to fundamental rights of the citizens of India require the President’s consent;
  • President’s consent is mandatory in cases of money bill originating in Lok sabha;
  • President’s consent is necessary for all the bills passed by the Parliament to become a law;
  • President is empowered to promulgate ordinances when the Parliament is not in session;
  • President also nominates the members of both the Houses.

Ordinance making power of the President: Article 123

Article 123 talks about the presidential powers to promulgate ordinances. An ordinance can be promulgated if:

  • neither of the House of the Parliament is in session;
  • and the President feels a need for immediate action.

The ordinance which is promulgated by the President will have the same effect as that of an act or law of the Parliament.

The essential conditions to be met by an ordinance are:

  • It shall be presented before both the Houses of Parliament for passing when it comes to the session;
  • The ordinance shall cease to operate six weeks after the date of reassembling of the parliament;
  • The ordinance may also expire if the resolutions disapproving it are passed by both the Houses of Parliament;
  • It can be withdrawn at any time by the President;
  • The ordinance must be in consonance to the Constitution of India else it shall be declared void.

Financial Roles

  • President receives reports of the Finance Commission and acts on its report.
  • The Contingency Funds of India are at the disposal of the President.
  • He also causes the presentation of audits in the Parliament.

Judicial powers

The President enjoys the following privileges as his judicial powers:

  • He can rectify the judicial errors;
  • He exercises the power of grant of pardons and reprieves of punishments;
  • President can seek the advice of Supreme Courts on:
  1. Legal matters,
  2. Constitutional matter,
  3. Matters of national importance.

Pardoning power: Article 72

Article 72 provides for the provisions relating to the pardoning powers of the President. President can grant pardons, respites, reprieves, and remissions of punishments or remit suspend or commute the sentence given to a person by the court in the following cases:

  • When the sentence is granted through a court-martial;
  • When the sentence or punishment is given for offense of violation of any law relating to matters that fall in the ambit of Union’s executive powers;
  • When a death sentence is passed by a court.

Clemency Power not unbridled

Unbridled Ness of the pardoning powers of the president has always been a highly debated issue. Supreme Court in various cases has laid down provisions for exercising control over the pardoning powers of the Executive.

In Maru Ram Etc. Etc v Union of India, Supreme Court held that pardoning power under Article 72 is to be exercised by the President, on the advice of Central Government and not on his own will and that the advice is binding on the head of the Republic.

In Dhananjay Chatterjee alias Dhana v State of West Bengal, the Supreme Court reiterated the same.

Nature of Pardoning Power

Indian Presidents are known for the generous grant of pardons. Pardon is an act of grace and not a form of a right to be demanded by any person. Unlike the Constitutional provision, Pardon is granted by the executive as a whole and not by the President alone. This is done as it is necessary for the President to act on the aid and advice of the Council of Ministers.

A pardon completely sets free an offender of all his guilt. A full pardon makes the person innocent in the eyes of law as if he has never committed a crime. It gives him the identity as that of a new man with a new set of capacities.

The pardoning power comes with discretion on the part of the President. The practice to confer the right of pardon on some authority has long existed. It is also practised in other countries, for example, the U.S. Constitution prescribes for the power of pardon to the President whereas, In the United Kingdom, the same is conferred to the Crown.

Pardoning Power: subject to judicial review 

The question that arises is whether the pardoning power of the president can be brought under the judicial review. Can the judicial review of such an order be done? What could be the grounds for judicial review of such orders?

In Kuljit Singh Alias Ranga Vs Lt. Governor of Delhi & Ors the court held that the pardoning powers of the president

under Article 72 can be examined according to the facts and circumstances of each case. The Court has the power of judicial review even on a matter which the Constitution has vested solely in the Executive.

The most significant case of Kehar Singh And Anr. Etc Vs. Union of India And Anr. dealt with the concept of judicial review of the President’s pardoning power on grounds of its merit. In this case, the Supreme Court held that

The terms and history of Article 72 as well as the specific guidelines and case laws relating to Article 72 clearly indicate that the ambit of Article 72 very wide. The powers under this article cannot be clearly defined or channelized with specific guidelines. The term “pardon“ itself signifies it to be discretionary. Hence, the grant or rejection of pardons cannot be reasoned and the order of President cannot be brought under judicial review with respect to its merits.

Whereas In Epuru Sudhakar Case, where a Congress activist faced ten years in prison in connection with the killing of two persons including a TDP activist. His punishment was remitted by the Governor of Andhra Pradesh. Contentions were raised regarding the immunity of the pardoning power. The  Supreme Court bench stated that the exercise of pardoning powers would be subject to judicial review by the court against the maintenance of Rule of Law.

Exercising powers of clemency is a matter of discretion but still subject to certain standards and not a matter of privilege. The power of executive clemency is a matter of performance of official duty and not only for benefiting the convict. During exercising such powers the President must also consider the effect of his decision on the family of the victims, the society and the precedent it sets for the future.

Thus this judgment settled position of law that immunity from the judicial review can not be granted to the President for exercise or non-exercise of the pardoning power.

Articles 72 and 161 of Constitution

Article 161 grants the power to the Governor of the state to suspend, remit or commute sentences of the offenders in certain cases relating to a violation of provisions or laws to which the executive power of the state extends.

Article 72

Article 161

  • Grants power to the President of India.
  • Grants powers to the Governor of state.
  • The power is wider in scope.
  • The scope of powers is narrower.
  • The powers of pardon extend to cases of Court Martial as well.
  • Power cannot interfere with cases of Court Martial.
  • Allows President to grant pardon in cases of death sentence.
  • Governor cannot grant pardon in cases of death sentence.

 

Emergency Powers

Article 352 of the Constitution of India grants President, three kinds of emergency powers as well:

  • When a National Emergency is declared in case of external aggression or internal armed rebellion, the President holds the powers to declare a state of emergency. Thus the President’s rule gets established in the country. However, the prime minister and the Council of Ministers must recommend such an emergency;
  • When there exists a constitutional or law and order breakdown situation in a state, the President may declare a state of emergency in such cases. The state would then come under Governor’s rule;
  • Whenever the financial stability of the nation or any country is seriously affected, the President has the right to intervene and direct the state to check and maintain public expenditure.

Position of the President 

The position of the President has changed, with respect to his discretion to use his power,  has changed since the inception of the Constitution. The two major changes came through the 42nd and 44th Amendment Act of the Constitution.

Prior to the 42nd Amendment Act of 1976

Prior to the 42nd amendment to the Constitution, the President was free to make decisions based on his wisdom. He may also consider the Council of Ministers for their advice on the action. As the Constitution at that time talks about constituting a Council of Ministers with a Prime Minister, as its head, to aid and advise the President in carrying out his duties. 

After the 42nd Amendment Act, 1976

Later, the Constitution was amended to add the phrase that the President shall act on the aid and advice of the council of ministers. But the provision was still ambiguous whether the advice given by the Council of Ministers is binding on the president or not.

44th Amendment Act, 1978

This amendment was brought it to swipe off the ambiguity created by the 42nd amendment. This provision said that:

  • President can send back the advice to the Council of Ministers for reconsideration once;
  • If the same advice is sent again without modifications by the Council then President is bound to accept it. 

The Vice President (Article 63)

Article 63 talks about the vice president of India.

 Functions of the Vice-President

There are some important functions and duties to be performed by the Vice-President of India. Article 64 and Article 65 of the Indian constitution talks about the following functions:

  • The Vice-President is the ex-officio Chairman of Rajya Sabha(the Council of States);
  • The Vice President casts his vote in case of a tie in Rajya Sabha;
  • The Vice President represents the Council of States on ceremonial occasions;
  • He protects the rights and privileges of the members of the Rajya Sabha;
  • He travels, for goodwill missions, to foreign countries;
  • The Vice-President shall perform the functions of President, in cases where the President is not able to perform his functions due to absence or illness etc until the President resumes his duty;
  • The Vice-President shall act as President, If the vacancy is created for the post of President due to his resignation, removal, and death or otherwise until a new President is elected;
  • The period between the Vice-President acting as the President and the election of a new President can be extended for a maximum period of six months.

The Council of Ministers 

Article 74 of the Indian constitution states that:

  • There should be a Council of Ministers to aid and advise the president;
  • The Council of Ministers must have a Prime Minister at the head to aid and advise the President;
  • The President should exercise his functions and act in accordance with advice rendered by the Council of Ministers;
  • The Council of Ministers should reconsider any advice sent back by the President;
  • The President is bound to act in accordance with the advice tendered by the Council, after reconsideration.

Size of Ministries

The executive powers in India are exercised by the Council of Ministers. These ministers constitute ministries having cabinet minister, junior minister, etc. Before 2003, the size of ministries was not specified under any provision leading to a lot of chaos. 

After the 91st amendment Act of 2003 came into existence, it marked a ceiling limit to the size of the ministries. The amendment stated that the strength of the Council of Ministers cannot exceed more than 15% of the total number of members of the Lok sabha or relevant Legislative Assembly of the state.

An exception was provided to the smaller states like Sikkim, Mizoram, and Goa, having a strength of lesser than 40 members in the legislative assemblies.

Disqualification on defection on the ground of split in a political party

Article 102(2) and Article 191(2) provides for Anti-Defection laws regarding the members of Lok sabha. According to this law, a member of a House, belonging to any political party, shall be disqualified as a member of the House on the following basis-

  • If the person voluntarily gives up his/her  membership of the political party to which he/she belongs; or
  • If the person votes or abstains from voting in contrary to any direction issued by the political party or by any person or authority authorized to give directions.

In either case, the prior permission of such political party, person or authority must be sought. The voting or abstention must be approved by the political party, person or authority within fifteen days from the date of voting or abstention.

When a member of a House claims that he and any other members of his party have formed a group representing a faction emerging as a result of a split in his original political party. If such a group consists of one-third or more of the members of such a political party then the ministers cannot be disqualified under Anti-Defection laws.

A non-member can become a Minister

Article 75 of the Constitution of India provides for provisions relating to the appointment of the Union Ministers.

At first, the Prime Minister is appointed by the President and then the President appoints other ministers on the advice of the Prime Minister.

The provision clearly states that any minister, who is not a member of either House of the Parliament, shall cease to be a minister after the period of six months from the date of his appointment.

The non-member must get elected to either House of the Parliament in order to continue as a Minister of Lok Sabha.

A convicted person cannot be appointed Chief Minister

When the question arose whether a convicted can be appointed as Chief Minister or not. 

The issue was decided in the negative by the Supreme Court in the famous case of  B.R. Kapoor v State of Tamil Nadu and Anr (Famously known as Ms. J. Jayalalitha Case). It was held that any person who is convicted for a criminal offense and sentenced to imprisonment, for a period of two years, or more, cannot be appointed the Chief Minister of any State under Article 164(1) of the Indian Constitution.

Dissolution of Parliament 

In our country, the Lok Sabha has a five-year term but it can be dissolved earlier. Article 83(2) of the Indian Constitution states that at the completion of five years term, from the starting date of Lok sabha meetings, it can be dissolved. In such cases, an election is held to elect the new Members of Parliament. 

The Lok Sabha can also be dissolved by the President on the advice of the Prime Minister before the expiry of its term.

The  President can also dissolve the Lok Sabha, if he feels that a viable government cannot be formed, after the resignation or fall of a regime, as the case may be.

Principle of Collective Responsibility

The principle of Collective Responsibility means that the Council of Ministers is collectively responsible as a body for all the actions, omissions and conduct of the government.

It states that all ministers stand or fall together in Parliament. The Government is considered as a unity of ministers instead of single individuals. It means that the minister should publicly support the decisions made by the cabinet, even if they disagree privately. This support even includes voting for government in the legislature.

Minister’s Individual Responsibility

The Ministerial Individual Responsibility means that a cabinet minister is ultimately responsible for all the actions of his ministry or department.

Whenever there is an individual ministerial responsibility, the party to which the minister is a part is not answerable for the failure of the minister. The minister shall himself take the blame for the actions of his ministry and resign.

Appointment of Prime Minister

The Prime Minister of India is appointed by the President through provisions under Article 84 and Article 75. Prime minister is the leader of the majority party or coalition of parties of Lok sabha. When a party achieves majority the leader of that party is called upon by the President to be the Prime Minister of the country. He is considered as the real head of the country. 

Constitutional Duties of Prime Minister

The constitution envisages the Prime Minister with certain rights and duties. The functions of the Prime Minister are as follows:

  • The Prime Minister proposes the names of the members to President for appointment as Ministers of the government;
  • Prime minister can reshuffle the Cabinet and decides for the distribution of charges of different ministries as well;
  • He presides over the meetings of the Cabinet and can also change the decisions taken by the Cabinet;
  • He suggests the President of India about the resignation or removal of any minister from the Cabinet;
  • He also directs and controls the functioning of Ministers in the Cabinet;
  • The Prime Minister may resign at any time and can even ask the President of India to dissolve the Cabinet.;
  • He can advise the President to dissolve entire Lok Sabha to conduct fresh elections;
  • The Cabinet stops functioning If the Prime Minister resigns from his post, and spontaneously dissolves after the death of the Prime Minister.

Rights and powers regarding Appointments:

Prime Minister can advise the President for the appointment of the following:

  • Comptroller and Auditor General of India;
  • Attorney General of India;
  • Advocate General of India;
  • Chairman and members of UPSC;
  • Selection of Election Commissioners;
  • Members and chairman of the Finance Commission.

Rights/Powers with regard to Parliament of India:

Prime Minister is the leader of the Lok sabha with rights to exercise the powers as follows:

  • The prime minister decides the foreign policy of the country.
  • He is the speaker of the Central Government.
  • He is the leader of the majority party or coalition of parties in the Parliament.
  • The Prime Minister is also is the chairman of various organizations including:
  1. NITI Aayog;
  2. National Development Council;
  3. National Integration Council;
  4. Inter-state Council;
  5. National Water Resources Council.
  • He is also the head of the disaster management team during a political level emergency.
  • He is also the political head of all the forces.

Dismissal of a Minister

The minister of the Lok sabha can be removed from his post under the following conditions:

  • Upon the death of the minister;
  • Upon self resignation from the minister;
  • If the minister is dismissal by the President, for unconstitutional his acts as per Article 75(2);
  • Article 75 of the constitution states that the minister holds the office at the pleasure of the President;
  • Upon direction from the Court for committing the violation of any law;
  • If the minister loses the eligibility to be a member of Parliament.

Dismissal of the Cabinet

The Cabinet of Minister dissolves if:

  • The Prime Minister asks the President of India to dissolve the Cabinet;
  • The Prime Minister advises the President to dissolve entire Lok Sabha to conduct fresh elections;
  • If the Prime Minister resigns from his post;
  • The cabinet automatically dissolves after the death of the Prime Minister.

The Attorney-General of India

Article 76 and Article 78 speaks of the Attorney General of India. The Attorney General of India is the highest law officer in the country. 

Term and Appointment

The Attorney General is appointed by the President and holds the office at the pleasure of the President.

Qualification

The person to be appointed as the Attorney General of India must be qualified to become a judge of the Supreme Court of India.

Functions and Duties of Attorney-General

Article 76(2) and (3) defines the functions and duties of the Attorney General of India. Article 76(2) states that:

  • Attorney General can give advice to the Government of India regarding legal matters assigned to him by the President;
  • He must also perform other duties of any legal character that are assigned to him by the President;
  • He also has to discharge the functions given to him by the Constitution or any other legislation.

Whereas Article 76(3) states that in the performance of his official duties:

  • The Attorney General can appear on behalf of the Government of India in the Supreme Court, in cases where the Government of India is a party concerned;
  • He also has to appear on behalf of the government, in regards to references made by the President before the Supreme Court under Article 143 of the Constitution;
  • He has to appear on behalf of the government in any case in the High Court, where the Government of India is a party in concern.

Conclusion 

Wherefore, the Union Executive is one of the most important organs of the Indian democracy. It forms the soul of our Indian administrative system. Union executive act as the strong shoot for all the branches of administrative and executive bodies. The Constitution-makers have assembled together all the provisions needed to form a strong and responsible executive system for our nation. Thus, it makes it important for the citizens as well to coordinate with the executive for the better functioning of our Indian democratic system.


Students of Lawsikho courses regularly produce writing assignments and work on practical exercises as a part of their coursework and develop themselves in real-life practical skill.

LawSikho has created a telegram group for exchanging legal knowledge, referrals and various opportunities. You can click on this link and join:

https://t.me/joinchat/J_0YrBa4IBSHdpuTfQO_sA

Follow us on Instagram and subscribe to our YouTube channel for more amazing legal content. 

The post The Union Executive: Articles 52 to 78 and 123 Under Indian Constitution appeared first on iPleaders.


Essentials of a Marketing Agreement

$
0
0

This article is written by Srishti Kaushal, a first-year student in Rajiv Gandhi National University of Law, Punjab pursuing B.A.LLB (Hons.). It explains the importance of a marketing agreement and its essentials.

Introduction

Marketing refers to activities undertaken by a business to promote its goods and services in the market. It is a very important step that is required by any business as it allows a company to:

  • Build and maintain its reputation;
  • Inform customers about the various goods and services offered, boost its sales;
  • Maintain relevance by producing goods and services which are required in the market; thereby enabling the company to make informed decisions.

Many times, a  business hires outside contractors to boost its marketing efforts. Such outside contractors can be individuals, marketing companies, etc. They help a company in creating, implementing and sustaining market strategies which give a boost to its business. When this is done, the business enters into a marketing agreement with the marketer. 

In this article, we will discuss what is a marketing agreement, why is it required and what are the essentials that a marketing agreement must contain.

What is a Marketing Agreement?

One of the most essential documents a marketer would need is a marketing agreement. It is a legally binding document, signed by all parties involved, which lays down the scope of the work, duties, and expectations of the parties, remunerations, legal remedies available in case of a breach, etc.

Thus, a marketing agreement is essentially a legally binding contract between two parties. One of them is offering their goods and services in the market while the other is the one who would market or promote these goods in the market.

Illustration: ‘A’ is a bank providing financial services, while ‘B’ is engaged in telemarketing. ‘A’ enters into a contract with ‘B’ to market these services by making calls to various customers for 6 months. This contract is based on a marketing agreement and it contains all terms and conditions guiding their relationship. 

Why do you need a marketing agreement?

Following with the above illustration, ‘A’ and ‘B’ could have simply discussed what they expected from each other so that A’s services are marketed and B could have gone and done what they discussed. The question which arises is what was the need for a written marketing agreement. To answer this question, let us look at the importance of such an agreement:

  • It allows the parties to provide a clear written explanation about what they expect from each other. This way, it clarifies the scope of work and ensures accountability.
  • It clearly provides what can be negotiated and what cannot be negotiated and thus helps in avoiding time wastage and confusion.
  • It lays down proper deadlines that have to be followed, thus ensuring efficiency.
  • It clearly provides how and for what the remuneration would be given and payments would be made. Thus, a marketing agreement goes a long way in creating a feeling of faithfulness and trust in the minds of the parties involved.
  • A good marketing agreement also helps in ensuring that no party releases vital information of the company policies to the public and thus eases doubts of treachery in the minds of the parties. 
  • It provides for penalties that can be given in case a party fails to perform its work or goes against the agreement. Hence, it provides assurance to the parties.
  • Most importantly, it provides for what would happen in case one party defaults the agreement. Thereby, it acts as a safety net and provides legal protection to the parties.

Hence understandably, a marketing agreement is a very essential legal document.

Challenges faced while drafting a marketing agreement

While drafting marketing agreements, several challenges can be faced. Some of them are:

  • The clarity in terms of employment

Marketing agreements are usually entered into for a period of 2 years or more. Thus, it becomes exceedingly important for the person who is drafting the agreement to ensure that the terms of the contract are very clear. If these terms are not clear a lot of additional time and effort of the parties is wasted. 

  • Subject-specific Documentation

The drafting process can be very complicated as the requirements of marketing agreement differ from industry to industry and state to state. As such it must cater to each organization specifically.

  • Vagueness in Clauses

A clause in a contract can either be specific or generic. For example, the results can either have specific provisions like return on investment, while a clause with general provisions can provide for things like brand building, social media awareness etc. A specific clause is always preferred but drafting a specific clause can be a very complicated process, which requires understanding the complete company profile.

  • Formulating a time frame

While drafting a marketing agreement, the inclusion of an incorrect time frame or deadline can lead to enormous problematic consequences. Hence, before including any date, the person drafting the contract needs to have proper discussions with the parties involved.

  • Unclear limitations and liabilities

A major problem that arises while drafting a marketing agreement is putting down the liabilities which the parties have to face if the agreement is broken. This is because each party wants to protect and give benefits to themselves. While drafting, it needs to be ensured that the rights of both parties are adequately protected.

Essentials of Marketing Agreement

A marketing agreement does not have a clearly defined structure because of its creative nature. But there are certain essential elements that every marketing agreement must-have. Let’s discuss these elements in detail:

  • Parties and their relationship

  1. The marketing agreement should clearly mention the names and essential contact details of the parties involved. 
  2. The agreement should also mention whether the employment of the marketer is on a retainer basis (long term for a fixed fee or otherwise decided) or a fixed-term basis (definite start and end to the relationship). 
  3. It should be mentioned whether the agreement is exclusive or not. This means the agreement should specify whether the marketer is the exclusive provider of marketing services for the particular duration of the agreement to the business or not. 
  • Scope of the work

The marketing agreement must clearly define the work that the parties are required to perform as it serves as a record of the expectations of each party. Hence, for instance, in reference to the marketer, it can specify that the marketer is supposed to prepare marketing strategies, carry out marketing research, what is the mode of execution of marketing strategy, etc. In terms of the business, it may specify what information must be provided, etc. It can also specify how deliverables will be reviewed and how approval/rejection will be handled and what are the implications of not completing the work. Additionally, the overall aims and objectives of the agreement can also be mentioned here.

It should also contain a clause regarding how either party can request the other party to do work which has not been expressly mentioned in the contract.

https://lawsikho.com/course/certificate-course-in-advanced-civil-litigation-practice-procedure-and-drafting
       Click above
  • Remuneration Clause

This clause must clarify all the terms related to the overall amount to be paid to the marketer as well as the payment structure and cycle. The payment may be made regularly (like on a monthly basis), or after the entire work has been completed, or it could even be on a performance basis. 

This clause must be very detailed, and should also provide the actions that the marketer can undertake in case the business fails to make the payment.

  • Expenditure Clause

The agreement should tell in detail the predetermined budget as well as the terms of expenditure that each party would incur. For example, it should specify who (the business or the marketer) would pay for the taxes which arise during the marketing process.

  • Timeline for Completion of work

There should be a clause in the agreement containing information about the time frame for completion of the work. This time frame directs the services given by the parties. To understand this let’s look at an illustration: if ‘A’ is a business which requires ‘B’, a marketing firm to make a marketing strategy for 3 products and implement it, this clause in their marketing agreement must provide:

  • How long will the marketing firm provide services to the business?
  • When the different components and deliverables of the project are due,
  • And any other date-specific information.
  • Non-disclosure/ Confidentiality Clause

When a marketer and a business organization work together, they share a lot of information. Some of this information must be kept a secret. Hence, in regard to such information, confidentiality must be maintained. For instance, the marketer can be required to keep all information about the company’s internal marketing and sales policies, which affect the business in the long run, confidential. At the same time, the business organization must not tell anyone about the unique aspects of the strategies it uses by way of which it formulates and implements a plan. 

This clause should clearly define what is confidential and lay down that all confidential information is to be protected. It should also state the circumstances in which disclosure is allowed.

At times this is made as a completely different agreement. In such cases, this clause would only state that a confidentiality agreement has been signed by the parties. 

  • Dispute Resolution

This clause must answer when, where and how the disputes arising between the parties should be settled.

For instance, it can provide that in case of a dispute, an internal informal meeting for dispute resolution should happen. Following this, mediation or arbitration can be used for dispute resolution. The clause should clearly specify how the mediator or an arbitrator would be appointed and the rules that would be followed during this process. It can also provide for litigation and specify the court which has jurisdiction to look into this case.

  • Intellectual Property Rights

This clause of the marketing agreement should specify how the intellectual property created as a result of marketing would be handled. It should clearly tell who owns the intellectual property created during and after the work has been performed; if owned by the marketer, this clause should specify if a license has been given to the business to use the intellectual property, for how long it is given, etc.

  • Involvement of third parties

For successful marketing, the marketer needs to take services from third parties like search engines, advertising platforms, printers, social media sites, etc. The third parties involved and to whom they are responsible should be clearly mentioned in the agreement.

For example, it can be provided that the marketer will not be liable for acts or omissions of the third party, for reasons beyond its control. Hence, Let’s assume that the third party is Facebook. Now, in the instance where Facebook’s server fails and because of this the business’ service is not marketed on Facebook, the marketer cannot be held liable.

  • Termination Clause

This clause should cover how and when can the agreement be prematurely terminated. It should be specified whether either party can terminate the agreement and the circumstances in which they can do so. It should also provide details regarding the penalty to be imposed upon the party who prematurely terminates the agreement. 

For instance, it can allow the parties to terminate the agreement if a clause of the marketing agreement has been violated. It can allow the business to terminate it if the marketer does not perform up to standards and fails to meet the required results. Similarly, the marketers can be allowed to terminate the agreement if the business does not give proper instructions to it or rips them of their intellectual property.

Conclusion

A marketing agreement is clearly a very essential legal document that must clearly define what each party would do and how they will do it. By setting out clear rules and expectations that each party has, it enables all the parties to run their practice peacefully and not fall into costly disputes. 

While these essential clauses must be present in a marketing agreement, it cannot be ignored that many clauses would be completely dependant upon the laws of a particular state and industry. Thus, before drafting a new marketing agreement or signing one based upon an available template, the parties must ensure that the agreement meets their needs and requirements and enables their growth. 


Students of Lawsikho courses regularly produce writing assignments and work on practical exercises as a part of their coursework and develop themselves in real-life practical skills.

LawSikho has created a telegram group for exchanging legal knowledge, referrals and various opportunities. You can click on this link and join:

https://t.me/joinchat/J_0YrBa4IBSHdpuTfQO_sA

Follow us on Instagram and subscribe to our YouTube channel for more amazing legal content.

The post Essentials of a Marketing Agreement appeared first on iPleaders.

20 landmark judgments passed by the Supreme Court in 2019

$
0
0

This article is written by Mehar Verma, a 3rd-year law student from Jindal Global Law School. In this article, the author talks about the landmark judgments passed in the year 2019, by the Apex Court of the country.

Introduction

The highest court of India, the Supreme Court is busy all along the year and delivers some crucial judgments, which shape the legal system of India. In 2019, the Court addressed some compelling questions of law. Some of the significant judgments passed in the previous year are discussed below.

Divestment of CBI’s Director

The Central Vigilance Commission (CVC), on 23rd October 2018, took away the powers and functions of Mr. Alok Kumar Verma, Director of Central Bureau of Investigation under the Prevention of Corruption Act, 1988. Thereafter a writ petition was filed challenging the validity of the said order and the petitioners argued that the order passed by the Central Government was violative of Section 4 of Delhi Special Police Establishment (DSPE) Act and the Supreme Court guidelines issued in Vineet Narain case. Under Section 4A of the DSPE Act, the approval of the Selection Committee is necessary to divest the powers of the director of CBI.

Judgment: On 8th January 2019, the Supreme Court held that the orders issued by the Central Government were not valid and thus quashed them. Alok Verma was reinstated with his powers and duties.

(Case name: Alok Verma V. Union of India, decided on 08.01.2019)

The Constitutional validity of Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code upheld

The constitutional validity of the IBC and National Company Law Tribunal has been questioned again and again, and the Supreme Court finally settled the challenges in the landmark case of Swiss Ribbons Pvt Ltd. v Union of India. A two bench judge held that the difference between operational creditors and financial creditors were based on intelligible differentia and thus not violative of Article 14 of the Constitution. The petition also challenged Section 12A and Section 29A of the code. Section 12A of the code prescribed threshold of 90% of the Committee of Creditors for allowing withdrawal of resolution application. However, the Supreme Court did not see any difficulty with such a high threshold and upheld the validity of the said Section.

Judgment: The Supreme Court upheld the constitutional validity of Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code, 2016 and NCLT.

(Case name: Swiss Ribbons Pvt Ltd anr v Union of India, decided on 25.01.2019)

Reliance Companies held guilty of contempt

In the Ericsson case, the reliance company owed Rs. 550 Crores to its creditors, out of which only Rs. 118 Crores had been deposited with the Court. Ericsson had filed 3 contempt plea against the reliance company, and in its judgment, the Supreme Court held that Reliance’s chairman, Mr. Anil Ambani is required to pay his dues in four weeks or he would face jail time. Further, a fine of Rs one Crore was imposed on all three reliance companies, Reliance Telecom, Reliance Infra Fel and RCom as they were also held guilty of contempt.

While pronouncing its judgment, the court also dismissed its two court master as an order issued by the Court on January 7, 2019, was tampered with. The order clearly stated that the personal presence of Ambani and other officials in the next hearing cannot be dispensed with, whereas the order uploaded on the official website did not provide the same.

Judgment: Anil Ambani and the reliance companies held guilty of contempt for defaulting payment to its creditor, Ericsson as per the previous undertaking is given to the Court.

(Case name: Reliance Communication Ltd and others v State Bank of India and others, decided on 20.02.2019)

Sarvana Bhavan founder held guilty for the murder

P Rajagopal, the founder of the famous South Indian restaurant, Sarvana Bhavan, started his journey by selling tea and helping at a grocery store. He then opened his first outlet in Chennai in 1981 and then there was no looking back for him, soon his restaurants had branches all over India and abroad as well. Things took a downfall for Rajagopal in 2001, when he was accused of threatening, abducting and murdering his former employee so that he could marry the deceased’s wife, Jeevajothi. The High Court of Madras held the accused guilty of murder under Section 302, IPC, which was appealed by Rajagopal. The Supreme Court on 29th April 2019 dismissed the appeals filed and held P Rajagopal guilty for murder, awarding him a life sentence.

Rajagopal was given time till July to surrender and serve his sentence however, he suffered from a cardiac arrest and passed away on July 18, 2019.

Judgment: Founder of famous restaurant Sarvana Bhavan, P Rajagopal and five others sentenced with life imprisonment for the murder of his ex-employee.

(Case name: Pattu Rajan and others v State of Tamil Nadu, decided on 29.03.2019)

Cinema ban in West Bengal overturned

Bengali film “Bhobishyoter Bhoot” was stopped from screening by the Bengal Government in most of the cinemas. The Government contended that the movie was politically sensitive and it may hurt some sentiments and cause disorder in the State. Thereafter, a plea was filed by the producers of the film claiming their fundamental right to speech and expression has been violated. The Supreme Court while deciding the case imposed a fine of Rs. 20 Lakhs on the West Bengal government as compensation to the producers for the loss they suffered due to the virtual ban imposed. Further, the Court held that the right to free speech and expression cannot be taken by public officials because they fear mob violence.

Judgment: Public officials and the State Government are subject to the rule of law and cannot gag free speech due to fear of violence. The ban imposed on the Bengali film was overturned and compensation was provided to the producers.

(Case name: Indibility Creative Pvt Ltd and others v Government of West Bengal and others, decided on 11.04.2019)

CJI of India accused in a sexual harassment case

On 19th April 2019, an ex-staff of the Supreme Court alleged that she was sexually harassed by the former Chief Justice of India, Mr. Ranjan Gogoi who denied all the allegations made against him. A three-judge bench began hearing the matter and an in house panel was set up to look into the allegations made against the CJI. During the hearing, the bench ordered to conduct an inquiry into the alleged conspiracy and the report and the findings of the inquiry were submitted to the bench in a sealed cover. The inhouse panel concluded that Mr. Ranjan Gogoi should be held free of all charges and was given a free chit. As the details of the inquiry made were never shown to the public, many contended that the method was unfair and discriminatory. Moreover, the complainant was not allowed to show any video or audio during the proceedings, her lawyer was not present during the proceedings and she was not informed about the procedure adopted by the committee in reviewing the case.

Judgment: A three-judge bench held an inquiry against the former CJI, Mr. Ranjan Gogoi in the matter of sexual harassment allegations made against him by an ex-employee of the Court. Later, he was given a clean chit.

(Case name: In re Matter of Great Public Importance touching upon the Independence of the Judiciary, decided on 25.04.2019)

https://lawsikho.com/course/certificate-course-in-advanced-civil-litigation-practice-procedure-and-drafting
           Click Above

Reservation in promotions under Karnataka Act upheld

Karnataka in 2002, enacted a law that stated consequential seniority would be applicable while dealing with promotions of the SC/ST employees in government offices. This implied that a reserved category employee could be promoted before a senior employee belonging to the general category. In 2007 the Supreme Court held that the law passed by the Karnataka Government did not comply with the guidelines established under the Nagraj case and was thus unconstitutional. Subsequently, the Karnataka Government set up a Committee to demonstrate the criteria laid down in the Nagraj case has been fulfilled, i.e. (1) current backwardness of SC/ST (2) inadequate representation and (3) and impact on administrative efficiency and thereafter re-enacted the earlier law. The constitutional validity of the re-enacted law was questioned. The Supreme Court held that the deficiency that was noted in the 2002 Act have been fulfilled and the Reservation Act 2018 is thereby valid under Article 16(4A) of the Constitution.

Judgment: The constitutional validity of the Karnataka Act approving consequential seniority in promotions for the reserved category was upheld.

(Case name: BK Pavitra and others v Union of India, decided on 10.05.2019)

Drinking liquor in private vehicle, an offence under prohibition laws in Bihar

The Bihar Excise (Amendment) Act 2016, prohibits the possession, consumption, and sale of alcohol within the territory of the State. The meaning of the word ‘public place’ mentioned in the said Act was questioned before the Apex Court after a man jailed on being found drunk in his private car in Bihar. The appellant contended that as no bottle of liquor was found on him and as he was traveling in his private car, the FIR against him must be quashed. The Supreme Court held that the FIR will not be quashed and the man is liable under the Bihar Excise Act, 2016. Consumption of liquor in a public place, even if done in a private vehicle is an offense under the Act. The Court also held that as per the Act if a person enters into the territory of Bihar in a drunken State even when the consumption of alcohol took place outside the State, he be liable under the Act.

Judgment: Consumption of liquor in a private vehicle in a public space, comes under the definition of ‘public space’, according to the Bihar Excise Act, 2016.

(Case name: Satvinder Singh Saluja and others v State of Bihar, decided on 01.07.2019)

Section 148 of the Negotiable Instrument Act, 1881: Retrospective in nature

Section 148 was introduced in the Negotiable instruments Act, 1181 by way of amendment in 2018. The Section states that the Court may order the drawer to deposit at least 20% of the compensation or relief awarded by the Trial Court, within 60 days from the date of the order passed. In its judgment, the Supreme Court held that Section 148 of the Act should have retrospective effect and is thus also applicable for those complaints as well which were filed before the amendment took place.

Judgment: Section 148 applies to cases even when the criminal complaint under Section 138 was filed before the amendment of the Act.

(Case name: Surinder Singh Desawal v Virender Gandhi, decided on 29.05.2019)

Registration of Amrapali under RERA Cancelled

A bench headed by Justice Arun Mishra held Amrapali and other authorities of Noida and Greater Noida guilty of defrauding home buyers. The group diverted the money to create personal assets for the directors of Amrapali and failed to complete the project on time. The Supreme Court ordered the cancellation of the Real Estate Regulation and Development Act (RERA) registration of the Amrapali group and ordered National Buildings Construction Corporation Limited (NBCC) to complete all the pending projects of the group. An action under the Prevention of Money Laundering Act and Foreign Exchange Management Act is taken against the Amrapali directors and a periodic report of the same is to be submitted to the Supreme Court.

Judgment: The Amrapali group was banned from taking any real estate project in the future as their registration under RERA was canceled by the Supreme Court for money laundering. The court also ordered the completion of more than 42,000 flats by NBCC which was previously taken by the Amrapali group.

(Case name: Bikram Chatterji and others v Union of India and others, decided on 23.07.2019)

Death penalty awarded for rape and murder of a minor girl

In 2010, the accused with another, kidnapped the victims, a 10-year-old girl, and her 7-year-old brother. The girl was then raped and thereafter both the victims were thrown in a canal alive, causing their death. One of the convicts was killed during an encounter and the High Court awarded the death penalty to the other convict. The judgment of the High Court was appealed in the Supreme Court and was heard by a three bench judge. The majority of the judges upheld the conviction of the death penalty however, Justice Sanjiv Khanna had a dissenting opinion. He believed that the convict should not be given the death penalty as the case does not fall under the category of ‘rarest of rare’ case, but the appellant should be given the punishment to suffer for life in imprisonment as the case would fall under a special category.

In another case, Ravi v State of Maharashtra, a man was awarded the death penalty for committing rape and murder of a 2-year-old.

Judgment: Death penalty was given for committing the crime of rape and murder of minor girls.

(Case name: Manoharan v State, decided on 21.08.2019)

Habeas corpus petitions filed against the detention of Kashmiri MLA

A state-wise ban was imposed on the State of Jammu and Kashmir after the Parliament abrogated Article 370 of the Constitution. A virtual lockdown was imposed and various political leaders and non-political persons were detained since August 5, 2019, when the Centre passed an Act taking away the special status that was granted to the State. On 19th August 2019, general secretary of the Communist Party of India, Sitaram Yechury filed a habeas corpus petition in the Supreme Court challenging the illegality and constitutional validity of the detention imposed leader of his party Mohammed Yousuf Tarigiami. The Supreme court allowed the petitioner to visit the detenu however, the judgment passed was highly criticized as the bench did not question the grounds on which detention was placed by the Central Government. Moreover, the petitioner was permitted to only meet his leader and was not allowed to carry out any other political activities. He was also required to submit a report on his return to the Apex Court.

Judgment: In response to the habeas corpus petition filed by the general secretary of the Communist Party of India, the Supreme Court allowed him to visit the detenu. However, restrictions were imposed on his meet and no justification was given to validate the detention imposed by the Central Government.

(Case name: Sitaram Yechury v Union of India, decided on 28.08.2019)

Government-funded NGOs come under RTI

While deciding an appeal filed by the DAV management wherein they contended that they are not public authorities and thus do not come under Right to Information Act, the Court held that public authorities defined under Section 2(h) of the Right to Information Act, 2005 would include all such institutions which are ‘substantially’ financed by the Government. Substantially financing does not mean that the government should finance 50% or more, but it means that a large portion is financed by the government and the finance can be either direct or indirect. This means that authorities that are financed by the government including the NGOs will have to maintain records as prescribed in the Act and vital information has to be presented to every citizen who asks for the same. The Supreme Court added that every citizen has a right to know where the money is being spent by their government, thus NGOs financed by the government should be transparent in its proceedings and records.

Judgment: NGOs which are directly or indirectly, substantially financed by the government come under the RTI Act and thus every citizen has the right to ask for information from them.

(Case name: DAV College Trust and Management Society v Director of Public Instruction, decided on 17.09.2019)

43-year-old precedent overruled by the Supreme Court

The bench headed by Justice RF Nariman held that even at the post cognizance stage a Magistrate can invoke his powers under Section 156(3) of CrPC. A 43-year-old judgment which held that Section 156(3) of CrPC can only be invoked at a pre cognizance stage was overruled.

(Case name: Vinubhai Haribhai Malaviya and others v The State of Gujarat and others, decided on 16.10.2019)

Supreme Court verdict passed in Ayodhya- Babri Masjid case

The Ayodhya- Babri Masjid dispute is the longest property dispute in the history of India. The case was finally concluded by the Supreme Court after 134 years from the first case filed on this matter. The Allahabad High Court delivered a judgment in 2010 wherein the land in dispute was divided into three equal parts, the judgment did not satisfy any of the parties involved and thus an appeal was filed in Supreme Court. After 9 years and 40 days of continuous hearing, the Court gave one of the most crucial judgments. The Court after observing the developments of the case scrapped the High Court verdict and held that the land in dispute is to be awarded to the Hindu Deity ‘Ram’ for the construction of the temple. It was observed that the land was not of Islamic origin and the Masjid was not built on vacant land. The Court also ordered that a suitable alternative land of 5 acres is to be allotted to the Sunni Waqf Board for construction of the mosque in Ayodhya itself.

Judgment: The disputed land was given to Ram Lalla and the Central Government has been ordered to formulate a scheme and set up a trust within 3 months for the construction of the temple.

(Case name: M Siddiq through Lrs v Mahant Suresh Das and others, decided on 08.11.2019)

Chief Justice of India comes under RTI

In November, the Supreme Court in its historic judgment held that the CJI comes under the Right to Information Act and is a public authority under Section 2(h) of the Act. This implies that the CJI is to be transparent and is answerable to all questions raised by the citizens of the County. However, the court also emphasized the importance of maintaining confidentiality under certain aspects of the judiciary’s working. The RTI will apply to CJI only when it is in the interest of the public and does not hamper the proceedings of the judiciary in any manner.

Judgment: CJI is a public authority under the RTI Act.

(Case name: Central Public Information Officer, Supreme Court v Subhash Chandra Agarwal, decided on 13.11.2019)

Aadhar Card Judgment referred to a larger bench and Section 184 of Finance Act upheld

The Supreme Court delivered its judgment on the constitutional validity of Section 184 of the Finance Act, 2017 and whether the Act comes under the definition of Money Bill as defined under Article 110 of the Constitution of India. Section 184 of the Act was challenged because it gave the power of appointment and service conditions of members of a Tribunal, Appellate Tribunal and other authorities to the Central Government and thus was considered unconstitutional and arbitrary by the petitioners. The Court held that the powers delegated to the Center cannot be questioned and taken away on the mere possibility of misuse of such powers. The issue of whether Finance Act can be referred to as a Money Bill or not was referred to a larger bench for further examination.

Judgment: The 5 Judges Bench doubted the correctness of referring to the Finance Act as a Money Bill and thus it was referred to a larger Bench. However, the Court upheld the legal validity of Section 184 of the Finance Act, 2017.

(Case name: Rojer Mathew v South Indian Bank Ltd, decided on 13.11.2019)

Review of Sabarimala case still pending

In September 2018 the Supreme Court in its verdict uplifted the age-long ban imposed on the entry of women in the temple of Sabarimala in Kerala. The Court declared the ban as unconstitutional and held that women of all age groups would be granted the right to enter the temple. The verdict led to protests by the devotees of Lord Ayyappa which soon took a violent turn and thus multiple petitions to review the judgment were filed. The Court held that every citizen has the right to practice, propagate and promote their religious beliefs under Article 25 of the Constitution and the right of entry into religious places by women is not restricted to Sabarimala but also includes other religions and sects. The Court also highlighted that the issue of whether a ban of entry of women comes under ‘essential practice’ or is an integral part of the religion is to be considered. For this, review petitions were referred to a seven-member bench.

Judgment: To determine questions relating to essential religious practices, the Sabarimala case was referred to a larger bench.

(Case name: Kantaru Rajeevaru v Indian Young Lawyers Association, decided on 14.11.2019)

Rafale deal upheld

The Prime Minister of India, Mr. Narendra Modi entered into a deal with France to purchase 36 Rafale fighter aircraft. After the deal was signed multiple litigants filed petitions in the Supreme Court claiming that the deal made by Mr. Modi was not according to the established procedure. Questions regarding the decision-making process, pricing irregularities, offset partners were made in the petitions. In 2018, the Court after hearing both the parties concluded that there were no irregularities based upon the evidence procured and thereby a review petition was filed, challenging the earlier judgment passed. This year the Court dismissed the review petitions and held that it had limited jurisdiction under the defence contracts.

Judgment: All the defendants held not guilty and the rafale deal upheld after the Court dismisses the review petitions filed.

(Case name: Manohar Lal Sharma v Narendra Modi, decided on 14.11.2019) 

Section 87 of Arbitration and Conciliation Act expelled

Before the 2015 Amendment, the then Section 36 of the Act provided that an arbitral award could not be enforced if there was a pending petition and this was termed as the automatic stay. This Section was substituted in 2015 and the Act stated that unless a stay order has been passed the arbitral award does not become unenforceable and mere filing of a petition is not enough to render an arbitral award as not enforceable. The 2015 amendment also provided that the changed Act would apply only to arbitral proceedings which commenced on or after the passing of 2015 Amendment. Section 87 of the Act introduced as an amendment in 2019 discarded the changes made in the 2015 amendment and re-introduced automatic stay. The Court held that this would cause a delay in the arbitration proceedings and increase interference of the Court in arbitrary matters thus defeating the whole purpose of the Arbitration and Conciliation Act.

Judgment: Supreme Court struck down Section 87 of the Act, introduced in the 2019 Amendment as it was arbitrary.

(Case name: Hindustan Construction Company Ltd v Union of India, decided on 27.11.2019)

Conclusion

2019 observed some good as well as some disappointing judgment from the end of the Supreme Court. The year started on a rather good note wherein the constitutional validity of Insolvency and Bankruptcy was upheld, reliance companies were held guilty of defrauding its creditors, owner, and founder of Saravana Bhavan, Mr. P Rajagopal was sentenced to life imprisonment in the case of murdering his ex-employee, the cinema ban in West Bengal was overturned and the producers were awarded compensation as well, death penalty was awarded for rape and murder of minor girls and many more. The year also witnessed certain controversial judgments like the in the sexual harassment case against the CJI, response to the petitions filed against the detention of Kashmiris MLAs or the dismissal of the review petitions in the rafale case. The Supreme Court also gave the verdict on momentous cases like Ayodhya- Babri Masjid dispute, Sabarimala case and Section 87 of the Arbitration and Conciliation Act.


Students of Lawsikho courses regularly produce writing assignments and work on practical exercises as a part of their coursework and develop themselves in real-life practical skill.

LawSikho has created a telegram group for exchanging legal knowledge, referrals and various opportunities. You can click on this link and join:

https://t.me/joinchat/J_0YrBa4IBSHdpuTfQO_sA

Follow us on Instagram and subscribe to our YouTube channel for more amazing legal content.

The post 20 landmark judgments passed by the Supreme Court in 2019 appeared first on iPleaders.

Articles 124-147: Analysis of Constitutional Provisions pertaining to Union Judiciary

$
0
0

This article is written by Shubhangi Upmanya, a student of Vivekananda Institute of professional studies, Indraprastha University. In this, she discusses The Union Judiciary and the Articles related to it, in-depth.

Introduction 

In ancient times, when any wrong was done, it was on the king to ensure that the culprit was punished so that the victim gets relief. After the constitution has been adopted This function of the king has been replaced by the Judiciary whereas the other functions such as making the law and executing them are done by the Legislature and the Executive.

In order to ensure transparency and fair work in the system, the constitution-makers kept these three organs independent of each other. The Judiciary is the ultimate interpreter of the rights while it acts as a guardian of the constitution. It can also conduct checks on the legislature and the executive and ensure that no one goes beyond their ambit of power. The Constitution ensures that the judiciary remains even-handed in all circumstances.

We have different levels of Judiciary which is present at the central level, the state level, and district level. In Part V of the constitution, chapter IV concerns the Union Judiciary. It consists of the Supreme Court and in this article, we would only be dealing with the Union Judiciary in depth.

Supreme Court – The Guardian of the Constitution

There can be discords arising in between the different units of the federation, that is when the Supreme Court comes into play. It’s the highest authority and the final interpreter of the law which means that it has the power to give final decisions on all the matters of the law. Its judgments are binding on all the lower courts. It has the power of judicial review through which it can review the action of the executive and the legislature.

Let’s look at Article 124 and what it says. 

Article 124 of the constitution,

The first part of this Article provides for the setting up of the Supreme Court which will be composed of one Chief Justice of India and only seven judges until the Parliament by law prescribes any more judges.

  1. The second part of this Article states that the Chief Justice of India will be appointed by the President after consulting other judges whom he thinks suitable and will hold the office until he attains the age of 65 years. Whereas the president will have to take into account the Chief Justice’s opinion when he appoints the other judges.
  • This Article in its part 2(a) says that a judge can by writing to the President, resign from his position, whereas, 
  • this Article in its part 2(b) says that the judge can be removed under the provision contained in clause 4. 

We will be dealing with this Article in detail, under the upcoming topics.

https://lawsikho.com/course/diploma-entrepreneurship-administration-business-laws

Click Here

Appointment of the Chief Justice of India

According to Article 124(2), the Chief Justice of India will be appointed by the President and in pursuance of that, the President has to consult the judges of the Supreme Court and the High Courts which he thinks necessary. The president should also have a warrant regarding it.

The provision for the appointment of Chief Justice experienced many changes during the passage of time.

In this article, we will be discussing them in length.

Composition of the Court 

With respect to Article 124(2), the number of judges was only limited to seven but the parliament by law prescribed & amended that the number of judges should be increased to thirty-one, i.e thirty judges and the Chief Justice of India. 

This was done with a rationale that seven-judges will not be able to suffice the work, the Judiciary undertakes. In order to work efficiently, the number of judges should be increased otherwise the cases will keep on piling up and there will be more scenes of injustice.

Appointment of the Judges-Position before the 99th Amendment of Constitution 

After the adoption of the constitution, the tradition regarding the appointment of judges was that the senior-most judge was chosen as the Chief Justice of India whereas the Chief justice of India was consulted by the President, along with some other judges of the High court and Supreme court for the appointment of the judges of these two courts.

After some years, this tradition came to an end and the judges were selected according to their merit and not in accordance with their seniority.

To illustrate, suppose there is a judge and he has three senior judges above him but the President thinks that he is more capable of taking the position of the Chief Justice of India. So, he is appointed, leaving behind the seniority factor.

This led the senior-most judges to resign from their seats as the promotion to the designation of the Chief justice was their aim and experiencing a judge who is junior to them getting promoted to that post was a disrespect to them.

Well, this custom came to an end and the earlier method had a comeback when the old government was replaced by a new one. Again the promotion on the basis of the seniority method was reinstated. But the controversies didn’t end, the questions on the independence of the judiciary started to build up.

After which three cases were decided which brought the system of collegium into existence.

We will now look into these three cases.

Supremacy of Executive

[Judges Transfer Case I]

Judges Transfer Case I is known as SP Gupta v. Union of India.

This case ruled out that, whenever there is an issue between the different constitutional agencies, then the decision of the central government will prevail and the government will choose as to which view of the constitutional agency will be taken into consideration. Whereas, when the appointment of the Supreme Court judges is concerned then the opinion of the Chief Justice of India will not be in concurrence and it will be on the government to take the final decision.

As far as the word ‘may’ in Article 124(2) is concerned, the court stated that it only implies taking decision regarding which judge of the Supreme court and the High court has to be consulted while appointing the judges of the Supreme Court and High court, whereas it does not give an option to the government to take into consideration the opinion of the judges.

In this case, the supremacy of the Executive was maintained.

Judicial Supremacy 

[Judges Transfer Case II]

Judges Transfer Case II is known as Supreme court Advocates on Record Association v. Union of India. 

The system which was laid down in the first judge case created many problems. Let’s take one as an example – when the Chief Justice of India was asked to give his opinion, he let a junior judge take the position of the CJI without giving a chance to the senior judges. 

So, it was decided that there should be a collegium system which in the case of the Supreme Court will consist of the Chief Justice of India and two senior-most judges. And, while taking the decision as to who would take the post of CJI both of the judges of the collegium will give their opinion and CJI will have to take that into consideration. After that, the decision of the collegium will go to the President for his assent. Whereas, in the case of High Court it will be the Chief Justice of the High Court and the two senior-most judges, and the procedure thereon, is the same as for the SC. 

Now what really happened was that the Chief Justice of India, at times did not consider the opinion given by the other judges and would take the decision of his own and pass it on to the President for his assent. 

This case basically maintained judicial supremacy. Moreover, It ruled out the judgment of the first judge case and laid down the formation of the collegium system.

Expansion of the Collegium

[Judges Transfer Case III]

Judges Transfer Case III is known as  In Re Special Reference Case.

Well, the Judicial Supremacy continued to be in existence. Whenever the opinion of the collegium was not taken into consideration, it was not acceptable to the CJI.

This continued until the Executive approached the court for an advisory opinion of the Supreme Court.

Further, the court ordered to increase the number of judges in the collegium from two to four.

It also ruled out that the most senior-most judge will take the designation of CJI and as far as the judges of the Supreme court are concerned, the Supreme Court collegium will recommend the president to which he will give his assent.

Sole Opinion of Chief Justice of India without following consultation process: Not binding on Government

Judges Transfer Case III made it clear through its judgment that whenever the Chief Justice of India conveys to the President, his opinion without taking into account the opinion of the collegium then the opinion of the CJI alone, will be rejected until he follows the constitutional mandate.

To give an example, in 2018, Senior Advocate Indu Malhotra was recommended by the collegium consisting of Justice Deepak Misra, then Chief Justice of India. 

National Judicial Appointments Commission 

National Judicial Appointments Commission was introduced by 99th Amendment Act in 2014. As a result of which, two Acts were born, one of them stated the removal of the collegium system and the introduction of the National Judicial Appointments Commission and the second Act gave the process of the appointments mentioned in the first Article. This Amendment Act introduced Article 124A, Article 124B and Article 124C of the Constitution. It was passed by both the Houses of the Parliament in August 2014 while it received the assent of President in December 2014.

Many petitions were filed against this Amendment with the contention that it was against the separation of powers and it questions the independence of the judiciary as the members of the Executive were present in the NJAC.

After this, the case was referred to a five-judge bench that struck down the Amendment Act on the basis of unconstitutionality by a ratio of 4:1.

The Provisions of the National Judicial Appointments Commission 

[Article 124A]

The 99th Amendment Act introduced a new Article 124A in the constitution. This Article mentioned the members who would form the composition of the National Judicial Appointment Commission.

According to this Article, the National Judicial Appointment Commission will consist of the following people-

  • The Chief Justice of India 
  • Two senior-most judges of the Supreme court
  • The Union Law Minister
  • Two eminent people nominated unanimously by the  Chief Justice of India, the Prime Minister and leader of the opposition of the Lok Sabha

One member out of the two eminent people will be either be a woman or one belonging to the minority section or to the backward classes such as SC, ST, OBC, etc.

They will be nominated for a period of three years and cannot be renominated again.

Functions of National Judicial Appointments Commission 

[Article 124B]

Along with Article 124A, the 99th Amendment Act also stated for the insertion of Article 124B.

This Article provided for the functions of the National Judicial Appointments Commission(NJAC) which are as follows-

  • This body will recommend people for the position of the Chief Justice of India, judges of the Supreme Court, Chief Justice of the High Court, and judges of the High Court.
  • This body will also recommend the transfer of the Chief justice of the different High courts from one High Court to the other.
  • It will thoroughly ensure that only the people who are capable to be promoted to these designations, get promoted.

Procedure for appointment to be regulated by the Parliament

[Article 124C]

Article  124C states the following:

  • Parliament may enact any law to amend the provisions of the appointment of the Chief Justice of India, the judges of the Supreme court, or the Chief justice of the respective High Courts and the judges of the High Court.
  • This Article enables the NJAC to enact by regulation any law that governs the functions of the NJAC, selection of the people for the post or any other matter that concerns the functioning of the NJAC.

Well, this article is considered as a contentious Article on the ground that, it allows the Parliament to appoint the judges of the Supreme court and the High Court which was against the concept of Separation of Powers. Besides, it gives the Nation Judicial Appointment Commission the power to make rules for itself.

[Supreme Court Advocates-on-Record Association v. Union of India, 2015]

In 2015, petitions were filed by the “Supreme Court Advocates on Record Association” and some of the senior advocates which challenged the constitutional validity of the National Judicial Appointment Commission and the 99th Amendment Act.

The contentions were regarding the independence of the Judiciary that it violated the provision of the constitution according to which the judiciary was kept independent to ensure bonafide acts.

Main points of Judgment of Justice Jagdish Singh Khehar – Fit to hold the office

This case was heard by the bench of five judges that involved Justice Jagdish Singh Khehar, Justice J Chelameswar, Justice Madan B Lokur, Justice Joseph and Justice Adarsh Kumar Goel. it was decided by the ratio of 4:1 with Justice J Chelameswar giving a dissenting opinion.

Justice Jagdish Singh Kehar gave the opinion that the clause (c) of Article 124A(1) is ultra vires with the basic elements of the constitution that is “Separation of Powers” and the “independence of the Judiciary”. He also stated that clause (d) of the same Act which talks about the appointment of two eminent persons is violative of the elements of the constitution and the basic structure for many reasons.

Seniority: Section 5(1) of the NJAC Act

Section 5(1) of the National Judicial Appointment Commission says that if the senior-most judge of the Supreme Court is fit to hold the office then he will be chosen as the Chief Justice of India.

This section makes sure that the possibility of a junior judge superseding the senior-most judge is mitigated. 

Whereas, Section 5(2) of the NJAC of the National Judicial Appointment Commission says that the appointment of judges of the Supreme Court will be done on the basis of merit and other criteria specified in clause 3 of Article 124.

Veto power to any two members of NJAC: Section 6(6) of the NJAC Act

In this article, we have learned that two eminent people will be appointed in the NJAC who will be a part of appointing the Chief Justice of India. Now, think about two people who are not accustomed to the judicial procedure and are a layman in the field of law, are appointed as the two eminent people by the reason of which they get to decide the next Chief Justice of India. Also, they have been given the veto power through which they can supersede even the judgment of the present Chief Justice of India, who is also a member of the NJAC. 

This was contrary to the provisions given in Section 6(6) of the National Judicial Appointment Commission. This Section stated that if any of the two members of the Commission disagree on the matter concerning the appointment of Chief Justice of the High Court then the commission will not recommend the person to that post.

NJAC Act could not come into effect prior to the coming into operation of the Ninety-ninth Amendment Act of the Constitution

Ninety-ninth Amendment came into existence in 2014, three new Articles were inserted in Section 2 which were Article 124A, Article 124B, and Article 124C.

Herein, the provision for the NJAC was laid down. The National Judicial Appointment Commission Bill was passed by the Lower House on August 13, 2014, and by the Upper House on August 14, 2014. After which it received the assent of the President in December.

But both the 99th Amendment Act and the National Judicial Appointment Commission were struck down on the basis that it was violative of the basic elements of the Constitution.

For the enactment of NJAC Act procedure provided under Article 368 need be followed 

In the Kesavananda Bharati v. Union of India, it was stated that any changes made in the constitution, through amendments, should only be to an extent that it does not violate the basic structure of the Constitution.

In order to enact the NJAC Act, it was necessary to take into consideration the basic structure provided under Article 368. On consideration of the same, it was found that it was hindering the basic structure of the constitution which was the concept of ‘separation of powers’. Therefore the NJAC Act was made null.

An ordinary Legislation can be invalidated for violating the constitutional provisions

The Forty-second Amendment which came in the year 1976 introduced various new Articles.

Article 32A disabled the Supreme Court to decide the constitutionality of any state law until it involves the constitutionality of any central law. Furthermore, through Article 131A, the Supreme Court was given the exclusive jurisdiction to check the constitutionality of the central law.

Whereas under Article 228A, the High Court was given a right to decide the constitutional validity of any state law. This law had to be decided by the High Court through a five-judge bench.

Any Act of legislation not found to be consistent with the provisions of the constitution will be stated as unconstitutional.  

Article 124-A is the edifice of the Constitution (Ninety-ninth Amendment) Act

Article 124A of the 99th Amendment Act is the edifice of the whole 99th Amendment Act, as it carries the entire structure of the Amendment Act and if it is rendered negatory then the Articles 124, 124B, 124C, Article 127, Article 128, Article 217, Article 222, Article 224, 224A, Article 231 will be restored back. 

To give an example, Article 124A(1) provides for the formation and the composition of NJAC, so if it is rendered invalid then the whole NJAC will be rendered unconstitutional and the 99th Amendment Act will be of no value.

Let’s see what Justice Madan B. Lokur said on this. 

Justice Madan B. Lokur

In his judgment, Justice Madan B. Lokur said that Article 124A was against the basic structure of the Constitution and without it, the other provisions can not stand.

Further, he pointed out that it also affected the President and the Chief Justice of India as the President was only left to take the recommendations whereas the CJI had to take into consideration the opinion of other people of the Commission.

Justice Kurian Joseph

Well, the eminent Judge stated a maxim in his judgment which was “Entia Non Sunt Multiplicanda Sine Necessitate” which literally means that things should not be multiplied without necessity. He emphasized delivering his judgment in simple language, through which he stated that involvement of any non-judicial body which here is the Executive will follow many structured bargains and if not that, it could lead to anything more worse. He further added that anything which dilutes the supremacy of the constitution should be nullified at its beginning.

Justice Adarsh Kumar Goel

The learned judge stated that the role of a non-judiciary post and the judges of the High Court and the Supreme Court is very different and they can be compared, therefore giving the veto power in hand of the non-judicial person who can overrule the power of the CJI is completely arbitrary.

Guidelines for improvement of the collegium system

While Justice Madan B Lokur in his judgment,  emphasized on improving the collegium system, after which a memorandum of procedures came into existence which issued guidelines for amending the collegium system.

Eligibility criteria 

With the views of the state government and central government considered, the MOP will check the minimum age requirement. 

Transparency in the appointment process

Transparency in the appointment of the judges is of utmost importance. The bench said that every proceeding and all the matters related to the appointment of judges should be updated on the website of the Ministry of Law, the Supreme court and the High court, whereas, every part of the discussion regarding it should be recorded.

Secretariat

For the better functioning of the collegium, a secretariat should be established for each High Court and the Supreme court.

It will ensure better procedures for the appointment of judges.

Complaints 

Complaint redressal is very necessary to ensure that all the functions are properly performed and all duties are properly disposed of. Therefore, a proper complaint mechanism should be formed.

Qualification of Judges 

Article 124 in its clause (4), provides a checklist for the qualification of the judges of Supreme court which is as follows-

The person,

  • Should be a citizen of India,
  • Should have been a judge of the High Court or of at least two courts in succession, for a span of five years, 
  • Should have been an advocate of the High Court or at least two courts in succession, for a span of 10 years,
  • And should be a distinguished jurist in the eyes of the President.

Tenure and Removal of Judges

According to Article 124(2), the judges of the Supreme court will hold their office until they reach the age of 65 years. That is they will get retired at the age of 65 years.

As far as the removal is concerned, Article 124(4) mentions that the judge can be removed on the ground of proved misdemeanor, the process for which is that the President will pass an order which will then be presented before both of the houses and it should pass with two-third majority of the members of the house present and voting.

We must not forget that the President should be proved incapable or guilty of his act. It can be proved through the procedure for the investigation regarding the same matter and the following procedure has to be laid down by the law of the Parliament. This right is given to the Parliament under Article 124(5).

Judges (Inquiry) Act, 1968 

In this Act, the procedure for the investigation into the charges against the judges was laid down.

The Judge can only be removed after proven misbehavior or incapacity.

This Act further specified that it will consist of the following people-

  • Any judge of the Supreme court, or the Chief justice of the Supreme court,
  • Any Chief Justice of the High Court, and
  • Any person who is a distinguished jurist in the opinion of the Speaker.

These members will unanimously frame charges against the judge and will investigate it. 

Salaries and Allowances

Article 125 talks about the salaries and allowances to be given to the Judges of the Supreme court.

  • In clause (1), it was mentioned that the judges of the Supreme Court will be paid the salaries determined by the Parliament by law. This is present in the second schedule until any other law regarding the salaries is made.
  • In clause (2), it was further mentioned that the judges will get privileges, allowances, and rights regarding leave of absence and pension with respect to the law prescribed by the Parliament.

Now, the Parliament by law can alter the rights that may hamper the judge’s position. But this Article makes sure that it should not happen as it states further that, the Parliament should not enact any law which will stand as a disadvantage to the position of the judge after he has been appointed. 

Acting Chief Justice: Article 126

Article 126 talks about acting Chief Justice, let’s have a look.

Anytime during the tenure of the Chief Justice of India, if he is absent and is not able to dispose of his duties or his office is vacant for any reason, then the acting Chief justice will discharge the duties of the Chief Justice of India.

The seat of the Supreme Court: Article 130

In Article 130 it is mentioned that the Supreme Court will be seated in Delhi. Well, it is not a hard and fast rule but can be flexible as the Chief Justice of India may specify from time to time, which should be approved by the President.

Jurisdiction of the Supreme Court 

(1) A Court of Record

  1. The jurisdiction of the Supreme Court under Article 129 is independent of the Courts Act

Contempt of court takes place when any person disobeys the orders of the court or through his demeanor disrespects the court.

Court of Record is that the proceedings of the court will be recorded so that they can act as a testimony in the future.

Well, Article 129 makes the Supreme Court the court of record and gives it the power to punish for its contempt.

PN Duda V. V.P. Shiv Shankar & others

In this case, it was ruled out that a person who has been punished for contempt should have caused hindrance to the procedure of the court and administration of justice whereas, no one should be punished for criticizing the judicial system.

Supreme Court’s power to punish for contempt of itself as well as subordinate courts

Article 215 of the Constitution does not empower the High Court to punish for contempt of the Supreme Court but the Supreme Court has the power to punish for contempt of High court and other subordinate courts.

In case, the Supreme court does not punish for its own contempt then the High Court has no say in it.

Contempt jurisdiction for protection of Registry

Supreme court has not only maintained the contempt of court in order to punish people to harm the judge’s reputation but also to protect the name of the Judiciary.

To give you an illustration, an advocate was barred from practising law for one month because he accused the registry of the court wherein he wrote the word ‘bench hunt’.

The Court ruled out that the bench is not constituted by the registry but by the Chief Justice of India and the contempt of registry shall be punished.

A Minister or official may also be guilty of contempt when the Contempt of Court is committed by the State 

When there is an issue before the court which is between the states on both sides of the state is one of the parties and the court give an order or decree which the state disobeys then the Supreme Court can make the State guilty of contempt.

The officials and ministers involved in the case will be thereto made liable for the same.

The Court’s unlimited power to compel obedience and compliance of its orders 

Under Article 142, the Supreme Court has been given the power to make an order in regard to the contempt of Court. 

That is, the Supreme Court can compel any person under this Article to obey the order which it has given.

(2) Original Jurisdiction-Article 131

The Supreme Court has original jurisdiction when it comes to matters related to the following-

  • Between the Government of India and one or more than one states; or
  • Between government of India and one or more states at the different sides; or
  • Between two or more than two states.

It is further provided that its jurisdiction shall not cover the matter arising out of any agreement, engagement or any sort of treaty, which was present before the pre-constitutional time and is still in force. It also extends to the matters which provide that this jurisdiction shall not apply to the respected dispute.

Enforcement of Fundamental Rights 

Article 32 of the Indian Constitution states that if any fundamental right is infringed, then the person can approach the Supreme Court.

This Article provides for the issue of writs which include Habeas corpus, mandamus, Certiorari, Quo warranto, Prohibition.

After issuing these writs one can directly approach the Supreme Court for the enforcement of the Fundamental Rights.

(3) Appellate Jurisdiction–Article 132 

Article 132 provides that the appeals for the High Court of any state can be brought up in the Supreme Court for civil as well as criminal matters.

It is provided that the case should involve some substantial question of law under Article 134A.

When all of the parameters are met then the certificate is granted under which any person can approach the SC on the basis that his or her case has been wrongly decided.

An appeal in Civil matters

Article 133 talks about the appeal in the case of constitutional matters.

Let’s have a look at it-

  • It says that the appeal shall lie to the Supreme court only if the High Court certifies that it fulfils the condition given in the Article 134A which says that the matter should contain a substantial question of law and in the opinion of the High Court the matter should be passed on to the Supreme Court.
  • This Article again emphasizes in its clause (2) that a question of law should be wrongly decided by the High court.
  • In its clause (3), it states that notwithstanding anything stated in this Article, any appeal will not lie before the Supreme Court until the Parliament specifies.

An appeal in Criminal Cases-Article 134 

Article 134 says about the appeal to the Supreme Court when the matter is of criminal nature. Let’s have a quick look at it-

The appeal would lie before the Supreme Court when the High Court-

  • On appeal, has reversed the acquittal of the person and he has been sentenced to death; or
  • Withdraws any case from a subordinate court and has announced the conviction of the person or death sentence; or
  • Has considered the case to be fit to be presented before the Supreme Court on the basis of Article 134A.

 Certificate for appeal to the Supreme Court

As mentioned earlier in this article, Article 134A provides for a checklist to certify that the case is fit to be presented before the Court. This article basically provides the certificate for the appeal to the Supreme Court.

These checkpoints are as follows-

  • If the High Court deems it fit to do so in the motion of its own.
  • If the aggrieved party just after the judgment is passed makes an oral application.
  • The decisions are to be made with respect to Articles 132(1), Article 133(1) and Article 134(1)

Power of the Supreme Court to withdraw and transfer cases Article 139-A 

Article 139A gives power to the Supreme Court to withdraw the cases from the High Court if they are pending and it is believed by the Supreme Court that it involves important question on law.

Another instance in which the Supreme Court can do so is when the Attorney General of India or the aggrieved party writes to the SC mentioning that the case carries a question of law of general importance.

Federal Court’s jurisdiction to be exercised by the Supreme Court- Article 135 

The federal courts were established before the commencement of the constitution wherein some laws were passed. Now if the provisions which are given under Article 133 and Article 134 do not apply to those laws, then the Supreme Court will have the jurisdiction over it under Article 135.

Appeal by Special Leave- Article 136

Article 136 enables the Supreme Court to grant special leave of appeal for any order, judgment or sentence which is passed by any court or tribunal in the country.

It is regardless of anything contained in the chapter concerning the Union Judiciary and do not apply to any matter concerning Armed forces.

The Court not competent to judge economic policy of the Government 

The economic policies laid down by the government are subject to legal restraint that it cannot be reviewed by the judiciary.

The rationale behind it is that the judiciary is an expert in the field of law whereas interpreting economics policies would require an expert who has the knowledge of economics.

The work of the judiciary is to decide the matter between the two parties whereas the policy adjudication will have many views.

In TN Govarnam Thirumulkpad v. Union of India, the judiciary took the matter related to the Forest Conservation Act,1980. This case required technical as well as expertise on some matter but the Supreme Court arranged by appointing the experts related to the matter. So here the Supreme Court was able to fill up the need required to take up policy matters.

But after all, the resources like appointing technical experts were to be arranged which are already present in the legislature and the executive per se. But the judiciary can pick up the policy matters which it considers carries injustice.

Power to grant special leave to appeal to be exercised in exceptional cases

We will discuss some cases relating to it.

Pritam Singh v. the State

In this case, it was ruled out that the special leave to appeal will only be granted under special circumstances where grave injustice is done and the court checks it and bestows justice.

The court emphasized on setting up of a standard for granting special leave of appeal.

N Suriyakala V. A Mohan Doss

In this case, the court ruled out that the granting of Special Leave of Appeal is not a usual action taken by the Supreme Court but only when the SC has to interfere in the case under its own discretion.

Concurrent findings of the Trial Court and the High Court

Let’s consider a case regarding it,

M.Vadivel vs Arulmughu Iravatheeswarar Koil

It was contended in this case that the Supreme Court under Article 133 can undertake any matter as it has been not stated anywhere in the chapter of Union Judiciary that the concurrent findings of the Trial Court and the High Court can not be reviewed. 

It was held that the concurrent findings of the trial court and the High Court have been brought up by deep knowledge of the court by considering matters of both of the parties. Hence the Supreme Court interferes only in exceptional cases when there is a grave injustice.

New Plea on Facts

The Supreme Court does not allow the facts to be raised in the court when they were not raised in the first place during the proceedings of the subordinate court. Therefore new facts are inadmissible.

Let’s look at a case.

Jagannath Behera V. Raja Harirar Singh

In this case, the new fact was whether any special laws or traditions prevailed in a merged territory. This fact was not presented before in any court and for the first time in the Supreme Court, therefore it was inadmissible.

Gopinath Ghosh V. State of West Bengal

In this case, it was brought for the first time to the knowledge of the Supreme court that the accused was below 18 years of age when the crime took place. Hence, it too was inadmissible.

Plea of Law

In cases where a question of law was not presented before in any court, the Supreme Court will allow it to be raised for the first time.

Badari Prasad V. Nagarmal

In this case, a question was raised stating that section 4(2) of the Rewa State Act as unconstitutional. This question was raised for the first time in the Supreme Court and it was allowed by the court.

Masalti V. State of UP

In this case, it was ruled out that any question of law that is material to the facts will be admissible even if it is presented for the first time in the Supreme Court.

A private party can file an appeal under Art.136 challenging acquittal 

Supreme court under Article 136 considers special leave to appeal. But the question of whether the private party has a locus standi to file the appeal has to be understood.

Let’s have a look at the cases to know the answer.

A petition was filed by Prisoners Right Forum which was related to a death sentence of the prisoner which was dismissed by N. Anand Venkatesh, who stated that any third person can not file an appeal regarding it.

And if it is allowed, any bystander will be able to file an appeal revoking the judgment of the subordinate court.

When no challenge to the main judgment 

No appeal can be filed against the judgment of the Court which is passed with the consent of the parties. An appeal can only be placed regarding a question of law.

False and misleading statements – Justification to revoke the appeal

When any party presents before the court during the hearing of an appeal, any false statements or the facts which are misleading, then the Supreme court can revoke the appeal.

In SN Aggarwal V. Union of India, false facts were presented which affected the decision and discretion of the court. In this case, it was ruled out that the Supreme court has the power to set aside the appeal and it will be justified.

Tribunals

As the tribunals were set up to reduce the workload on the Courts, any appeal from the tribunals can be presented before the Supreme court until there is no provision of Appellate tribunals. If there is then Appellate tribunals will hear the appeals for the Tribunals.

Power to review its judgments Art 137 

Under Article 137, the Supreme Court has the power to review its judgment.

It is subjected to the provisions of law and provisions under Article 147.

It is basically a mechanism provided to the Supreme Court to amend its mistakes.

Curative Petition 

The remedy of the curative petition was introduced by the Supreme Court in the case of Rupa Asok Hurra V. Asok Hurra.

A curative petition is the last remedy provided for any grievances. Its counterpart is the mercy petition which is filed before the President.

It was also filed in the famous  Delhi rape case.

Ancillary Powers of Supreme Court.

Article 140 enables the president to make law regarding any supplementary right which can be given to the Supreme Court. This right should not be against the provisions of the law.

It will enable the Supreme court to work more effectively towards the goal of bringing justice to the people.   

Advisory jurisdiction-Article 143 

If at any point the President feels like a matter carries substantial question related to law and is of public utility then he can approach the Supreme Court for Advisory jurisdiction.

Supreme Court after hearing it may give his opinion to the President.

This is the procedure of Advisory jurisdiction which is present in Article 143 of the Constitution. 

Law declared by the Supreme Court to be binding on all Courts- Article 141

Supreme Court is the highest organ of law and the decision it takes is of utmost importance. The rule to follow its decision will lay down a structure of procedures which will act as a guideline for the lower courts to follow in cases where similar facts are contained.

Article 141 states that the judgment of the Supreme Court is binding on all the lower or subordinate courts.

Supreme Court not bound by its own decisions 

Article 141 obligates other subordinate courts to follow the judgments of the Supreme Court and stand by its decision which is the principle of Stare Decisis. But the Supreme Court is not bound by its own judgment. 

It believes to follow its earlier judgments until there is a case of diminishing circumstances. 

Ratio-decidendi 

The part of the judgment that lays down the rationale of the decision is called ratio- decidendi. It is important to consider the ratio decidendi of the judgment as it lays down the rule of law.

Prospective overruling

The motive of following a judicial precedent is to maintain the old laws and follow them and not to invent new laws every day. The overruling of a precedent is done when it is followed by injustice to people at times, so in order to prevent it, the Doctrine of Prospective overruling is followed.

The Doctrine of Prospective overruling lays down the mechanism according to which, the law which has arisen out of the case which has overruled a previous judgment, will be followed.

This Doctrine was first reinforced in the case of I.C. Golakhnath V. State of Punjab, where Justice Subba Rao invoked it. He had taken it from the American law where various eminent jurists spoke about it.

Obiter dicta  

As in this article, we have already discussed the Ratio Decidendi which was an important part of the judgment. Well, here Obiter Dicta is the other half of the judgment which is not the important part and can be ignored while considering the facts of the judgment. In case one has to go through the thought process and the opinions of the judge who wrote that judgment, he or she may give it a read.

Overruling not by co-equal Bench 

In Siddharam Satlingappa Mhetre v. the State of Maharashtra, the court ruled out that a judgment by a larger bench will be binding on the smaller bench and co- bench.

But what happens if there is a conflict between two co-bench regarding the judgment?

This is answered by the case of the State of MP v. Mala Banerjee, which stated that in cases of such conflicts, the matter should be presented before a larger bench.

Enforcement of Decree and Orders of Supreme Court: Article 142

Article 142 says-

  • The Supreme Court in order to make sure that justice is done can pass any order or decree.
  • It was further stated in clause (1), that when such order or decree is passed then it will be enforceable in the entire country under the provision made by the law of the Parliament and if there is no provision regarding it then the provision made by the President will be considered.
  • The Supreme Court has the power to issue an order or decree in order to secure the attendance of the concerned person, the discovery or production of any of the related documents, or the investigation or punishment of any contempt of itself which will be subjected to the provision laid down by the Parliament.

Ex-gratia grant

[Santosh Devi v. Union of India, 2016]

Looking at the case of Santosh Devi v. Union of India, we will understand the concept of the ex-gratia grant. 

In this case, it was ruled out that the procedure for the compassionate appointment of a member of a family in place of a deceased member of the same family should only be done after taking into consideration that the sudden demise of the member affects the conditions of the family economically or the member was the only earning member of the family and after his demise, someone needs to take his place.

Dissolution of marriage by mutual consent waiving the statutory period of waiting 

To illustrate and understand the topic,

In July, a couple got married after which due to instances of domestic violence both of them started living separately. After which they approached the family court for this matter and applied for a divorce by mutual consent.

The family court in that matter ordered them to live separately for a period of 6 months. Later on, the woman wanted to marry a man who was a non-resident of Australia.

The High Court set aside the 18 month separation period after the women filed a petition for it.

The Supreme Court in this matter ruled out that in the case when the divorce has taken place with the mutual consent of both parties to the marriage, the rule of six month period of separation can be skipped. 

Dissolution of marriage if it is totally unworkable 

Since a broken marriage can not be reversed so the Hindu Marriage Act and the Special Marriage Act take care that the marriage which still has some hopes should not be broken.

Supreme Court ruled out that only the marriage which has become dead in emotional terms and is totally unworkable should be dissolved through the process of divorce.

The couple who is living separately for years is not getting divorced due to the long mechanism involved in it. It makes it impossible for them to explore their lives while still stuck in the past marriage which is dead to them already. 

Many have recommended to invoke Article 142 and introduce irretrievable breakdown as a cause for the dissolution of marriage.

Enforcement of guidelines and directions to provide immediate help to the victims of accidents and to protect good Samaritans 

A good Samaritan is a person who, with bonafide intention and without wanting anything in return for the act he will do, steps forward to help or provide assistance to a person who has got injured in an accident or a crash and is in an emergency and needs medical help immediately.

Well for his amazing acts, the good samaritan is provided safety under many guidelines which are as follows-

  • No investigation on criminal and civil matter will be initiated against the good Samaritans if any injury or death of the injured takes place
  • The good samaritan will not be forced to reveal his personal details if he informs about such an accident or the injured person involved.
  • Any person who forces him in revealing his personal information will be punished.
  • The good samaritan will not be liable to bear any initial cost of the treatment of the injured person.

[Savelife Foundation v. Union of India, 2016]

Savelife Foundation v. Union of India mainly was concerned with the provisions related to the ambulance codes, emergency procedures, the process to be followed by the hospitals that are situated in the highways and the procedures related to the management of the trauma struck,  injured person during the accident.

Power of the Supreme Court to make rules 

The Supreme Court is the highest judicial functionary of the Constitution.

The Constitution of India under Article 145 gives the Supreme Court of India, the power to make its own rules. It should be consistent with the law of the parliament and should be made with the permission of the President. These rules are generally made for the procedure of the Court.

These rules may include-

  • Rules regarding the person who is practising before the court
  • Rules related to the hearing of appeals by the Supreme Court and all the matter regarding it.
  • Rules regarding the proceedings of the court.
  • Rules for the enforcement of fundamental rights.
  • Rules in relation to the granting of bail
  • Rules related to the stay on the procedures
  • Rules considering the procedure of inquiries

This Article further provides that in regards to it, the Supreme Court will also provide for the number of judges who will sit to decide in this matter. It also provides for the powers to be conferred with division Courts and single judges.

It confers power on the Supreme Court to decide the number of judges to decide the matters that involve a substantial question of law.

Conclusion 

[How is the independence of Judiciary maintained under the Constitution]

 “We should interpret the constitution as it is and not according to what we think it should be. We will always come across some ways by which the spirit of the Constitution of India can be amended but then we will be rewriting the Constitution in the guise of interpreting it”. This was said during the judgment of a case, by the eminent jurist, PN Bhagwati.

The Constitution of India provided for the concept of separation of powers and the basic feature of the Constitution was the independence of the judiciary.

While India witnessed cases like the First Judges Case, Second Judges Case and the Third Judges Case, where it saw the revocation of separation of powers and the independence of the judiciary. But after every instance, the Judiciary still stood independent

As the National Judicial Appointment Commission(NJAC) and the ninety-ninth Amendment saw their demise, the basic feature of the constitution was restored back.

It should not be forgotten that the basic structure is the essence of the Constitution and under no circumstances, it should be altered or eliminated as it is essential for the fair mechanism for the administration of justice. Our Judiciary should stand independent as the framers of our constitution intended and we should respect and ensure that.


Students of Lawsikho courses regularly produce writing assignments and work on practical exercises as a part of their coursework and develop themselves in real-life practical skill.

LawSikho has created a telegram group for exchanging legal knowledge, referrals and various opportunities. You can click on this link and join:

https://t.me/joinchat/J_0YrBa4IBSHdpuTfQO_sA

Follow us on Instagram and subscribe to our YouTube channel for more amazing legal content. 

The post Articles 124-147: Analysis of Constitutional Provisions pertaining to Union Judiciary appeared first on iPleaders.

Taxation On Income From Royalty Under Income Tax Act, 1961

$
0
0

This article has been written by Avinash Kumar, a 3rd-year law student pursuing B.com LLB from School of law, UPES Dehradun. This article discusses the concept of taxation on income from royalty. In this article, I have described the meaning of royalty, deduction in respect of royalty income of author, deduction in respect of royalty on patents.

Introduction

Income Tax Act itself provides many ways to save the tax. Just you need to apply tax planning to save the tax. Income from royalty is one of the ways to save the tax. In India tax planning is legal. The income from royalty can be claimed as a deduction under the Income Tax Act, 1961. If an individual earns income by royalties then they can take advantage of tax deduction. If you have created music, invented new medicines, written a book then in those situations you can take the benefit of tax deduction under the Income Tax Act 1961. It doesn’t matter that from where are you getting the royalty, the government will treat those royalty as an income and expect you to report that income on your taxes. 

Meaning Of Royalty

Section 9 of the Income Tax Act 1961 talks about income deemed to accrue or arise in India. When we use the originally created asset of an individual or proprietor then the amount paid to them for using their asset is termed as the royalty. It is a legally binding payment to an individual till the date the benefit of their assets is availed.

If anyone uses the copyright, trademark, patent, procedural knowledge of an individual then he is legally bound to pay the royalty. Basically, it is a contract between the proprietor and the individual who is doing the contract for the use of their intellectual property rights.

For example: when you use the patent of an individual then the amount you paid to the patentee for using their patent is considered as royalty. In the same way, if an author writes a book and gives its copyright to the publisher then the publisher is legally bound to pay the royalty according to the number of books sold. Sometimes, when the owner sells the product he is entitled to a one-time payment and not the royalty, in a consequence of which he loses the ownership over it. For example, A discovered new software and after that A sold his software to B. Then in this situation he will not get any royalty for his software. When he sells his software he gets a one-time payment instead of royalty after that, he will not have any right over the software.   

Payment of any Information Constitute a Royalty Payment or Not?

To determine the exact nature of the payment made, the type of information passed on needs to be verified. If someone gives the payment for passing the information then, in that case, these payments will not come under the category of royalty income. In the case of CIT vs Heg India 130 Taxman 72, an Indian company wants to take some technical information from the US Company. In this regard, an Indian Company paid some amount of money to the US Company. In this case, the Madras High Court held that if anyone is paying the money for obtaining the information, data or a calculation sheet, such money will not be treated like royalty payment.    

Deduction In Respect of Royalty Income of Author Other Than The Textbook (Section 80qqb)

Royalty Income Of Author

An author earns income by publishing their book. The publisher publishes the author’s book and the author gets the profit against the total number of books sold. The profit earned by the author will be a royalty income for the author. An author is someone who uses his skill, knowledge to write something. Nowadays the writer writes books, articles and publishes their write up on many platforms. An author creates a contract with the publisher for selling his books, whereas the writer creates a contract with the director for casting his story in the film. After that writer gets the money from the publisher will be royalty income for the author. Against such type of royalty income, the author can claim the deductions under Section 80QQB of Income Tax Act 1961.  

Gross Total Income For The Author

For availing the benefit of tax deduction under Section 80QQB of Income Tax Act, Gross total income of an individual includes:

  1. If an author derived his income from his profession;
  2. If an author obtained an income from writing a book of his interest in respect of the copyright of his books being a work of literary, scientific or artistic;
  3. If an author receives an advance payment of royalty but royalty shouldn’t be non- refundable. 

Royalty Deduction allowed Under Section 80QQB

  1. If an assessee wants to claim deductions under section 80QQB then he can get a deduction of up to 3,00,000.
  2. Or Gross total income earned by him. 
  3. Or whichever is less.   

Condition For Claiming Deduction Under Section 80QQB

Following conditions which are mentioned under the Income Tax Act, 1961 says that if an assessee wants to claim deductions under Section 80QQB  they have to fulfill the following conditions:

  1. For claiming the tax benefit an assessee should be resident of India. Deduction under Section 80QQB is not available to the non-resident. 
  2. For claiming the tax benefit under Section 80QQB of Income Tax Act 1961, an assessee should be an author. Here the author also includes the joint author which means that a joint author can also take a tax deduction under Section 80QQB.
  3. The content of the author’s book should be artistic, literary or scientific in nature.
  4. The topic of the author’s books shouldn’t include brochures, commentaries, diaries, journals, magazines, textbooks, pamphlets, or other publications of similar nature. 
  5. An assessee can claim the tax deductions only at the time of filing income tax returns.  
  6. The amount should be received in lump sum consideration. If the amount is not received in lump sum consideration, income as in excess of 15% of the value of books sold during the year should be ignored.

How to get Deduction under Section 80QQB?

  • If an individual is a resident of India and wants to take the deduction under Section 80QQB then he has to fill the certificate Form 10CCD
  • If an individual has earned the income from foreign, in that case, he can claim the tax deduction, if the amount brought to in India within the period of six months from the end of the previous year or the time period allotted by the competent authority. So in order to get the deduction a person has to fill out Form 10H

Example Of Deduction Under Section 80QQB

Let’s understand deduction through an example of deduction under Section 80QQB. Suppose Ajit Bharti has written a book named “Gharwapsi”. He is a resident of India. In a financial year, he earns Rs. 2,00,000 as a royalty income from publishers. He also has a business from which he earns Rs. 4,00,000. Now if he wants to take the tax benefit under section 80QQB then he has to deduct the income of royalty from the gross total income. So Ajit Bharti will have to pay the tax on Rs. 4,00,000 because he can take the tax deduction on Rs. 2,00,000 under 80QQB of Income Tax Act, 1961.     

Deduction In Respect of Royalties on Patents (Section 80rrb)

Patent

The patent is a right granted to an inventor by the government that permits the inventor to exclude others from making, selling or using the invention for a period of time. A Patent is also termed as the intellectual property right that ensures the innovator that innovator invention is secured. If an individual gets the patent then it excludes others from making, selling, or using the invention for a particular period of time. By inventing something unique an innovator can earn a regular income. The payment which the innovator gets from inventing something will be termed as royalty income for the innovator. The examples of patentable items are like chemical formulas, computer software, and hardware, drugs, medical equipment, musical instruments, etc.

For example, let’s take an example, Rohan invented a medicine which cures the diseases of cancer and he applies for the patent and he gets the patent then he has a right over these medicines.      

Section 80 RRB of Income Tax Act, 1961

An individual whose source of income is in the form of royalty paid on the work which pertains to art, patents, inventions can claim the deductions under Section 80RRB of the Income Tax Act, 1961.

https://lawsikho.com/course/certificate-course-in-advanced-civil-litigation-practice-procedure-and-drafting
      Click above

Eligibility For Claiming deductions in respect of income from Patent

If an individual wants to claim a deduction under Section 80RRB of Income Tax Act 1961 then he will have to satisfy the following criteria:

  1. He must be a resident of India;
  2. An individual must be an owner of the patent for claiming the deduction under Section 80RRB of Income Tax Act 1961. If an individual doesn’t have an original patent he can’t claim tax benefit; 
  3. An income earned by the royalties in respect of patents must be registered under the patent Act, 1970 on or after the 1st April 2003.    

Up to what Extent Deduction on Patents can be claimed?

Income earned from Royalty is eligible for deduction under the Income Tax Act 1961. These are the following points that an individual has to keep in mind while claiming the deductions under Section 80RRB.

  1. An individual can claim a deduction of up to Rs 3 lakh. If their income is more than Rs. 3 lakh then the deduction under royalty can’t go beyond that. If his royalty income is less than 3 lakh then he will get a deduction on that income under Section 80RRB. 
  2. An individual can’t club the income of other sources with royalty income. It means that they can claim a deduction only for the amount he is receiving from royalty.
  3. Individuals who do not hold the original patent are not eligible for tax benefit under section 80RRB of Income Tax Act 1961.  
  4. If an individual earns royalty income from outside India then the deduction under section 80RRB can only be claimed within six months from the end of last year. It is compulsory to produce documentary evidence to the Income-tax department to avail the benefit of deduction under section 80RRB. If you don’t produce the document then you are not eligible to get the deduction. 
  5. Only those assessee can claim the benefit of tax deduction who fulfill the criteria of the resident. A non-resident individual can’t claim the deduction under Section 80RRB of Income Tax Act 1961.    
  6. In respect of granting the patent, it is an agreement between the two parties but in some circumstances, the government grants the license to use patent for the public at large. In such a situation, the government will settle the amount of royalty with the controller who grants the patent right.   

Computing Income By Way Of Royalties In Case Of Non-Residents (Section 44DA)

Section 44DA of Income Tax Act, 1961 deals with the Special provision of Income by way of royalties in the case of a non-resident.

Who Is a Non-Resident?

According to Section 6 of the Income Tax Act 1961, an assessee will be qualified as a non-resident if they satisfy any one of the following conditions:

  1. In a financial year, individual stay in India for less than 181 days; and
  2. In a financial year, individuals stay in India for not more than 60 days;
  3. If an individual stays in India which exceeds 60 days in a financial year but does not exceed 365 days or more during the 4 previous financial years.   

Provision for computing income by way of royalty in case of non-resident Section 44DA

Section 44DA of Income Tax Act, 1961 talks about the provision for computing income by way of royalties in the case of the non-resident. If a non-resident receives an amount in pursuance of an agreement made before the 1st April 2003 it will be governed by Section 44DA of the Income Tax Act 1961. If a foreign company or a non-resident is earning the fee for technical service or royalty income from India through a permanent establishment in India then such fee for technical service or royalty shall be computed under the head “profits and gains of business or profession”.

Conclusion

The Income Tax charges tax on all the five heads and it also provides a deduction on the same that can be claimed by the assessee to save the tax. There are many provisions under the Income Tax Act which talks about the deduction of tax when an individual is earning the income from royalty. An author has a right to claim a tax deduction under section 80QQB of Income Tax Act. The patentee can take the benefit of tax deduction under section 80RRB of Income Tax Act, 1961.  However, If an individual is sharing the information and taking the royalty then that will not come under the royalty income. 


Students of Lawsikho courses regularly produce writing assignments and work on practical exercises as a part of their coursework and develop themselves in real-life practical skill.

LawSikho has created a telegram group for exchanging legal knowledge, referrals and various opportunities. You can click on this link and join:

https://t.me/joinchat/J_0YrBa4IBSHdpuTfQO_sA

Follow us on Instagram and subscribe to our YouTube channel for more amazing legal content. 

The post Taxation On Income From Royalty Under Income Tax Act, 1961 appeared first on iPleaders.

The Nature of the Indian Constitution

$
0
0

This article is written by Nishtha Pandey (batch 2023), student of Dr Ram Manohar Lohiya National Law University, Lucknow. This article seeks to present a holistic viewpoint on the actual Nature of the Constitution of India. The opinions of prominent jurists and case laws are included to present a broad picture.

“It doesn’t really matter whether the Constitution is in consonance with the textbook rules of federalism as long as it serves the purpose” Kuldip Nair v Union of India

Introduction

There is a huge difference of opinion when it comes to the nature of the Indian Constitution. Some jurist like Kenneth C Wheare, said that India is quasi-federal i.e. “similar to a federal system” because it has some features of federal and some of the unitary Constitution. However, according to the makers of the Constitution, it is federal in nature. Even Dr. B. R. Ambedkar defined it as a federal Constitution, although the centre has certain powers to override the provinces.

The question of whether the Indian Constitution could be actually called a federal Constitution could not be answered without looking into the meaning of federalism and the essential features that are evident in a federal state.

Is the Constitution of India Federal?

There are certain features which are essential to be present in the federal Constitution. Some of them are discussed below:

Federal Principle

The basic principle of federalism is the “division of power”. The centre and the state are not subordinate but coordinate with each other. They work independently in their own sphere. In other words, it seeks to bring unity in diversity and the achievement of common national goals. Prevention, as well as the settlement of conflict of the interests of the Centre and the States, is an important part of federalism. This is the reason why the Indian federalism was devised with a strong Centre. The Indian Constitution has adopted federal features, though it is not a complete federal nation.

Essential characteristics of a federal Constitution

There are various characteristics which are quintessential for a Constitution to be termed as a federal Constitution.

Supremacy of law

The Constitution is the supreme law. The term “law” involves rules, regulations, bylaws, notifications, orders, ordinances and even the customs having a force of law. A federal-state derives its existence from the Constitution. Every type of power; be it legislative, administrative or judicial, irrespective of it being at the centre or the state level, is controlled by or is subordinated to the Constitution. Article 13(2) provided that the State shall not make any law which takes away any of the rights guaranteed under Part III of the Indian Constitution and to the extent of such contravention, the law is considered void. 

Distribution of Power

In federalism, distribution of power forms an important and integral part. Distribution of power between the centre and the state and other coordinate bodies present in the Constitution.

This division of governmental powers into national and regional governments is done by way of 3 lists which are the Union, State and the Concurrent lists. These lists provided in the 7th Schedule to the Constitution. Only the Central government deals with the issues mentioned in the Union List. State government legislates on the areas mentioned in the State List while the Concurrent List contains subjects where both the Center and the State can function. This concept is borrowed from the Canadian Constitution. However, there are certain items which do not present in any of these three lists. These are called residuary powers and lie primarily with the Centre as per the Entry 97 of Article 248. The reason behind this is to make the Parliament competent enough to legislate on any subject which is not identifiable at present. Thus, the principle of division of powers, which the concept under context, promotes, highlights the federal structure of the Indian Constitution.

Written Constitution

A federal Constitution must be written. Since the federal nature of the Constitution involves a lot of contracts hence it would be impractical not to have these written. Moreover to maintain the supremacy of the Constitution it is imperative to have a written Constitution.

The United Kingdom does not have a written Constitution and therefore it is not regarded as a federal country. The States in a federal system, come together and enter into a treaty and the terms of the treaty are required to be in writing in the form of a written Constitution. There is no denial of the fact that a written Constitution brings stability in the overall governance of the country. If there were no written Constitution defining the scope of the powers of Centre and the States, there will be chaos and confusion. Moreover, misunderstandings and conflicts will arise between the Centre and the States who would seek to cross over each other’s authority.

Rigidity 

The Constitution should be rigid and permanent. A lousy set of the document cannot be said to a federal Constitution. The method of the amendment should be rigid, otherwise, the basic principles of the Constitution would be under threat. However, the rigidness of the Constitution should not be confused with inflexibility. The Constitution is an organic document and should be flexible enough to accommodate according to the changing times.

Rigidity in a Constitution also means that it cannot be amended unilaterally without the participation of the states. In the United States, that is an example of classical federalism, it is an established rule that no part of the Constitution can be amended without the ratification of at least 3/4th of the individual States. Another example is Switzerland, where no amendment can be brought into force unless it is ratified by a majority of votes i.e. referendum. Same is the case with Germany, where the states do have a major role to play in the amendment of the Constitution but even the German parliament cannot amend as far as the federal features are concerned like division of the federation into States or the participation of the States in making amendments in the legislature, these features are exclusively made non-amendable because Germany is also a federal country. 

These examples justify that the rigidity of the Constitution is a primary feature of any federal form of government and the same has been imbibed in India too. In India, any provisions which deal with the centre and state relations could be amended only after all the states have ratified the amendment which is proposed. It is also important to note that the ratification must come from at least 50% of the states. For example, in the case of Kihoto Hollohan vs Zachilhu & Ors where the court rejected the addition of Para 7, which affected the jurisdiction of the high courts present in the State, in the 10th Schedule by way of 52nd Constitutional Amendment. This amendment was passed by both the houses of parliament and was not sent for the ratification of the states, so it was ultra vires and the Supreme Court declared the 52nd Amendment and the 10th Schedule to be unconstitutional and void. The doctrine of Severability was applied and only Para 7 was removed and the remaining part of it was held to be valid.

Authority of Courts

The judiciary has the final authority to interpret the Constitution. The rationale for this provision is that only an independent tribunal which is authorized to resolve disputes between the Centre and the States could impartially resolve all the disputes between the Centre and the State government. As regards to India, the Supreme Court is that federal tribunal which has such powers and competency. The Supreme Court is authorised, to exercise such power, by way of the Article 131 of the Indian Constitution. However, for solving the Inter-State Water Disputes the parliament has to create an ad-hoc tribunal to resolve a specific water dispute between two states, for instance, the Cauvery Water Disputes Tribunal which is dealing with the water dispute between Kerala, Karnataka and Tamil Nadu. This power given to the Central Government to create a separate tribunal is although small but significant unitary feature, the Bedgaon Border dispute case pending in Supreme Court. It is between Maharashtra and Karnataka in which Maharashtra claims that the majority of the people in that region are Marathi speaking so the region should belong to them while the Karnataka demands just the opposite. Thus, an independent judicial court is a very necessary federal feature of the Constitution.

https://lawsikho.com/course/certificate-course-in-advanced-civil-litigation-practice-procedure-and-drafting
     Click above

Provisions of the Constitution not supporting the federal principle

Indian Constitution lays down a double polity system, where the Central Government is neither merely the league of States nor the States that are the administrative units or agencies of the Central Government because they have their own Constitutional identity. However, there are some strong centralizing tendencies present in the Indian Constitution which confer maximum power on the Central Government. The reason for this centralisation dates back in history at the time when the Constitution was made. At the time of the partition of the country, the framers thought that if the Central government is not strong, then the country would get fragmented. The Philadelphia Convention which resulted in the formation of the US Constitution also mentioned the term “union”. This term was mentioned there in order to make it a more perfect Union and in the express terms. It is highly probable that the intention of the Constituent Assembly behind adding the expression Union was that they wanted to give an impression that it was an indestructible Union. They must have been feared about the potential Balkanization of the Indian Union. The policy so adopted by the Constituent Assembly was to have an intrinsic partiality in the favour of Centralization i.e. a unitary in spirit.

Union of States

Article 1 of the Indian Constitution states that India i.e. Bharat shall be a Union of States. It is to be examined here whether the use of the word ‘Union’ was intentional or not. Because the word ‘Federation’ has nowhere been mentioned in the Indian Constitution. It was there in the draft Constitution but was later removed. It was, however, a purposeful omission on the part of the drafting committee, its Chairman Dr. Ambedkar, justified this removal by mentioning that the addition of the word “Federation” was added after the ratification of the States.

Appointment of Governors

Appointment of the Governors of various States is done by the Central government. Governor is the Constitutional Head of the State simultaneously he is also the representative of the Centre. The Central government, under Article 355 has to ensure that there is no failure of Constitutional machinery in the State and the states are protected from internal and external disturbance. So, to carry out that mandate, the Central government has the authority under Article 356 of the Indian Constitution, to impose President’s rule in the state, and it is the duty of the governor who has to inform the Centre about the failure of the Constitutional machinery of the State. Governor, unlike President, enjoys some discretionary powers i.e. he can keep a bill for the consideration of the President. The Sarkaria Commission which studied the Centre-State Relations made certain suggestions regarding the appointment of the governor in the state because there was no effective consultation by the central government to the Chief Ministers of the States during such appointments. It was thus recommended that the Governors should be some eminent person from any sphere of life.

In the case of Rameshwar Prasad v Union of India, popularly known as Bihar Assembly Dissolution Case. the Supreme Court put up questions as to the unbiasedness of the Governor as there was a President’s Rule imposed in Bihar after the elections. The reason for this imposition was that no political party was in the position to form the government but when there was a possibility of formation of a government by a political party, the Governor sent a report to the Centre that the Assembly should be dissolved due to the inability of the party to prove its majority. The Centre did not further investigate the report sent by the governor, and on that recommendation, the Assembly was dissolved. the very next day, the Supreme Court said that the Governor did not act according to his duties. Moreover, the Governor is not supposed to be an agent of the ruling party at the Centre. Supreme Court pronounced the judgement in which it was held that the dissolution of the Bihar Legislative Assembly as unconstitutional.

In the case of B.P. Singhal v Union of India, Supreme Court held that a Governor cannot be removed by the Central government on the grounds that he is not in accordance with the policies of the Central government. This cannot be the reason behind the Central government to remove the Governor from his office. If they did, it would be considered as arbitrary.

Thus, this power to appoint Governors that would be the head of the respective States is an essential unitary feature of the Indian Constitution.

Single Citizenship

The Constitution of India has proposed a Single Citizenship for the whole country. In a federal country like the United States of America, there is dual citizenship where a citizen firstly owes loyalty to the respective States and then to the Centre. But in case of India although it is a Federal-State there is still a provision of single citizenship. It implies that all Indian citizens to have allegiance to the Indian Union. Every citizen, irrespective of his birth or residence, is entitled to enjoy civil and political rights throughout India. The Indian Constitution does not recognize State citizenship. In fact, after the abolition of Article 35A and Article 370 of the Indian Constitution, the State of Jammu and Kashmir are also integrated as a part of the Indian Union. Moreover, the claim of Fundamental Rights is common to all citizens.

Parliament’s power to legislate in the national interest 

Under Article 249, Parliament is empowered to make laws with respect to every matter enumerated in the state list only if the Rajya Sabha passes the resolution by a two-thirds majority that it is necessary for the national interest.

The Parliament makes law and it remains in force for 1 and 1/2 years i.e. the law will cease to have any effect, 6 months after the resolution comes to an end because the resolution remains in force for 1 year. The Centre can also make law if there is a request or consent by 2 or 3 States and such law could be adopted by other States. When the national emergency is declared, the Central government gets concurrent legislative power to make certain laws under the state list and if there is a conflict between the two, the central law would preceed.

Parliament’s power to form new States and alter the boundaries of existing States

Article 2 and Article 3 of the Indian Constitution, give the power to the Parliament to redraw the political map of India; to create and abolish the name of the states, alteration of the boundaries of the States or even change their names all this can be achieved by way of a simple majority in the Parliament. Moreover, the Constitution only provides for consultation by the Centre of the concerned State. For example–when Andhra Pradesh was divided into Telangana, then Andhra Pradesh Assembly had passed a resolution opposing the step, irrespective of the opposition the Central Government continued with the separation. The provision, therefore, provides the consultation with the State Assemblies. The President can only prescribe a time frame within which the State Assembly has to take a decision on the proposal of separation of the State or to a merger of States. Examples such as Uttarakhand, Jharkhand and Chattisgarh are also present. In 2007 too, the name of Uttaranchal was changed to Uttarakhand, this too was done without amending the Constitution. Hence, the Central government has an upper hand as far as the creation or abolition of the States is concerned.

Appointment at key positions

Under the 7th schedule of the Constitution, there is a provision mentioned which makes it necessary for the centre to deploy the armed forces of the union to hold the civil powers of the state. Under the Armed Forces Special Powers Act (AFSPA) which is currently active in some of the regions. This Act is invoked when the Centre declares a specified area as a ‘disturbed area’, and then the martial law is declared in that region. The members of the armed forces of the Union are now deployed in that state without the consent of the State government. The act empowers the armed forces to open fire on the people or to exert force to the extent of causing death, in the case, there is a breach of any order. These actions of the armed forces are completely indemnified which means that no suit or criminal proceeding can be filed against them without the prior sanction of the Central Government. 

Moreover, a commission was set up by the Supreme Court to look after the misuse of the Armed Forces Special Powers Act in Manipur. This Commission was headed by former judge Santosh Hegde with former Chief Election Commission J.M. Lyngdoh and retired IPS officer A.K. Singh as its members. On many occasions, the Extrajudicial Execution Victim Families’ Association (EEVFAM) with the Human Rights Alert (HRA) submitted a list of cases of killings in Manipur since 1979 before the Supreme Court and demanded an investigation into these extrajudicial deaths.

Unified judiciary

In India, we have centralised Judiciary with the Supreme Court at the top position as opposed to the federal system having a dual system of courts. The Supreme Court holds the apex position in our unitary judicial system. An endeavour has been made, as far as possible, to ensure its independence and to achieve the goal of ensuring justice. By merit of its place at the apex of the judicial system, the Supreme Court acts as a great uniting force. We have seen that its decisions and verdicts are binding on every court in India. As a result, there is a great possibility of consistency in the whole judicial system present in the country.

Emergency provisions

When the proclamation of an emergency takes place, the division of power between the centre and the state takes a vital change. Under Article 356 of the Constitution of India, if the President deems right that the condition of governance of the state can’t take place according to the principles of the Constitution, then the President can dissolve the legislature and other state machinery and he can himself assume all the state’s functions.

When a proclamation made under Article 356 of the Indian Constitution, the State government can be either dismissed or the Assembly can be kept in suspended. moreover, during the making of the Constitution, the Chairman of the Drafting Committee, Dr. Ambedkar said that power vested under Article 356 has to be rarely invoked. However, this was not the case. Until the Supreme Court judgment of S.R. Bommai v Union of India, the power under Article 356 was already used 90 times. Supreme Court, in this case, restored the federalism by stating that if the decision is found to be passed with a bad intention, then the court can reinstate the government that is removed or if the Assembly is dissolved, the court can restore it. Now Supreme Court has stated that once the President rule is imposed, the Assembly should be immediately dissolved. It should be kept in suspended motion until the proclamation is approved by both the houses of the Parliament. Article 352 and 356 have been adopted from the Weimar Constitution of Germany.

Representation

Representation in the Legislature, which is similar in the case of an actual federation such as the United States of America, is not applicable in the case of India. States in India have differing representation in the Upper House of the Parliament. Representation of States in the Rajya Sabha are not equal. According to Schedule 4 of the Constitution, the representation of the States fluctuates heavily. The largest representation is that of Uttar Pradesh which is 31 whereas the many North-Eastern States have only 1 representation. The members of the Upper House are elected by the provincial legislatures. Even the value of the vote that is casted by the members in the Presidential Elections changes from State to State and is based on the population. The representation of the States in the Upper House is not equal and varies from State to State, which is regulated by the Centre, this is basically a unitary feature, which gives an upper hand to the Centre.

Residuary Powers

Residuary Power refers to the authority of the central government to legislate on the subjects which do not find any mention in the unitary, state or concurrent lists of the 7th Schedule. For example, the laws like Prevention Of Terrorism Act, 2002 and  Terrorism And Disruptive Activities 1987, which are now included in the Unlawful Activities (Prevention) Act, National Investigation Agency Act under which NIA was set up on the lines of FBI in the US, to investigate crimes like terrorism. So although public order is a state entry, terrorism is a problem which has an intensity beyond public order, it concerns more with the security of India. When the Lokpal Bill was passed by the Parliament, the States opposed, they said that in one legislation you cannot provide both Lokpal and Lokayukta therefore now the Lokayukta is removed and there is one provision which states that the States are supposed to make Lokayuktas within 2 years of passage of this Bill because Central Legislation creating Lokayuktas for the States has not been in consonance with the federal scheme of the country.

In the past, several states have demanded that the residuary powers, like those of taxation, should be vested in the States. In the contradiction of this demand, the Centre has time and again pointed to a strong centralised bias of the country’s federal structure. The Sarkaria Commission, which in its report also reasoned the transfer of the residuary powers to the Concurrent List because it felt that the exercise of such powers by the States would ultimately be subjected to the rules of the Union Supremacy which would be in synchronisation with the unitary spirit of the Indian Constitution, especially with Article 256 and Article 254 of the Indian Constitution.

Conclusion 

The Indian Constitution empowers the Centre to interfere in the State matter and thus places the State in a subordinate position which violates the federal principles, therefore Indian Constitution is neither purely federal nor purely unitary but it is a combination of both, It is quasi-federal Constitution i,e, “unitary with federal features” or “federal with unitary features”.

The most remarkable achievement of the Indian Constitution is to confer upon a federal system and to strengthen the unitary government. Though normally the system of government is federal, the Constitution enables the federation to transform itself into a unitary state in an emergency. So writers like K.C. Wheare called it “Quasi-Federal, Jennings called it as an “A Federation with a strong centralising tendency, McWhinney called it “Essentially unitary,” but on the other side writers, like, Sawer and Neumann called it  ‘a Federal Constitution’. D.D. Basu’s conclusion on this point is that “The Constitutional system of India is basically federal, but of course, with striking unitary features.”

The Supreme Court has time and again reiterated that the kind of federalism practised in the United States of America is not a part of the basic structure of the Indian Constitution. The federalism in India is unique and is made according to the need of the Indian milieu. 

Dr. B.R. Ambedkar had thus rightly said that the Indian Constitution would be both unitary as well as federal according to the requirements of the time. The Drafting Committee wanted to elucidate that though India was a federation, it was not as per any voluntary agreement between the States. The division of the country into states is only to facilitate the administration and does not affect the functioning as an integrated unit.

Moreover, on analysis, it was found that at the core of every federal principle, which is functional in our country, the ultimate force is unitary in nature. Therefore it would be appropriate to say that India has a federal structure but it is unitary in spirit.

References


Students of Lawsikho courses regularly produce writing assignments and work on practical exercises as a part of their coursework and develop themselves in real-life practical skill.

LawSikho has created a telegram group for exchanging legal knowledge, referrals and various opportunities. You can click on this link and join:

https://t.me/joinchat/J_0YrBa4IBSHdpuTfQO_sA

Follow us on Instagram and subscribe to our YouTube channel for more amazing legal content. 

The post The Nature of the Indian Constitution appeared first on iPleaders.

Prevention of Oppression and Mismanagement Under the Companies Act, 2013

$
0
0

This article is written by S. Aditya, an alumnus of KLE Society’s Law College, Bengaluru. This article focuses on the provisions regarding the prevention of oppression and mismanagement under the Company legislation of India.

Meaning Of Oppression

Oppression is the exercise of authority or power in an unjust manner against the consent of the other party. In the Black Law Dictionary, the term ‘oppression’ is defined as ‘the act or an instance of unjustly exercising power.’ It can also be viewed as an act or instance of oppression and the feeling of being heavily burdened, mentally or physically, by troubles, adverse conditions, and anxiety.

In the case of Dale and Carrington Investment Pvt Ltd. v P. K. Prathapan, it was held that increasing the capital of a company with the sole purpose of gaining control over can be termed as oppression.

Application to Tribunal for relief in cases of Oppression

The aggrieved shareholder may approach the National Company Law Tribunal set up under the Company legislations. 

Application against oppression and mismanagement

Earlier under the Companies Act, 1956 section 397 dealt with the application against oppression and mismanagement. The Companies Act, 2013 lays down the provision to make an application against the oppression under section 241. The chapter XVI of the Company Act clearly specifies who can raise a complaint and under which circumstances a complaint may be raised of oppression and mismanagement. 

First let’s consider a situation when a member of the company makes a complaint regarding the affairs of the company when the affair may seem shady affecting the interest of the public at large or the company,  or when the affairs of the company is oppressive in nature and against the member making the complaint or any other member of the company. The member may also make a complaint regarding the material change in the management or control of the company which may seem to be prejudicial to the company. The Central government may, by itself, file the oppression and mismanagement application before the tribunal against a company if it believes that the affairs of the company are prejudicial in nature. 

Who can file an application against Oppression and Mismanagement?

The Provision of Section 244 of Companies Act is also crucial as it describes who has a right to file such an application. The right is broadly divided between the company and entitlement to one member, to file on behalf of the other members. In a company, the right may further be differentiated based upon the companies having a share capital and companies not having a share capital. The share capital of the member complaining, may be calculated based upon share capital’s number or its value. When it comes to number, it should be 100 or 1/10 of the total members and when it comes to the value, it must be the members holding 1/10th of the share capital value.  In companies not having a share capital, 1/5th of the total members may apply. Coming back to the entitlement to one member, to file on behalf of the other members, it is posed with only one precondition that the person doing so must have the consent of others in written form.

Power of Tribunal: Section 242 of the Companies Act, 2013

The tribunal is the special adjudicatory body brought about to deal with the matters pertaining to the Companies Act in order to get efficient and immediate relief. Section 242 deals with the powers of the tribunal and the same have been examined and explained for your kind perusal. 

  • The first power granted upon it by the legislation is to pass an order. Such order may be passed if it is of the opinion that the affairs of the company have been or are being conducted in a prejudicial manner. It has been mentioned that the winding up of the company will not be ordered radically, but it is the oppression and mismanagement which is aimed to be stopped. 
  • The same provision also confers powers upon the tribunal regarding three issues which are concerning the 1) shareholders 2) Company and 3) others. 
  • With respect to shareholders, a tribunal may order to purchase shares of members by other members or by the company. 
  • A tribunal may as well order a reduction of the share capital or even enforce restriction on transfer of shares because oppression and mismanagement at root cause depends upon the coagulation of shares at the hands of individual or few members. 
  • Regarding the management of the company which is a crucial part of a company, a tribunal may terminate or modify agreements made between company and management or agreement between the company and any other person.  
  • The tribunal in case of management of the company may even remove the Managing Director, Manager, and Director, the tribunal may recover undue gains made by such official and also appoint another MD, manager, and director. 
  • In certain cases, the tribunal may appoint a person who shall report to the tribunal regarding the activities of oppression and mismanagement by the management to curb such oppression from taking place further. 
  • Lastly, the tribunal has certain other powers such as regulation of the conduct of the affairs of the company, setting aside the transfers of any property of the company and the tribunal may even impose costs. The procedural details are that the tribunal has to send a copy of its order to the registrar and if the order has not been finalised, it may provide an interim order to the registrar. Pertaining to changes made in MOA (Memorandum of Association) and AOA (Article of Association) the changed documents must be submitted to the registrar. The punishment prescribed in abeyance of the law is set at 1 Lakh to 25 Lakh for a company and 25000 to 1 Lakh for an officer in default and such officer may also be liable for a term of imprisonment of 6 months.  

Oppression of the Minority

The management of a Company is based on the majority rule, but at the same time, the interests of the minority can’t be completely overlooked. While talking of majority and minority, we are not talking of numerical majority or minority but of the majority or minority voting strength. The reason for this distinction is that a small group of shareholders may hold the majority shareholding whereas the majority of shareholders may, among them, hold a very small percentage of share capital. Once they acquire control, the majority can, for all practical purposes, do whatever they want with the Company with practically no control or supervision, because even if they are questioned on their acts in the general meeting, they always come out winners because of their greater voting strength. So, the modern Companies Acts contain a large number of provisions for the protection of the interests of minorities in companies.

Appeals against the Orders of the Tribunal and variation of the Order of the Tribunal

The Award pronounced by the NCLT (National Company Law Tribunal) may be appealed before the NCLAT (National Company Law Appellate Tribunal). The procedure and provision granting such right to appeal is Section 421 and the same is explained below.

  • The appeal may be preferred by any person who is aggrieved by the decision of the tribunal. 
  • No appeal shall be entertained when the decision is given by the tribunal based upon the consent of the parties. 
  • Appeals must be made within a period of forty-five days from the disputed order passed by the tribunal and the extension may be given only when sufficient cause for such delayed filing is brought before the court by such party and such extension shall only be for another 45 days. 
  • On receiving such appeal, the appellate tribunal must give a reasonable opportunity to the parties and then pass an order confirming or modifying or setting aside the order appealed against.
https://lawsikho.com/course/certificate-course-in-advanced-civil-litigation-practice-procedure-and-drafting
               Click above

Maintainability of Petitions under Sections 241 & 421

  • The validity of a petition must be judged from the facts as they were, at the time of its presentation, and a petition which was valid when presented cannot cease to be maintainable by reason of events subsequent to its presentation. 
  • For the purposes of the petition under Sections 241 and 421, it was only necessary that members who were already constructively before the court should continue the proceedings. The provision under the Companies Act provides substantive provisions regarding an application that is to be made when there is complaint of oppression and mismanagement. It clearly specifies who may complain and when. 
  • As discussed before, member shareholders may make a complaint when the company affairs are conducted prejudicial to the company and its shareholders. 
  • The central government may even take suo-moto action regarding the same under the aforementioned provisions. Under the provision Section 421 of Company Act, one could make an appeal from an order of the tribunal if such a person is aggrieved by the decision. 
  • The time duration of 45 days has been fixed as maximum period within which appeal shall lie from the order of company tribunal, but the appeal may be further extended to a maximum of another 45 days on convincing court of the sufficient cause of delay.
  • Then the appellate tribunal finally gives the appellant a reasonable opportunity to present their case again, to either uphold or overrule the previous decision of the tribunal. This appeal provision is based upon the intrinsic right to appeal, which is provided to the aggrieved party in order to do complete justice. 

Class action

The word class action is defined under Section 245 of Company Act.  A class action is where number of claimants with common grievance against the company are allowed to file a lawsuit against the company. Claimants can collectively use their resources such as share attorney’s services and save their litigation costs to a great extent. The financial scale attached to the class action suit is perceived as a saving grace for individuals with limited resources. 

The  funding of a class action suit is usually made from the Investor Education Protection Fund. This funding is subject to the feasibility of reimbursement from the IEPF which is usually considered an acid test under the Company Act, 2013. The application is usually made regarding the conduct of the affairs of the company being prejudicial to the interest of the company or the members and its depositors. A class action may even be filed against the directors or auditors of the company for misleading the members by furnishing misleading reports.

Under the Security Class Action, group of people affected by the changes made to the MOA/AOA must bring a suit of class action instead of filing application of class action. 

Numbers of members/ depositors who may bring class action suit:

  • In case of companies having a share capital, not less than 100 members of the company may bring a class action suit; or not less than 10% of the total number of members whichever is less may bring a class action suit, or any member individually or jointly holding 10% of the share may bring a class action suit provided, all such shareholder members have paid up all the share dues.
  • If the company is not having a share capital, then not less than 1/5th of the members can bring a class action.
  • For a company having deposit capital, a class action suit may be brought by not less than 100 depositors of the company or by a minimum of 10% of the total depositors whichever is less, or a class action suit may also be brought by any depositor individually or depositors jointly who are holding 10% of the outstanding deposit of the company.

Conclusion

The recent collapse of large companies and corporations globally has made such entities to carefully ponder over their actions towards affairs of the company. Accountability has increased by the tool of class action suits that are filed against the management personnel regarding their deeds of oppression and mismanagement. The individual shareholder of the company and the minority shareholders have been empowered to take up action against the unjustified abuse of power and authority by the managerial personnel under the law regarding oppression and mismanagement. An individual may file an application before the tribunal informing about the oppression and mismanagement carried out by any key personnel, against him or any other shareholder of the company.

References 

  1. The Companies Act, 2013

Students of Lawsikho courses regularly produce writing assignments and work on practical exercises as a part of their coursework and develop themselves in real-life practical skill.

LawSikho has created a telegram group for exchanging legal knowledge, referrals and various opportunities. You can click on this link and join:

https://t.me/joinchat/J_0YrBa4IBSHdpuTfQO_sA

Follow us on Instagram and subscribe to our YouTube channel for more amazing legal content.

The post Prevention of Oppression and Mismanagement Under the Companies Act, 2013 appeared first on iPleaders.

The Amendment of the Constitution: Article 368 

$
0
0

This article is written by Millia Dasgupta, a second-year student studying at Jindal Global Law School. This article covers the amendment provision of the constitution and discusses various landmark cases relating to the topic. 

Introduction

The constitution of Indian is one of the most fascinating documents on this planet. No other country has a constitution as comprehensive as ours and is the largest constitution in the world. But despite being so comprehensive, the reason why this document is so interesting is due to the fact that it is extremely flexible. The fathers of our constitution made it so, they wished that the constitution would not only aid the country to grow but it would also grow alongside it. Thus, the government can amend the constitution depending on various issues brought up. These powers are given by Article 368. 

But one must ask the question, Isn’t it the constitution that gives power to the government? If that is so, how can the Government have such a power over a document which gives its authority?

In this article, we will be exploring the extent to which the government can amend, the process of amendment, the essential judicial questions pertaining to it, and various landmark cases in hopes of answering these questions. 

The necessity of Amending provisions in the Constitution

There is a reason why the fathers of our constitution made the constitution as flexible as it is today. This is to ensure that the document evolves and grows along with the nation. Thus, under Article 368, the powers of the Parliament to amend the constitution is unrestricted with regards to sections of the constitution they wish to amend.

But the Parliament having absolute power over amending the constitution is dangerous. Instead of being the backbone of our democracy, the constitution will be reduced to a tool to establish Parliament’s totalitarianism. The government will amend various provisions to make sure it’s powers are unfettered.

While this is a scary thought, it is not far away from the truth. The government in multiple amendments such as the 39th Amendment and in the second clause of the 25th Amendment has tried to establish a state where the legislative is supreme.

That is why the judiciary through various landmark cases has established The Basic Structure Doctrine of The Indian Constitution. 

What is the Basic Structure?

The Basic Structure Doctrine states there are certain fundamental structures and founding principles of the constitution which make the backbone of the constitution. In simple terms, they are ideologies of the constitution which are essential for the survival of the constitution. Some examples are Free and Fair Election, the Federal nature of the Nation, Judicial review and Separation of Power. The government is restricted from touching these contours of the constitution through amendment.

The Supreme Court has not given us a list of these ideologies. It is up to the courts to decide what they are when certain judicial questions are presented before them. But if one wants to describe the nature of the structures, it can be said that if these ideologies are violated, then not only democracy but the entire working of this country will fall flat on its face. The country will either fall into total anarchy or totalitarianism. It is because of these mechanisms that India is still one of the largest democracies in the world.

Thus, while Parliament has unrestricted powers to amend various sections of the constitution, but they cannot touch amend, repeal or add sections into the constitution which would affect its basic structure in the process.

Below are a few more cases to understand this concept further.

Kesavananda Bharati v. State of Kerala, 1973

Facts

The plaintiff,  Swami Kesavananda Bharati was the leader of Edneer Matt, a Hindu monastic institution which is located in Kerala. He challenged the two-state Land Reform Act, imposed by the Kerala government which sought to restrict the way his property was managed.  He stated that his fundamental rights under Articles 25 (Freedom of conscience and free profession, practice, and propagation of religion), Article 26 (Freedom to manage religious affairs), Article 14 (Equality before law), Article 19(1)(f) (Right to property which has been omitted) and Article 31 (the right of private ownership without restrictions) had been violated.

The case was handled by a 13 Judge Bench. It came to be one of the most important cases in Indias and established the Basic Structure Doctrine of the constitution. In the case, they considered the constitutionality of the 24th, 25th, and 29th amendments.

24th Amendment

Changes made to Article 13 are as follows:

Article 13 regulates government policy-making and checks that the laws made by parliament that infringe on the rights of the people. 

The amendment made changes to Article 13. Clause (4) was inserted.  It stated that any amendment done under Article 368 would not be subject to Article 13.

Changes made to Article 368

Changes were made to the power of Parliament to amend. 

It stated that despite whatever is mentioned in the constitution, the Parliament would be able to add, repeal and amend any section of the constitution according to the procedures set down by Article 368, even provisions mentioned in the proviso of Article 368. After being passed by a majority, such a Bill or Act merely required the assent of the President. 

25th Amendment

Changes made to Article 31

Article 31 states that no one shall be deprived of his property. Clause (2) was inserted.

The clause stated that any law which allowed the state to take property for a certain amount, that amount would not be questioned by a court of law. 

Clause 9(b) after (2A) was inserted that nothing mentioned in Article 19 (1)(f) shall affect such laws. 

Insertion of Article 31C

This was with regard to laws that enforced the fundamentals of the Directive Principles. It stated that laws made to ensure Directive Principles were enforced would not be subject to the scrutiny of Articles 14, 19 and 31. They shall not be declared void if they abridged such rights. 

This is only if the law has been passed by state legislation and has got the assent of the President. 

29th Amendment

The Kerala Land Reforms Act, 1963 (Act 1 of 1964) and other such land reform Acts were added to the Ninth Schedule.

Arguments of the Petitioners

They argued that restructuring Parliament’s powers amending are a part of the Basic Structure of the Constitution. He also stated his fundamental rights to property were being violated. He pleaded to the court to receive recourse.

Issue

  1. The constitutional validity of the 24th, 25th, and 29th Amendment Act.
  2. The extent of the powers of the Parliament to amend the constitution.

Held

The court upheld the 24th Amendment and stated that the 2nd part of the 25th Amendment was ultra vires.

The court in this judgment answers an extremely important question that was left unanswered in  Golak Nath v. State of Punjab i.e. the extent of Parliament to amend. The court observed that such a power should be a balance between the Parliaments’ duty to follow the constitution and its duty to perform socio-economic duties. 

To answer this question, they established the Doctrine of Basic Structure. While they admitted that the Parliaments’ power to amend the constitution was unrestricted with regards to the portion of the constitution they wished to amend, there were certain contours of the constitution that should be left untouched. Hedge.J and Mukherjee.J in their opinions stated that the Indian constitution was more of a social document based on social philosophy than a political document. Just like every philosophy, the constitution contains certain basic features that should not be touched.

The majority bench left it up to the courts to decide what the basic features of the constitution were because, in their opinion, they were not exhaustive.

The major findings of the court are as follows:

  1. There is a difference between an amendment and ordinary laws.
  2. Overruled Golak Nath v. State of Punjab by stating the power of Parliament to Amend is not unfettered. It can’t violate the Basic Structure of the Constitution.
  3. They established the extent of amendment under Article 368 and stated that it was restrictive and they could not make fundamental changes.
  4. It stated that parliament can amend any provision in the constitution, including fundamental rights. But this was again subject to the fact that they could not alter the basic structure
  5. The court mentioned a few basic structures which they could locate such as “Free and Fair Elections” and the “Federal Structure of the Nations”. They also stated that the list was not exhaustive and it was up to the courts to decide whether it was a basic structure or not.
  6. The court upheld the 24th Amendment and struck down the second part of the 25th Amendment. However, the 25th Amendment was to be subjected to two conditions-
  • The word ‘amount’ does not only relate to compensation and it should be related to the market value of the property at that time.
  • The part which barred judicial review was struck down as ‘no law can prevent scrutiny by the courts’.
  1. By validating the first part of the 25th Amendment, the courts recognized the Parliaments’ duty to fulfill their socio-economic duties. They also saved the citizens from parliamentary totalitarianism by striking down the second part which barred legal remedy. 
  2. They stated that the judgment was an improvement from Golaknath as:
  • Golak Nath v. State of Punjab was only restricted to the protection of fundamental rights.
  • By preventing the Parliament from amending the fundamental Rights, it made the constitution rigid. The concept of Basic Structure is an improvement.  

Procedure to Amendment 

Article 368

Article 368 lays down the process by which the Parliament can amend the constitution. The process is as followed.

Step 1

The Bill is introduced in either house of the parliament. 

Step 2 

The Bill must be passed by a total majority (irrespective of vacancies or absentees) and by a majority, not less than 2/3rd of people present and voting by both the houses. There is no provision of joint sitting if there is a disagreement between both the houses. 

Step 3

After acquiring the majority, the Bill is presented to the President who will then give his assent to the Bill. 

In the case of amendment of provisions mentioned in Article 368, It needs to be ratified by not less than half of the states. Ratification should be done by a resolution passed by the state legislature. However, this must be passed before the amendment Bill is presented to the President for his assent. 

Amendment of Fundamental Rights

The backbone of human rights in this country is the fundamental rights stated in Part III of the constitution. The judiciary of this country in numerous landmark cases have proved time and again that the fundamental right of an individual or private organization is not something that can be tampered with. These rights have been given preference in numerous cases with regards to the other sections of the constitution and it can be said that they make up an extremely important part of it.

But given that the parliament has the power to amend the constitution, could they also amend the fundamental rights of the constitution? And do they constitute the basic features of the constitution? By analyzing the case of Sajjan Singh v. State of Rajasthan and Golak Nath v. the State of Punjab, we shall answer the following questions. 

Sajjan Singh v. State of Rajasthan, 1965 

In this case, it was held that fundamental rights could be amended as long as they were indirect, incidental or insignificant on the power given under Article 226, the article under which the High Court received its powers.  

Facts

In order to back up several legislatures with regard to agrarian reforms done by various states, the parliament had amended certain sections of the constitution. This was done through Acts such as the Constitution (First Amendment) Act, 1951, Constitution (Fourth  Amendment) Act, and the  Constitution (Seventeenth Amendment) Act 1964. The Constitution (Seventeenth Amendment)Act 1964, an Act that was questioned had amended 31A (acquisition of the estate by the state) and added 44 Acts to the Ninth Schedule. 

The contentions of the Petitioners

The petitioners who were aggrieved by the legislatures stated that none of these legislatures could be allowed as the Constitution (Seventeenth Amendment) Act was unconstitutional. They contended:

  • The powers prescribed by Article 226 will be affected by the Seventeenth Amendment and thus the Act should follow the special provisions set down by Article 368.
  • The decision held in Sri Sankari Prasad Singh Deo v. Union of India and State of Bihar should be reconsidered. 
  • The Seventeenth Amendment Act deals with land. Parliament has no right to make laws with respect to land and thus the Act is invalid.
  • The Act went against decisions of courts of competent jurisdiction and was thus unconstitutional. 

Issues

  1. Whether the Acts violated the powers prescribed by Article 266?
  2. Should the decision of Sri Sankari Prasad  Singh Deo v. Union of India and State of Bihar be considered?
  3. Whether the Acts deal with the land?
  4. Can Parliament validate laws that have been ruled as invalid by the courts?

Held

Laws did not affect Article 226

If the effect of the Act on the powers of Article 226 is indirect, incidental or insignificant, then it shall not be governed by the provisions under Article 336. In order to understand the effects of the Act, one must analyze the pith and substance of the Act. 

The Act solely wishes to amend the fundamental rights with the goal of removing obstacles in the fulfillment of socio-economic policies. Thus its effects on the powers of 266 are incidental and insignificant and do not invoke the procedures under 336.

Sri Sankari Prasad shall not be reopened

In order to review the decisions of a previous case, the court must ask itself, “Is it absolutely necessary and essential that a question already decided should be reopened?”. One must analyze the harm done by the decision, its effect on the public good, the validity of the question and how compelling the question is.

It was held by the bench that according to the guidelines placed, the case should not be reopened. Besides, it shall gravely endanger the laws passed under the amendment Act.

Parliament made no laws on land

The court held that through these Acts, Parliament did not make any laws regarding land. They merely validated land-legislatures which were previously passed. 

Parliament can validate laws that were ruled invalid 

The power given under Article 368 can be done both prospectively and retrospectively. Thus, the parliament can validate laws that have been called invalid by the courts. 

Importance

The dissenting opinion of Justice J.R. Mudholkar theorized the ‘basic features’ of the Indian constitution for the first time. It was his dissent that was used in the famous Kesavananda Bharati case.

He asked “it is also a matter for consideration whether making a change in a basic feature of the constitution can be regarded merely as an amendment or would it be, in effect, rewriting a part of the constitution; and if the latter, would it be within the purview of Article 368 ?”

He questioned whether one could harmonize a duty to the constitution and the power to amend it. 

He further observed that it was strange that rights stated to be fundamental to one’s self can be so easily amended. He believed that while Article 368 stated the provision and process to amend the constitution, it did not necessarily give the power or the right to amend it.

He also stated that the preamble is the greatest indicator of the basic features of the constitution. 

He went on to question, whether Article 368 provides the power to amend any of the basic features stated there.

https://lawsikho.com/course/certificate-course-in-advanced-civil-litigation-practice-procedure-and-drafting
        Click above

I. C. Golaknath & Ors vs State Of Punjab & Anrs., 1971 

This case went and reversed the judgment of Sajjan Singh v. the State of Rajasthan. It stated that the parliament does not have the power to amend fundamental rights. 

Facts

The petitioner filed a writ petition against Constitution (Seventeenth Amendment) Act, 1964, which included in the Ninth Schedule, among other Acts, the Punjab Security of Land Tenures Act, 1953 (Act 10 of 1953), and the Mysore Land Reforms Act (Act 10 of 1962) as amended by Act 14 of 1965. 

Issue

Could fundamental rights be amended?

Held

Articles 245, Article 246 and Article 248 of the constitution deal with the power of parliament to amend. Article 368 merely talks about the procedure to amend.

Along with this, an amendment can only become a law if it abides by  Article 13 of the constitution. Thus, if a certain amendment takes away or abridges any rights mentioned in Part III, it is considered void. 

However, the difficulty that the court had to face was the Acts in question may have abridged fundamental rights, but they were considered valid by previous judgments. They used the doctrine of prospective overruling and stated for those laws, the amendment will still be considered. But they also explicitly stated that from the date of the judgment onwards, Parliament would not have the power to amend any provisions of Part III of the constitution.

Importance

While the ratio of this case was reversed in the case of Kasavananda Bharati, some of Golak Nath’s arguments were used in the case. 

It was ruled that there were no limitations on amending under Article 368. But this was with the restriction that “Parliament cannot do indirectly what it cannot do directly.” That is amending is strictly a legislative power, not a constitutional one. 

Is the Theory of Basic Structure a limitation on Amending Power?

The government has a duty to perform certain socio-economic goals. To achieve them, they must sometimes amend the constitution. But what happens when these amendments mess with the basic structure. Shall duty to perform socio-economic duties trump their duty to abide by the constitution. The following cases answer that question. 

Indira Nehru Gandhi vs Shri Raj Narain & Anr, 1975 

When this case was filed to the High Court, Indira Gandhi was at the height of power and her party was enjoying the majority in Parliament. But later on, Indira Gandhi was found guilty for electoral malpractices. She called emergency and passed certain amendment Acts, one of them being Article 329-A which barred judicial review. What needed to be asked was whether judicial review was a part of the Basic Structure of the Indian Constitution. The court held that the emergency was passed in mala fide and Article 329A passed under the amendment Act was unconstitutional. 

Facts

In the 1971 Indian general election, Raj Narain contented against Indira Gandhi in a constituency of Uttar Pradesh. The results of the elections were that Indira Gandhi was re-elected and that the Indian National Congress won a sweeping majority in the Parliament. 

Raj Narain filed a petition to appeal to the Allahabad High Court with the appeal to reverse the elections. He blamed Mrs. Gandhi for using unfair means such as bribery and misusing government machinery to win the elections. 

The Allahabad High Court held that Mrs. Gandhi was guilty of election malpractices. The election in that constituency was declared null and void. It was also held that she could not stand in elections in that constituency for 6 years.  

Aggrieved, Mrs. Gandhi tried to move to the Supreme Court but they shifted the judgment to a future date as the court was on vacation. This led to Indira Gandhi calling for an emergency. President Fakhrudeen Ali when declaring emergency stated it was because of internal emergencies. But in reality, the real reason was the judgment of the Allahabad High Court.

The Supreme Court tried to stop this order and shift deliberations against it to a future date, but  Parliament added Article 329-A to the 39th Constitutional (Amendment) Act, 1975 which made such matters out of the jurisdiction of the court. 

Thus, the 39th Constitutional (Amendment) Act, 1975 was challenged in the court. 

39th Amendment

Clause 4 of Article 329 A

This was with regard to the election of Prime Minister to the Parliament. It stated that the election of the Prime Minister or the Speaker of the House of the People would not be questioned by any authority other than the ones mentioned in the law made by the Parliament. It was also stated that the validity of such laws will not be questioned by the courts. Arguments of the Respondents

  1. Relying on the judgment of Kesavananda Bharati, the respondents argued that the amendment in question violated the basic features of the constitution.
  2. Parliament under Article 368 was only able to lay down general principles governing the organs of the state. 
  3. The question of whether the elections were valid or not depends on the judiciary under Article 329 and Article  136. Thus, such an amendment is violative of the democratic structure of India. 
  4. The amendment is violative of the principle of equality as it states no rational basis for the need to demarcate between people who hold high offices and others.
  5. It goes against democracy as it makes The Representation of the People Act, 1951 inapplicable  to the election of the Prime Minister and the Speaker.
  6. Cancellation of the Allahabad High Court judgment is a denial of political justice which is a basic feature in the constitution. The amendment is a slap on the face to not only judicial review but the Separation of Power. 

Issue

Is the 39th Constitutional (Amendment) Act, 1975 constitutional valid?

Held

The court upheld the ratio of the Kesavananda Bharati case and stated that Clause 4 of Article 329 as unconstitutional.  

The majority bench stated that the clause tore at the fabric of democracy. A free and fair election is a part of the Basic Structure of the Constitution. To take that away from the people of India is a huge infringement of their rights. The bench also found it violated other basic features of the constitution such as rule of law (restriction of arbitrary power by law) and principles of natural justice i.e. Audi Alteram Partem.

The opinion of Justice Chandrachud J.

Justice Chandrachud J. also added that the Act was violative of the policy of Separation of Power as it gave the parliament, powers of the Judiciary. He also believed that it was violative of Article 14, as it created an unequal advantage for some considering despite not being under the scrutiny of a free and fair elections, they could hold such a powerful office. 

Minerva Mills Ltd. & Ors vs Union Of India & Ors,1980 

In case, the court examined the implication of the government being able to amend articles in the constitution which gave them the power to amend. They also examined the relationship between Directive Principles and fundamental rights. The bench ruled Clause 5 of 368 (expanded their powers of amendment), Clause 4 of 368 (removing judicial review) and Section 4 of the Amendment Act of 1976 (removing judicial review) to be unconstitutional. 

Facts

In order to save mills that are being managed in a way detrimental to public interests, the government passed the Sick Textile Undertakings (Nationalisation) Act, 1974. By this Act, the government could take over the management of these mills. 

Minerva Mills, a limited company dealing with textiles was accused of being a ‘sick industry’ by the government. A committee was set up to investigate the matter. The report claimed that the company was ‘sick’. Thus, under Section 18A in The Industries (Development and Regulation) Act, 1951 the company was put under the management of the government.

The mill questioned the constitutionality of such an Act that was made possible under the Constitution (Forty Second Amendment) Act, 1976. Due to this, the constitutionality of the amendment Act came into question.

Issue

The constitutionality of  Constitution (Forty Second Amendment) Act, 1976

Held

Clause 5 of the Article of 368

The amendment included clause 5 of Article of 368 stated that the parliament had no limitation on what part of the constitution which they wished to amend. The bench ruled that the newly introduced amendment was unconstitutional. It expanded the government’s limited power to absolute power. Such expansion was against the social, political, and economic justice of the people. Thus, Parliament cannot expand its powers and ruin the Basic Structure of the Constitution. 

Clause 4 of Article 368

The amendment also included clause 4 of 368 which stated that no amendment made under Article 368 could be reviewed by the court. The court also ruled this to be unconstitutional. There is an important balance between the three wings of the government- namely the legislative, the executive and the judiciary. If this clause is to be valid then the judiciary would not be able to markdown any amendment passed under this provision, even if it goes against the Basic Structure of the Constitution. It would the legislature that would decide the validity of the law. That power belongs to the judiciary. 

Thus, this clause gives a power to the legislature which clearly belongs to the judiciary. By destroying this separation of power and depriving the common person of a source of redressal, they go against the fabric of democracy. 

Section 4 of the Amendment Act of 1976

The section tries to isolate Article 14 (equality before law) and Article 19 (freedom of speech) from Article 31(C). After amendment, Article 31(C) stated that any law giving effect to certain Directive Principles shall not be said to be invalid if it violates Article 14 and 19. No court will be able to question such laws.  The court ruled this amendment to be unconstitutional. These two rights that have been violated by these laws are not only an essential part of the Universal Declaration of Human Rights but also essential to the Basic Structure of the Constitution. It was also said that by the ratio of the Kesavanda Bharati case, they cannot be emasculated by these amendments. 

Relationship between Part III and IV of the Constitution

The court also explains the relationship between Part III and Part IV of the constitution,i.e., the fundamental rights and the directive principles. They stated that both created the foundation of the constitution and if one was to be given preference over the other, it would shake the foundation of the constitution and make it weak. They must both be read in harmony.

Dissent

Bhagwati J. dissented with regard to the amendment to Article 31(C). He was of the opinion that one should not rule a law to be unconstitutional at first glance and should first analyze its pith and substance before ruling against it.  

Waman Rao And Ors vs Union Of India (UOI) And Ors.1981

In this case, the ratio of Minerva Mills Ltd. v. Union of India was reversed. It also cleared major doubts in the Kesavananda Bharati case such as; Validity of Acts passed before the judgment. 

Facts

The Maharashtra Agricultural Lands (Ceiling on Holdings) Act 1962 violated several fundamental rights. The amendment Act that not only made The Maharashtra Agricultural Lands (Ceiling on Holdings) Act 1962 valid but also introduced  Articles 31A and 31B had on the Basic Structure of the Constitution. The 42nd Amendment Act was questioned in the Bombay High Court but the appeals were dismissed. In Dattatraya Govind Mahajan & Ors. vs State Of Maharashtra & Anr, the same issues were presented in the court but the court dismissed the appeal. But the judgment came out during the emergency, so there was an appeal to review the judgment. This case is a review of Dattatraya Govind Mahajan & Ors. vs State Of Maharashtra & Anr,.

Articles in question

Article 31(A)

This Article protects laws that violate Articles 14 (equality before law) and Article 19 (right to freedom) with regards to the acquisition of estate. The law states that laws dealing with:

  • Acquisition of state that led to the extinguishment or modification of any right,
  • Taking over management of property for public interest or for proper management,
  • The amalgamation of estates for public interest or for proper management,
  • The encroaching of rights of managing agents, secretaries and treasurers, managing directors, directors or managers of corporations, or of any voting rights of shareholders thereof,
  • The encroaching of rights for a license for the purpose of searching for, or winning, any mineral or mineral oil, or the premature termination or cancellation of any such agreement, lease or license.

shall not be deemed to be void if they are inconsistent with Article 14 and Article 19. 

This was provided that the laws in question were not only formulated by the legislature of the state but had also got the assent from the President.

It also stated land that is under one’s own personal cultivation can not be taken by the State above the ceiling limit applicable to him. But if the State does take land above the ceiling limit, then the State must provide compensation which shall not be less than the market value. 

Article 31(B)

This Act stated that no Act or regulation in the Ninth Schedule shall be deemed to be void on the grounds that it violates any fundamental right, regardless of an order or judgment from any court in this country. 

It shall be the job of the legislature to repeal or amend such Acts.

Article 31(C)

This Act was established to protect laws that secured and furthered the goal of the Directive Principles. It stated that regardless of the guidelines put down by Article 13 ( ensured protection against draconian laws), if the laws secured the principles of the Directive Principles, then even if they violated Article 14 and Article 19, they would be considered to be valid. 

This was provided that the laws in question were not only formulated by the legislature of the state but had also got the assent from the President.

Arguments of the parties

The appellants argued that the protective shield like nature of Articles 31-A, B and C, which prevented any law to be challenged, is unconstitutional. 

Issue

  1. Whether by facilitating their power to amend the constitution under Article 31(a), The government transgressed their power of constitutional amendment?
  2. Whether Article 31(A) is a shield to laws that transgress Article 14, Article 19 and Article 31? 
  3. Whether Article 31(B) can be challenged on the grounds that it infringes on the fundamental rights of the citizens?
  4. Whether Article 31C can be challenged on the grounds that it infringes on the fundamental rights of the citizens? 
  5. Whether the emergency was proclaimed in bad faith and whether the 40th amendment is valid or not?
  6. Whether the doctrine of stare decisis ( the doctrine of looking at previous precedents to guide one’s judgment) can apply on the validity of constitutional Articles or on the laws that are protected by the Articles?

Held 

Issue 1 and 2 Article 31(A)

Article 31(A) went with the dissenting opinion of Bhagwati J in Minerva Mills Ltd. v. Union of India and analyzed the pith and substance of the law. They looked at the 1st amendment Act of the Constitution and believed that the law was placed to aid the zamindari abolition laws and other difficulties that may arise. They also observed that in the process to abolish socio-economic disparities, it may make way for other small inequalities that might be impossible for the government to address.

Thus, the court held that Article 31(A) does not jeopardize the Basic Structure of the Constitution.  

Issue 3- Article 31(B) 

Several Acts by state legislatures were put into the Ninth Schedule and Article 31(B) protected these laws from the scrutiny of the court. 

The bench used the ratio of the Kesavananda Bharati case. They said that Acts put into the Ninth Schedule prior to the Keshavananda Bharati case would receive protection from Article 31(B). But Acts and laws inserted in the Ninth Schedule after the case would be open to scrutiny by the courts. They shall only pass their scrutiny if they do not infringe the Basic Structure of the Constitution. 

Issue 4- Article 31(C)

The court upheld the majority view in the Kesavananda Bharati case and ruled Article 31(C) was not unconstitutional. They stated this Article was closely linked to Article 39 (Guidelines in order to ensure the betterment of public interest). 

Issue 5- Emergency

The House of People (Extension of Duration) Act extended the normal tenure of parliament by one year. The House of People (Extension of Duration) Amendment Act extended the period by another year. 

The bench held that the emergency was constitutional. The evidence against the emergency was insufficient and reasonable safeguards were taken under Article 352 Clause (3) were applied when declaring it.

The court held there was a genuine threat to the security and sovereignty of the country and thus, there was an apt reason for the president to declare an emergency.  

But, the court also ruled that the President could no longer declare an emergency unless the Union Cabinet communicated it to him in writing. 

Issue 6-  Doctrine of Stare Decisis

The court held it was the laws protected by the Article that would be examined by the doctrine of stare decisis and not the Article itself.

The three reasons it gave were:

  • Article 31(a) stands constitutionally valid on its own merits and rests on the foundation of the constitution.
  • There are numerous cases which uphold the validity of Article 31(a).
  • Stare Decisis is not only rigid, but it is limited as well. It would not be wise to apply it to the constitution as it would be deprived of its flexibility. 

S.P. Sampath Kumar Etc vs Union Of India & Ors, 1987

While it has been established that judicial review is a Basic Structure of the Constitution, what happens when judicial review needs to be sacrificed in order to secure goals essential to democracy, such as speedy justice? In this case, the court held that while tribunals were exempt from the jurisdiction of the High Court, it was necessary in order to secure speedy justice. 

Facts

The petitioners appealed to the courts against Section 6 & 28 of the Administrative Tribunals Act, 1985. This Act facilitated the appointment of a tribunal court to handle matters relating to servicemen and the appointment of members on the board. 

Sections of the Act in question

Article 323-A

Clause (1) of this section allowed Parliament to legislate laws for adjudication or trials by administrative councils regarding disputes and complaints about recruitment and conditions of individuals appointed to public service. 

Clause 2(d) stated that such matters will be out of the jurisdiction of all courts, except the Supreme Court under Article 136.  

Section 28 of the Administrative Tribunals Act, 1985

Enacted under the ambit of Article 323-A, the jurisdiction of the Supreme court for such matters has been codified under Article 32, with regards to original jurisdiction and Article 136, with regards to appeals.  

Section 6 of the Administrative Tribunals Act, 1985

This section deals with the qualifications needed to be on the tribunal court.

Subsection (1) of the Act lays down the qualification of the Chairman for such tribunals. The qualifications are:

  • Has been a Judge of a High Court;
  • Has held the office of Vice Chairman for at least 2 years;
  • Has held the office of Secretary of the Government for at least 2 years.

Subsection (2) of the Act states the Vice-Chairman should have at least been:

  • A judge of the high court.
  • Held office of Secretary of the Government for at least 2 years. 
  • For a period of not less than three years been a Judicial Member of an Administrative Tribunal.:

Subsection (3) states that the Judicial member should at least be: 

  • Qualified to be a Judge of a High Court;
  • For at least 3 years been a member of the Indian Legal services.

Subsection 3(A) states a person to be appointed as an Administrative Member should:

  • For at least two years have held the post of Additional Secretary to the Government of India.
  • Been the Joint Secretary to India for at least three years. 

Contentions of the Parties

They contended that the exclusion of the High Court in service matters under Article 226 and Article 227 was unconstitutional. They also questioned the validity of the prescribed mode of appointment. They believed it was outside the powers of parliament under Article 323-A, as they were appointing non-jurist men.

Issue

The constitutional validity of the Administrative Tribunals Act 1985.

Held

The court held that such tribunals are necessary to ensure principles such as speedy justice, uniformity in the decision and predictability of the decisions. Even if it came at the cost of such tribunals remaining out of the jurisdiction of the High Court.

It was also important that along with jurists, esteemed members with specialized knowledge of the subject should also be appointed. They will be able to add points of view and inputs which the judiciary will not be able to provide. Thus, the indiscriminate appointment of such esteemed members will have little to no effect on the workings of the tribunals. 

L. Chandra Kumar vs Union Of India And Others, 1997

This case continues from the S.P. Sampat Kumar case

Facts

Before the administrative tribunal was even established, several writ petitions had been filed. The following case deals with the issues raised in the S.P. Sampath Kumar case

Articles in Question 

Article 323 B

The Act set up tribunals for other matters. The certain matters were:

  • Levy, assessment, collection and enforcement of any tax;
  • Foreign exchange, import, and export across customs frontiers;
  • Industrial and labor disputes;
  • Land reforms by way of acquisition by the state of any estate as defined in Article 31A or of any rights therein or the extinguishment or modification of any such rights or by way of the ceiling on agricultural land or in any other way;
  • The ceiling on the urban property;
  • Elections to either House of Parliament or the House or either House of the Legislature of a state, but excluding the matters referred to in Article 329 and Article 329A;
  • Production, procurement, supply and distribution of foodstuffs (including edible oilseeds and oils) and such other goods as the President may, by public notification, declare to be essential goods for the purpose of this Article and control of prices of such goods;
  • Offences against laws with respect to any of the matters specified in sub-clause (a) to (g) and fees in respect of any of those matters;
  • Any matter incidental to any of the matters specified in sub-clause (a) to (h)

Issues

The doubts, arguments, and contentions regarding the Administrative Tribunal were grouped under three large issues:

  1. Whether the power upon the Parliament under Article 323-A and upon the State by Article 323-B to exclude the jurisdiction of all courts other than the Supreme Court opposes the power of judicial review of the High Court?
  2. Can these tribunals competently test the constitutional validity of a statute or a rule?
  3. Can the tribunals be said to be effective substitutes of the High Court for judicial review? What changes should be made to the tribunals in order to make them suitable substitutes?

Held

Issue 1- Article 323 (A) and 323 (B)

In the final hearing of the Sampath Kumar case, the jurisdiction of the Supreme Court was amended to be saved not under Article 136, (Special leave to appeal) but Article 32 (under this article, one can move to the Supreme Court when one’s rights have been unduly undermined). 

In this case, the court did not address the issue of whether Article 323A (2) needed a similar amendment. But they did mention that the main intention of the Act was to provide for a body for speedy justice, and made clear that the tribunals performed a substitution role, not a supplementary one. 

They took into view the suggestions of the learned counsel who stated that Article 323A (2) (d) and Article 323B (3) (d) should be declared unconstitutional as they shield themselves from the scrutiny of the learned court. Another counsel stated that the power of judicial review can not be entrusted to newly formed quasi-judicial courts that are vulnerable to executive influences. 

They also came to the conclusion that judicial review is a basic feature of the constitution and that Article 25 (corresponding to Article 32) was the very soul of the Constitution. 

Issue 2- Constitutional Competence of Tribunals

The court ruled that tribunals have the constitutional competence to rule a statute or rule as constitutional or unconstitutional.

With regard to the power of judicial review, the court took help from American precedents as they stated that judicial review in America and India are very similar. In America, all courts regardless of their rank had judicial review. No court, other than the US Supreme Court has the power to prevent granting of judicial review. 

If the power given to the Supreme Court through Article 32 can be conferred to other courts, there is no reason that the same can not be done with the powers given to the High Court through Article 226. However, it is important to note that the original jurisdiction of the Supreme Court and the High Court remain and the tribunals Act as supplementary bodies. 

They said that tribunals should have the power of judicial review for the following reasons:

  • It is important to clear the backlog cases. 
  • Even though the tribunals have underperformed, it is wrong to blame their founding principles on their performance. The reasons why such tribunals were established are still at large and the existence of tribunals can help rectify those wrongs. 

 But such tribunals would be subject to review of the High Court under Article 266/ Article 277.

Issue 3- Tribunals as Complementaries to the High Court

The court stated that tribunals are not substitutes but complementaries to the High court. They suggested the following changes:

  • Decisions of the tribunals will be subject to review before division bench of the High Court.
  • The appointment of a mix of jurists and experts in the field is beneficial to the tribunals.
  • Tribunals shall be made subject to the supervisory jurisdiction of the High Court.
  • In order to keep tabs on the tribunals, the Ministry may be able to appoint supervisory bodies. 

M. Nagaraj & Others vs Union Of India & Others, 2007

Facts

Several write petitions against The Constitution (Eighty-fifth Amendment) Act, 2001 was filed. 

Arguments of the Petitioners

  1. The petitioner’s aggrieved by The Constitution (Eighty-fifth Amendment) Act, 2001, pleaded to the court to quash the amendment Act with regards to Article 16(4A) (that provides for reservation in promotion with consequential seniority).  They say that such an Act is violative of the basic structure and is unconstitutional. 
  2. They also contend that the Article reverses the decisions of various previous cases. By reversing the decisions of such judgments, the petitioners contended that they have acted like a judiciary body. The use of such powers is violative of the Basic Structure of the Constitution.
  3. The amendment also sought to alter the fundamental right of equality. By attaching “consequential senior” to “accelerated promotion” under Article 16(1), it violates Article 14 (equality before law).
  4. They argued that adding the clause “consequential senior” impairs efficiency.
  5. The petitioners’ questioned The Constitution (Seventy-Seventh Amendment) Act, 1995. They contended that if accelerated seniority is given to roster point promotees, they would have an unprecedented advantage. For example- A roster-point promotee in the graduate stream would reach the 4th level by the time he attains the age of 45 years. On the other hand, the general merit promotee would reach the 3rd level out of 6 levels at the age of 56.

Issue

The issue was the constitutionality of the Constitution (Eighty-fifth Amendment) Act, 2001.

Held

The amendments to Article 16 were considered to be valid and did not alter the structure of Article 16.

I.R. Coelho (Dead) By Lrs vs State Of Tamil Nadu & Ors, 2007

Facts

The Gudalur Janmam Estates (Abolition and Conversion into Ryotwari), Act, 1969, was struck down by the court as it was not a form of agrarian reform protected by Article 31-A. Similarly  Section 2(c) of the West Bengal Land Holding Revenue Act, 1979 was also struck down as being not only arbitrary but also unconstitutional. 

Consequently, by The Constitution (Thirty-Fourth 34th Amendment) Act, and The Constitution (Sixty-Sixth 66th Amendment) Act, the Janman Act, and the West Bengal Land Holding Revenue, Act. 1979 were inserted into the ninth schedule.

Contentions of the Petitioners 

The contention was:

  • To insert a provision in the ninth schedule that has been ruled to be unconstitutional is against a judicial review that is a basic feature of the constitution
  • To insert an Act which has been stated to violate the fundamental rights of an individual is against the Basic Structure of the Constitution.  

Issues

  1. Can the 9th Schedule be immune to judicial review of the Supreme Court? 
  2. Whether judicial review of Ninth Schedule laws would include the basic structure test on the touchstone of fundamental rights?

Held

Issue 1- Judicial Review

The 9th Schedule can not be immune to judicial review of the constitution and every Act inserted in the Ninth Schedule has to pass the test of fundamental rights. If review that such Acts do not comply with fundamental rights, then such an Act will be considered invalid.

In the Kesavananda Bharati case, it was observed that the Parliament did not have the power to make any law that transgressed the fundamental rights. If the Parliament did have such powers, that would go against the Basic Structure of the Constitution. 

Ninth Schedule is a part of the Indian constitution and no additions can be made to it that is against the basic structure. Article 368 cannot be amended to allow that. 

Issue 2- Judicial Review as a Basic Structure

It was held by the court that the Basic Structure of the Constitution would include judicial review of the Ninth Schedule, read with the fundamental rights.

Using the Kesavananda Bharati case, they stated that all sections of the constitution are open to amendment other than the contours of the basic structure, and judicial review is one of them. Including an Act in the Ninth Schedule does not exclude it from the scrutiny of the court. 

If the Act passes the test of The basic structure then it shall be stated as valid, but if it does not pass the test, it shall be stated as void to avoid Parliamentary Totalitarianism.

Such a test would check the impact and effect of the law i.e the pith and substance, not the law itself.  

They also stated the principles of fundamental rights should not be violated by such laws’ While Article 13 ensures this, Parliament still goes unchecked in establishing laws contrary to the fundamental rights. These rights have always enjoyed a special place in the constitution, thus it is necessary that laws in the Ninth Schedule abide by them. 

Constitutional Amendments in 2019

Name of Amendment

Amendment

Objective

103rd

Added Clause (6) to Article 15

Added Clause (6) to Article 16

Clause (6) states that individuals from economically weaker sections of society can seek reservation from educational institutions, including private institutions. This is notwithstanding minority institutions

Clause (6) of Article 16 established reservation of individuals from economically weaker sections in government posts.   

104th

Amended Article 334

  • The abolishment of Legislative councils in mentioned States.
  • Dual Citizenship for Indian origin outside the country.
  • Quota to educationally backward classes
  • Quota for religious minorities in government service. 

Conclusion 

Through this article, we explored the amendment of the constitution. We found that there is something called the Basic Structure of the Constitution and it is against the basic principles of justice to breach it. The judiciary was at first of the opinion that the preamble was what constituted the basic structure of the constitution but later on, it was ruled that other aspects of the constitution such as judicial review could also be the aspects of the Basic Structure of the Constitution.

The government in many landmark cases tried to amend the constitution in order to make it easier to ensure the best for the public interest. The judiciary was absolutely against the whole idea, in later judgments we see the judges opening up to the idea of the executive being able to override certain aspects of the basic structure in order to ensure the best for the public interest. But in later on judgments, unless the judiciary was absolutely convinced that such Acts would be beneficial in ensuring greater public welfare, they were strict about amendments that violated the basic structure.

What we must realize is that the constitution is the backbone of this democracy. While it was revolutionary of the fathers of our constitution to provide provisions to amend the constitution, it is essential that such provisions are not misused. Misuse could result in excessive power of the legislative or the executive which could tear the fabric of our democracy.


Students of Lawsikho courses regularly produce writing assignments and work on practical exercises as a part of their coursework and develop themselves in real-life practical skill.

LawSikho has created a telegram group for exchanging legal knowledge, referrals and various opportunities. You can click on this link and join:

https://t.me/joinchat/J_0YrBa4IBSHdpuTfQO_sA

Follow us on Instagram and subscribe to our YouTube channel for more amazing legal content.

The post The Amendment of the Constitution: Article 368  appeared first on iPleaders.


Anti-Doping Laws for Cricketers

$
0
0

This article is written by Dhruv Vatsyayan of Law School, BHU pursuing his 1st year of B.A.LL.B and is a cricket enthusiast by passion. This article deals with anti-doping laws for cricketers with a special focus on ICC’s Anti-Doping Code.

Introduction

In June 2019, when the news of Indian Cricketing wunderkind, Prithvi Shaw’s involvement broke into national news, the whole cricketing fraternity was left in shock.

Another Big name in Indian Cricket, Yusuf Pathan was also charged under anti-doping laws along with Prithvi Shaw, which according to Dr. Abhijeet Salvi, Anti-Doping manager of BCCI, has happened due to casual approach of players as well as of the support staff and lack of awareness towards Anti-Doping provisions and setbacks of being involved in Doping. 

Now, in today’s scenario when both, International Cricket Council and Board for Control of Cricket in India has become intolerant regarding doping in the sport, it’s a necessity for every Cricketer and people involved in the management of Cricket to be aware of Anti-Doping provisions in India, particularly in Cricket.

In this article, we will be discussing briefly about Anti-Doping in Cricket, Provisions of BCCI’s Anti Doping Code and it’s execution.

The Anti-Doping Laws

Whenever we hear about Doping, the first thing that comes to our mind is using steroids and performance-enhancing drugs by sportspersons. To a certain extent, it’s true that doping is about the usage of forbidden drugs, however, it also includes using biological methods like gene doping and blood transfusions.

To keep the spirit of sports alive and intact, it’s necessary to prohibit Doping among the sportspersons.

So, in the year 1999, the World Anti-Doping Agency (WADA) was established to realize the goals of the Lausanne Declaration on Doping in Sports, with a motto of creating a world where every sports person can compete in a doping-free environment.

WADA publishes an annual list of drugs and methods which are prohibited to be used by the athletes and the list is contained in World Anti-Doping Code. All the signatories of WADA including India are expected to abide by the code and legislate their respective anti-doping laws.

The organization which carries forward the task of conforming with the rules and regulations of WADA in India is the National Anti-Doping Association, i.e. NADA.

The main functions of NADA, as specified on their website are:

  • Implementation of Anti-Doping Code to ensure compliance by all the sports associations in India.
  • To conduct Dope testing programs.
  • To encourage Anti-Doping research and education.
  • To adopt best practice standards and systems to enable effective implementation and continuous improvement in the program.

However, Doping and Anti-doping mainly fall under the purview of Sports Management and Sports Physiology, but in this article, we will keep ourselves to the legal aspects of the Doping and will discuss Anti-doping laws in cricket.

Anti-Doping in Cricket

Now, one may question how a highly skill-based sports like cricket can be affected by the menace of doping. With the past decade witnessing the emergence of shorter versions of the game like Twenty-20 and T-10 cricket, cricket has now become more of a game of strength and power.

The Fast bowlers and pinch-hitters are most likely to use these doping drugs and methods as their skill requires a certain threshold of strength too.

In the words of former Indian cricket team physio John Gloster, in modern cricketing times, you can’t survive on technique and skill alone, as cricket is an endurance-based sport which sometimes also requires short bursts of power and strength. Thus, the cricketers have also become Doping prone.

Thus to combat the challenge of Doping in cricket, the apex body in the world cricket, i.e. International Cricket Council, became a signatory of WADA in the year 2006.

However, ICC had been conducting anti-doping tests since as early as 2002, but becoming a signatory of WADA was a turning point as from now on, ICC had to strictly adhere by the World Anti-Doping Code.

To pursue the same, ICC has adopted an ICC Anti-Doping Code, which is consistent with the WADA Code.

So, now let us take a deeper look into the ICC Anti-Doping Code.

Anti-Doping Code by ICC

To maintain the integrity of the sport and to keep the sport free from doping, ICC has adopted an Anti-Doping Code in accordance with the code adopted by the World Anti Doping Agency as part of compliance policy due to being a signatory of WADA since the year 2006.

So, let us discuss the code in brief.

Scope

Scope, particularly here, means that who are the people coming in the ambit of this code.

Article 1 of this code exhaustively deals with the scope and application of the code and creates an onus on the players and the other staff to acquaint themselves with the code.

So, any player who has participated in any international match, either as a player in the playing XI or as a substitute player in the past 24 months, i.e. 2 years will automatically bound by the Code and shall need to comply with it.

For illustration, let us suppose a dope test is scheduled for 21st January 2020, and there is this player Milind Deshpande, who has not played any international matches since 20th January 2017. So, he remains out of the scope of this code. 

However, it doesn’t set its jurisdiction over the domestic level players across the world and thus it provides for the duty of the Nation specific cricketing body to organize such dope tests in their territory.

Article 1.2.2 of this code also provides for a provision that once a player is retired from international cricket, he will not be bound by the code unless they didn’t notify ICC of their retirement in writing.

Coaches, trainers, medical staff and other support staff also come under the purview of this code and are expected to comply with the code and make themselves acquainted with the same. Article 1.4.7 clearly states that using and even possessing such prohibited substances by the officials and support staff would amount to a violation of the code and will be punishable.

Now, let us discuss in what ways the code could be violated which would aware the cricketers to refrain from being involved in such activities.

Violation of the Code

According to this code, there are various acts imbibed in this code which would amount to doping. Let us discuss them.

Following are the ways in which this code could be violated:

  • Presence of a prohibited substance or its traces in the player’s sample.
  • Using prohibited substances without establishing that such use is for means of Therapeutic Use Exemption.
  • Failing to submit or dodging sample collection as per notification of the authority.
  • Failing to provide whereabouts details.
  • Muddling with or attempting to muddle with any part of the doping control.
  • Possession or trafficking of prohibited substances or methods.
  • Association with any organization or person, which directly or indirectly promotes doping.

Now let us understand these all one by one.

https://lawsikho.com/course/diploma-entrepreneurship-administration-business-laws
           Click Above
  • Presence of a prohibited substance or its traces in the sample of the player.

This code creates a duty upon the player to ensure that none of the substances from the prohibited list enters his/her body. For example, If Fluoxymesterone, which is a prohibited substance according to the latest updated list in the year 2019, is found in the sample of a player, then he must be treated as and would be charged for violation of the code. Also, lack of knowledge, fault or intent will not amount to any defense for anti-doping violations and neither they are required to establish the violations.

  • Using Prohibited substances or methods without establishing that such use is for means of Therapeutic Use Exemption.

Let us first understand what is the Therapeutic Use Exemption. It is exemptions provided by WADA in such situations where using a prohibited substance becomes essential for therapeutic reasons.

So, this clause establishes that unless it is allowed under the Therapeutic Use Exemption, a player can not use or even possess any prohibited substance.

For illustration, Desmopressin, which is a prohibited drug, is clinically used for preventing night bedwetting but, can also be used to control and decrease the frequency of dehydration. Thus, unless it is not necessary for therapeutic use, any trace of Desmopressin found in players’ samples will amount to a violation of the code.

  • Failing to submit or dodging sample collection as per notification of the authority.

According to this proviso, any player who dodges sample collection or fails to submit his/her sample in due time as per the latest ICC notification, then it will amount to a violation of the code and will constitute doping.

  • Failing to provide whereabouts details.

Firstly let us understand what is whereabouts details.

As defined in the code, whereabouts details are details of the player’s location when with the team or otherwise and it facilitates ease in conducting the doping tests by the Authority, here, ICC. This is to provide a daily 60 minutes testing slot during tours and travel in compliance with the regulations and notification of the WADA.

Following are the things covered under whereabout details:

  1. Overnight hotel location when with team
  2. Location
  3. The full address of the location
  4. Specific dates and time
  5. Whereabouts during team training, all the matches, and tours
  • Muddling with or any attempt to muddle with any part of doping control.

This part of the code deals with tampering with the doping control process or any attempt to tamper with the doping control and establishes that this will also lead to violation of the code.

It includes interfering or bribing the doping control officer, providing fraudulent information or interfering with a potential witness or evidence. For example, if a player is addicted to inhaling a prohibited substance and then his fellow teammate sees the same but due to his seniority in the team, the player accused easily intimidated with the witness player, then it will also amount to a violation of the anti-doping code.

  • Possession or trafficking of prohibited substances or methods.

Even possession of the prohibited substances is restricted under this code and so is the trafficking of such substances or methods. This too will amount to a violation of the code.

Burden of Proof

Under this code, the onus of establishing the proof of violation of the code lies with ICC itself. The standard of proof according to Article 3.1.1, is less than what constitutes proof beyond any reasonable doubts. However, when ICC code places a burden of proof on the player or any other person, then the standard of proof shall be a balance of probability.

Methods of establishing the Facts

As enlisted in Article 3.2 of the code, the following methods are there to establish the facts and the presumptions:

  • Analytical methods after consulting respective scientific officers and experts.
  • Compliance with the international standards as laid down in the WADA’s code of anti-doping.
  • Sample analysis by the laboratories approved by WADA.
  • Facts established by a Court or any other disciplinary tribunal having competent jurisdiction over the player or person in question.

Prohibited List of Substances and Methods

By virtue of the ICC Code, ICC prepares the prohibited list and regularly updates it in accordance with the prohibited list as set out in WADA’s code.

It includes those drugs and methods which have great clinical and medical importance but also can be used as a supplement to enhance the performance of an individual in the sporting arena.

However, a player may be granted permission to use an entry in this list subject to the Therapeutic Use Exemption.

The latest updated prohibited list is available on the following link:

https://icc-static-files.s3.amazonaws.com/ICC/document/2019/01/03/63d4c1cf-cda6-4f3c-aad5-9f4494a6be58/2719-18-ICC-AD-Downloadable-Guide-2019.pdf

Analysis of the Sample

The Samples Collected by ICC to carry forward a dope test, shall be analyzed according to certain rules and norms. These are:

  • Analysis to be done in Approved Laboratories: For the purpose of analysis of the sample, only WADA approved laboratories shall be used. However, the choice shall exclusively be determined by the ICC.
  • Purpose of Analysis: The samples shall be analyzed only to detect prohibited substances or usage of prohibited methods and to assist ICC with the sample results and would serve no other purpose. Also, samples can be collected and stored for further analyses in the future too.
  • Restrictions: All the samples collected thereon shall be the property of ICC and it will be entitled to determine all matters regarding the samples and analyses. However, the sample would not be used for research purposes without the consent of the respective player.
  • Further Analysis: The samples collected for analysis according to the ICC code, may be used in the future for further analysis as the case may be.

Fair Hearings

For further proceedings, ICC shall constitute an Anti-Doping panel which would be presided over by an attorney and would have 6 other members in it. The members of the panel shall be independent of ICC.

In such cases, when a player or person refuses allegations made by ICC, the case shall be transferred further to the Appellate Tribunal for adjudication. The tribunal will consist of 3 members who would be appointed by the president of the Anti-Doping Panel.

The proceeding shall go on in the ICC headquarters at Dubai or any other place as specified by ICC itself.

As stated in Article 8.1.6 and 8.1.7 of the Code, it gives the right of fair hearing to the accused and doesn’t proceed on as Ex Parte hearings, following the doctrine of Natural Justice.

Sanctions

Following are the sanctions which can be imposed upon the player if found guilty:

  • Disqualification of any individual results in any ICC events: If the player is found to be involved in doping during any of the ICC events then all the results due to that individual player shall be canceled and the medals and any kind of other awards shall be seized. The Rankings and points achieved would stand canceled.
  • The imposition of a period of Ineligibility: As specified in Article 10.2.2 of the Code, the period of ineligibility shall be of 2 years and during this period the player would be banned from participating in any ICC events. However, the punishment can be quashed midway after observing the response of the guilty during the first year of the ban.
  • Elimination of period of ineligibility: Later if the player proves that he/she was not involved in doping and proves no fault then the disqualification and ban would be eliminated retrospectively thereafter.

Appeal

Article 13 of the code sets out the provisions for an appeal against decisions in Anti-Doping cases. Decisions that established that an Anti-Doping rule was violated and such decisions where the person involved was punished with sanctions and bans can be appealed against.

According to Article 13.2.2, Following are the persons entitled to appeal:

  • The player or person subject to the decision
  • The other party in the case
  • National Anti-Doping Organization of the person’s country
  • WADA

Appeals against sanctions imposed can be appealed to the CAS of ICC by the WADA itself or person’s National Anti-Doping Organization. 

So these were the most important provisions of the code and in my next article, I’ll be elaborating the Anti-Doping Code by BCCI. 

Conclusion

So, due to highly frequent activities regarding doping in sports and especially in cricket one needs to be aware of the Code explained above and should participate in the sport following the same.

To keep the Gentlemen’s spirit of Cricket alive, implementation of such Anti-Doping Codes in necessary and hopefully the article will help to create awareness against doping involved in the sport and ensure the longevity of the Gentlemen’s spirit.


Students of Lawsikho courses regularly produce writing assignments and work on practical exercises as a part of their coursework and develop themselves in real-life practical skill.

LawSikho has created a telegram group for exchanging legal knowledge, referrals and various opportunities. You can click on this link and join:

https://t.me/joinchat/J_0YrBa4IBSHdpuTfQO_sA

Follow us on Instagram and subscribe to our YouTube channel for more amazing legal content.

The post Anti-Doping Laws for Cricketers appeared first on iPleaders.

Essentials of a Consultancy Agreement

$
0
0

This article is written by Jessica Kaur, a first-year student currently pursuing B.A. LL.B. (Hons.) at Rajiv Gandhi National University of Law, Punjab. This article delves into the essential elements and clauses of a Consultancy Agreement.

Introduction

Imagine you’re going about your day, enjoying a nice cup of tea while tucked in your bed, and then suddenly, you have a eureka moment and get a wonderful business idea.

The trouble is, you’re a Philosophy professor at a university, with no background in business management, finances, marketing, etc. What do you do?

You go to an expert in the field, of course. Such a person is called a consultant, because he or she advises us on a particular subject. A consultant sees the world from our point of view, understands our problems, and then provides us with adequate solutions. The person who consults them is called a client.

Like any other business transaction, the provision of consulting services also requires a contract or an agreement between the two parties. In this article, we shall understand what a consultancy agreement is, and examine the essential elements that a good consultancy agreement must have, in order to cater to the needs of both the consultant and the client.

What is a Consultancy Agreement?

Consultancy Agreement refers to a contract that defines the terms of service between a consultant and the client. It is drawn up when a consultant is called to provide services to an individual or a business organization. By clarifying all the agreed-upon demands of both parties to the transaction, it helps in protecting their interests and ensuring that the agreement is complied with.

Why do you need a Consultancy Agreement?

The question that might arise is, why do we even need a written agreement? Can’t both parties just discuss what they want from the deal, and be done with it?

Unfortunately, the simplicity of an oral agreement also brings with it certain problems. It does not suffice as proof of the transaction, and moreover, it may leave things uncertain. Having a written agreement that is signed by both parties means that they can protect their interests in case of non-payment, failure to deliver services, or problems that arise between the consultant and the client.

To understand this better, let’s have a look at the major benefits of a Consultancy Agreement, which are as follows:

  • Defines the scope of work: A Consultancy Agreement explains exactly what the consultant has been hired for and what services he is required to perform. This eliminates any confusion that might arise later in the transaction process. It also specifies the exact duration for which the services are hired.
  • Defines the business relationship: A consultant is typically not an employee of the organisation, but an independent individual or entity who acts on his own discretion. It is important to define the exact relationship between the client and the consultant, which in turn has a bearing upon their work, the payment, etc. This is done by the consultancy agreement.
  • Specifies the payment terms: It is necessary to specify the compensation that the consultant will receive for his services before the transaction begins, and that too in writing, so that there is no confusion or dispute regarding the same later on. A consultancy agreement specifies the details regarding the payment of compensation to the consultant.
  • Binding legal document: An agreement helps to protect the parties in case of a dispute. It acts as a legal document enforceable by law and presentable in court, so in case there is any breach of the agreement by either party, it can be used to enforce the terms of the agreement upon them. This makes the transaction more secure and prevents potential loss.
  • Indemnifies the parties: In many cases, the agreement may also indemnify the parties. This means that if any loss, harm or liability is caused to one party by the other, the former compensates the latter for it. This protects the parties from potential financial burdens.
  • Protects Intellectual Property: Consultancy agreements generally describe the rules surrounding ownership of intellectual property, maintaining the confidentiality of business processes, etc. which prevents any encroachment upon one’s trade secrets.

Clearly, a consultancy agreement acts as an advantage in a consulting situation because it addresses all the requirements of the business beforehand and sets out the goals or targets to be achieved. This removes any ambiguity from the transaction and helps ensure project success. However, for this to happen, the agreement itself must be drafted carefully, keeping in mind all the elements to be included in it to make it precise and informative. This brings us to the essential elements of a good consultancy agreement, which are discussed in the next section.

Essential Elements of a Consultancy Agreement

Every consultancy agreement is designed according to the needs of the parties involved and the surrounding conditions and hence, there is no fixed template for such an agreement. However, here are all the essential elements that can make your consultancy agreement more useful and clear.

  • Name of the Parties: First and foremost, the agreement should clearly specify the parties between whom it is drawn, i.e. the consultant and the client. This clause would also specify the exact business the two parties are engaged in. 
  • Scope of Work: As one of the most important clauses, this part of the agreement defines the nature and scope of the work which is required to be performed under the agreement. It describes the services and the manner in which they have to be provided by the consultant. For eg. will the consultant help you solve a productivity issue that you’re having, or will he advise you on how to raise money for the business and facilitate fund mobilization? Thus, the agreement gives a detailed description of the services. This clause helps to ensure that there is no confusion regarding the work before or during its performance. Thus, it brings clarity to the transaction.
  • Term: This clause specifies the exact duration for which the services will continue. That includes the start date as well as the finish date. It is also desirable to include relevant timelines by which time you plan to complete critical tasks with the consultant during the process of consultation. Timelines can help you plan and measure progress regularly.
  • Termination: Usually, an agreement is terminated when there is a breach by either party, but some agreements may also allow it to be terminated in other circumstances. This clause specifies certain situations, if any, where either party has the right to terminate the contract. It also explains the procedure to be followed in such a case as well as the notice period, if required. 
  • Compensation: One of the most important clauses is, of course, the compensation clause, which decides beforehand the exact amount of money that the client shall pay to the consultant for his or her services. It also specifies the method of payment as well as the date on which it is to be made.
  • Relationship of the Parties: This clause specifies the business relationship between the consultant and the client. A consultant is typically not an employee of the client organisation, but rather an independent individual or organisation who works on their own discretion. This means that though they have certain powers, they are not entitled to employee benefits of the client company. They also have to pay their own taxes. To determine such factors, it is necessary to determine the relationship between the parties.
  • Confidentiality: Every business has information about its client lists, operation strategies, future plans, etc. which needs to be kept confidential. When two separate organisations work together under a contract, like a consultant and a client, they get access to some sensitive information about the other party. Thus, every agreement has a confidentiality clause, which obligates each party to the agreement towards non-disclosure of the other party’s information without their consent, to protect it from competitors, the general public, etc.
  • Intellectual Property Rights: This clause includes all sorts of provisions for the protection of the Intellectual Property of the parties. It describes which party will have the rights to the work produced through consultation. Usually, such work is considered “work for hire” and its rights belong to the client. Apart from that, the clause also prevents the consultant from improperly using the trademarks of the client organisation.
  • Indemnity: The indemnification clause defines the responsibilities of each party towards the other in the face of unexpected problems and determines what protection each party will have from the other’s negligence. This means that if any loss, harm or liability is caused to one party by the other, the former will compensate the latter for it in the manner prescribed. This protects the parties from potential financial burdens.
  • Liability: When a client and a consultant work together, it may create a situation where the results might not come out as expected. For eg., you hire a consultant to help you increase the productivity of your company, but the final productivity has not increased as much as targeted. In this case, you might want to sue the consultant. Similarly, the consultant may want to sue you in certain situations. Each party, though, would want their liability to be as less as possible. Therefore, the best solution is to have a clear and detailed clause which determines the liability of each party towards the other.
  • Dispute resolution: Disputes between parties to an agreement are almost inevitable. How should such a dispute be resolved? This is determined by the dispute resolution clause. It explains the mediation process that should be opted by the parties, which is more cost and time effective than court proceedings – especially in small disputes. 
  • Conflict of Interest: This clause prevents conflict of interest for the consultant by restricting them from providing their services to a competitor of the client while they are still working with the client.
  • Expenses: As the consultant is working to provide services to the client, any expenses are undertaken by him during the service period which is necessary for the performance of the work that should be paid for by the client. Thus, this clause establishes this principle and describes the procedure by which the consultant will receive reimbursement for the expenses.
  • Non-modification: This clause states that no modifications can be made to the existing terms of the service unless they have been made officially and in writing. This helps to ensure that no party can take up unscrupulous or unfair means and try to dupe the other party for their own benefit.
  • Signature of both parties: In the end, both parties must sign the document and write the date on which it was signed. This completes the document and gives it legal value. The signature indicates that the parties have read and understood the terms of service and agree to them. Therefore, once signed, the parties cannot later refuse to abide by any rules given in the agreement.
https://lawsikho.com/course/certificate-course-in-advanced-civil-litigation-practice-procedure-and-drafting
       Click above

Do’s and Don’ts of a Consultancy Agreement

Prior to this, we saw the various elements and clauses that are advisable to include in our consultancy agreement. Besides that, there are certain things that we should keep in mind while drafting and signing a consultancy agreement. The Do’s and Don’ts of joining a Consultancy Agreement are listed below for your easy understanding.

Do’s

  1. Before completing or signing a consultancy agreement, decide what your goals are. This would have a direct bearing on what the agreement includes. Any agreement should at least describe the consultant’s goals or tasks, payment terms and the amount to be paid, deadlines, etc. as well as the client’s rights and expectations.
  2. Read the entire agreement carefully and understand the meaning of each and every term, as well as the implication of each and every clause. 
  3. Make sure that the contract is correct on all key terms so that both the consultant and the client share the same expectations concerning their commitments and obligations. There should be no room for misunderstandings.
  4. Revise the document or renegotiate the terms of either party feels it is not in their best interests or that it is too restrictive. It is important to do this beforehand so that there are no disputes or bad blood down the road.
  5. Sign two copies of the document, one for each party. Preserve the agreement in your business records so that it can be revisited easily whenever required. 

Don’ts

  1. Never sign an agreement before reviewing it in detail, just by relying on the trust you might have in the other party.
  2. Never assume certain terms are agreed to unless they are explicitly stated in the agreement. No aspect of the service process should be assumed to exist, and therefore each term should be specified in the agreement.

Conclusion

A Consultancy agreement benefits both the client and the consultant. It covers all the aspects related to the services to be provided within a given period of time, which helps to avoid misunderstandings between the two parties. Through this article, we have understood the essential elements that are required in each consultancy agreement to enable it to best cater to the needs of the consultant and the client.

References


Students of Lawsikho courses regularly produce writing assignments and work on practical exercises as a part of their coursework and develop themselves in real-life practical skill.

LawSikho has created a telegram group for exchanging legal knowledge, referrals and various opportunities. You can click on this link and join:

https://t.me/joinchat/J_0YrBa4IBSHdpuTfQO_sA

Follow us on Instagram and subscribe to our YouTube channel for more amazing legal content.

The post Essentials of a Consultancy Agreement appeared first on iPleaders.

The Union Territories and Tribal Areas: Articles 239, 240, 241 and 244 Under the Indian Constitution

$
0
0

This article is written by Aarchie Chaturvedi, a 1st-year student currently pursuing BA-LLB from National University of Study and Research in Law, Ranchi. This is an exhaustive article covering provisions of Article 239, 240, 241 and 244 of the Indian Constitution and including some landmark judgments.

Introduction

The contrasting arguments of the public, the discrete claims of the parties to the suit and the varied methods of reasoning and logic presented by the judges during the case of NCT of Delhi v/s Union of India have yet again attracted the attention of the masses towards understanding the provisions of Article 239  of the Indian Constitution. There were various disputes in this case as to whether the Lieutenant governor of the National Capital Territory of Delhi was bound by the aid and advice of the Council of Ministers of the Delhi Government, whether Delhi was a Union Territory or not, whether provisions of Article 73 were applicable to NCT of Delhi or not. However, all the voices were silenced, after the judgment of the Supreme Court, which held that the Lieutenant Governor is bound by the aid and advice of the Council of Ministers of the Delhi Government and also has the power to disagree to the Council of Ministers if needed. Now to understand the constitutionality or the rationale behind this judgment we need to know in detail about the nitty-gritty of Article 239 of the Indian Constitution.

In addition to this, in this blog, we will also be dealing with Article 244 of the Indian Constitution, which makes some different laws for yet another region of India i.e the Scheduled Areas.

Administration of Union territories

Article 239 which deals with the administration of Union Territories like Delhi, is our exponent of study here. Now before beginning with the administration of Union Territories, it is essential to know what constitutes the Union Territories.

States and territories under the First Schedule, in Part C and Part D respectively were replaced by the Union Territories, under Part II of the First Schedule. This was done in the 7th Amendment Act, 1956. 

At that time Union Territories were six in number namely, Delhi; Himachal Pradesh; Manipur; Tripura; Andaman & Nicobar Islands; Laccadive, Minicoy and Amindivi Islands.

However after successive Amendment Acts, the following belong to the list of Union Territories:

  1. Andaman & Nicobar Islands;
  2. Chandigarh;
  3. Dadra & Nagar Haveli;
  4. Delhi;
  5. Daman and Diu;
  6. Lakshwadeep;
  7. Puducherry;
  8. Jammu & Kashmir;
  9. Ladakh.

The need for forming of the Union Territories was safeguarding the rights of indigenous cultures, averting political turmoil related to governance matters, etc. For these reasons the status of “Union Territory” may be assigned to an Indian sub-jurisdiction.

Now coming back to what Article 239 talks about. Article 239 begins by stating that the administration of every Union Territory shall be done by the President to such extent as he thinks fit. An administrator can also be appointed by the President and when he feels. Clause (2) of the same article states that the President can appoint the Governor of a State as the Administrator of an adjoining Union Territory and after such an appointment, the Governor may exercise his power and execute his functions independently of his Council of Ministers.

Creation of legislature or Council of Ministers for Union territories 

Moving forward to Article 239 A(1) of the Indian Constitution which states that a Parliament through law can enact a body that can function as a Legislature for the Union Territory of Puducherry consisting of:

  • elected or partly elected or partly nominated persons,
  • or can make a body consisting of the Council of Ministers,
  • or can create both of these with the constitutional powers and functions vested to the Parliament.

Clause (2) of Article 239A further states that irrespective of anything mentioned in the above-stated Clause (1), that has the effect of amending the Constitution or is any amendment to the Constitution by the way of Article 368, shall not be deemed to be an amendment or a change to the constitution.

Special Provisions with respect to Delhi

Special provisions are enshrined for the creation of Legislature or for the creation of a Council of Ministers under Article 239 AA of the Constitution with regards to Delhi. It states that from the beginning of the Constitution (69th Amendment) Act, 1991, Delhi shall be called the National Capital Territory of Delhi and the administrator then appointed shall be referred to as the Lieutenant Governor.  

At present, the Government of Delhi is the authority governing the National Capital Territory of Delhi and its 11 districts. The body of the Government of Delhi consists of the judiciary, legislature, and executive headed by the Lieutenant Governor.

Legislative Assembly for National Capital Territory

Clause (2) (a) of Article 239 AA further also states that a Legislative assembly will be formed in the NCT of Delhi whose members will be selected by the process of direct election from territorial constituencies. 

The total number of members, the reservation of the members of the Scheduled Castes, the division of National Capital Territory into territorial various constituencies, the basis for dividing NCT of Delhi into constituencies and all other such matters relating to the functioning of the Legislative Assembly are under the direct supervision and control of the Parliament as stated in Clause (2) (b) of Article 239AA.

It is also mentioned in Clause (2) (c) of Article 239 AA that the provisions of Article 324 to 327 and 329 as they apply to a State, the Legislative Assembly of the State, and the members of the Legislative Assembly of the State, will also, in the same manner, apply to NCT of Delhi, Legislative Assembly of Delhi, and the members thereof.

The Legislative Assembly is also empowered to make laws for matters listed in the State List and the Concurrent List, as far as any such matter is relevant to the Union Territories except for matters in relation to Entries 1, 2 & 18 of the State List and matters of Entries 64, 65 and 66 of the same list if they are in relation to Entries 1, 2 &18.

However, Clause (3) (b) of Article 239 AA states that nothing in the above-mentioned clause shall prevent or hinder the powers of the Parliament from making any law in relation to the matters of the Union Territories or any part.

Yet the powers of the Legislative Assembly are restrained by Clause (3) (c) of Article 239 AA which states that any law made on any matter which is unacceptable to the law of the Parliament, or any other earlier law, shall to the extent of such unacceptability be void. Even when, after the law passed by the Legislative Assembly a law is passed by the Parliament, and the law passed by the Legislative Assembly then holds to be unacceptable as per the law passed by the Parliament, then that law to the extent of unacceptability shall be void. 

Nonetheless, if some law made by the Legislative Assembly is waiting for the assent of the President and the President gives his assent to it then that law shall prevail in the National Capital Territory of Delhi.

Provided further in this sub-clause is that nothing shall then also limit the Parliament from making any law so as to add or to vary from or to amend or repeal the law made by the Legislative Assembly.

https://lawsikho.com/course/certificate-criminal-litigation-trial-advocacy
             Click Above

Council of Ministers

Clause (4) of Article 239 AA talks about the Council of Ministers in relation to the National Capital Territory of Delhi. 

  • It states that the total strength of the Council of Ministers shall not exceed more than 10 percent of the Legislative Assembly.
  • The Chief Minister shall be the head of such a body of the Council of Ministers.
  • The Chief Minister shall be assigned by the President and the other Ministers shall also be assigned by the President on the advice of the Chief Minister and shall hold their offices during the pleasure of the President (Clause (5) of Article 239 AA). 
  • The Council of Ministers so elected shall remain responsible collectively to the legislative assembly (Clause (6) of Article 239 AA). 
  • The Chief Minister’s duty includes aiding and advising the Lieutenant Governor in the execution of his functions until and unless the Lieutenant Governor is himself empowered to make laws at his discretion. If there is a dispute regarding the difference of opinion between the Lieutenant Governor and his Ministers than the dispute should be referred to the President whose decision would be final and binding. Still, in urgent situations, where the Lieutenant Governor feels that waiting for the President’s decision could have a worsening effect than in those situations, the Lieutenant Governor is empowered to take immediate action till the further orders of the President.

Parliament’s power to give effect to or to supplement the aforesaid provisions 

Parliament under Clause (7) (a) of Article 239 AA has the power to make laws to augment or to provide strength to any of the provisions explained above or in relation to any matter resulting thereto.

However, Clause (7) (b) also states that any law made under the above-mentioned clause shall not be an amendment to the Constitution under Article 368.

Clause (8) of this section further states that the provisions of Article 239B will apply to NCT of Delhi, the Lieutenant Governor and the Legislative Assembly in the same way as it applies to the Union Territory of Puducherry, the Administrator of Puducherry and the Legislature of Puducherry respectively. It also mentions that any reference to Clause (1) of Article 239A will be deemed to be a reference to this article (i.e Article 239 AA) and Article 239AB as the case may be. 

NCT of Delhi  v/s Union of India

Now, after explaining the provisions of Article 239 AA which deals with Delhi, let’s come back to the famous case of NCT of Delhi v/s Union of India, mentioned at the beginning of the blog and try to understand its basics. As per Article 239 AA, public order, police, and law are under the jurisdiction of the Central Government whereas the other matters in the State List or the Concurrent List as far as they are applicable to the Union territories fall under the jurisdiction of the Legislative Assembly. 

In the current scenario, Delhi is divided into 3 scales of governance:

  • First area being under the control of elected Central Government through a LG exists as the administrator;
  • Second area under the supervision of elected representatives (MLAs) of Delhi Assembly; 
  • Third being areas falling under elected representatives (Mayor & Corporators) of municipal bodies, of which the management and control are in the hands of Commissioners appointed by the Central Government.

The root of the case lies in the appeal filed by Aam Aadmi Party (the government of Delhi) against the Delhi High Court’s decision stating that the Lieutenant Governor is the region’s sole administrator. The Center passed a word on May 21, 2015, granting some rights to the Lieutenant Governor which according to the Aam Aadmi Party’s claim were “unprecedented powers”. From then on there were clashes between the Aam Aadmi Party and the Lieutenant Governor followed by strikes, protests, etc. which lead to this suit, being ultimately filed in the year 2018 in the Supreme Court for hearing for the request of justice.

The judgment  pronounced by the Supreme Court  had the following main points:

  • While giving the judgment in this regard, Chief Justice Misra observed that the Lieutenant Governor is bound by the aid and advice of the Council of Ministers of the Government of Delhi. He cannot act on his own. The Council of Ministers has to convey its decision to the Lieutenant Governor, but this does not mean that the Council of Ministers is bound by the recommendation of the Council of the Lieutenant Governor. All five judges off the bench also agreed to this point.
  • Justice Chandrachud commented that the Lieutenant Governor’s consent was not compulsory to be obtained in every matter. Justice Ashok Bhushan also added his viewpoint on this aspect that the opinion and decision of the elected government has to be respected, but the Constitution does not provide that the Lieutenant Governor must agree with all decisions of the government
  • The judges said that “the status of NCT of Delhi is sui generis (unique) and the status of the Lieutenant Governor is also not that of a Governor. He remains an administrator, in a limited sense only. These factors only, according to the judges gave special status to Delhi as the NCT. The bench also held that stating that the region will be under the control of the Lieutenant Governor.

Justice Chandrachud added to this point that the court must continue with the values of democracy. He said that the real power and substantive accountability are vested in elected representatives in democratic governance. The sovereignty of the people, the democratic way of governance and secularism are intrinsic to the Constitution. The basic structure places constraints on the exercise of constituent power which according to him must also be kept in mind in this case.

Points of difference between the Lieutenant Governor & the Governor of Delhi & Puducherry respectively

Both Delhi and Puducherry have quite similar administrations and management. However, while talking about the functioning of the Lieutenant Governor in the context of both of these places there are few differences. The differences can be explained as below:

Lieutenant Governor of Delhi

Governor of Puducherry

The Lieutenant Governor of Delhi enjoys more power than the Governor of Puducherry.

The Governor of Puducherry has lesser power than the Lieutenant Governor of Delhi.

The Government of National Capital Territory of Delhi Act, 1991, and the Transaction of Business of the Government of National Capital Territory of Delhi Rules, 1993, guide the Lieutenant Governor of Delhi.

Governor of Puducherry is guided by the Government of Union Territories Act, 1963.

The Legislative Assembly of Delhi has the power to make laws on all subjects except law and order. In Delhi, the role of the Center is more important in contrast with the role of the Lieutenant Governor who acts as the eyes and ears of the Center. 

The Legislative Assembly in Puducherry can legislate on any matter under the State Lists and the Concurrent Lists however it must not be in contravention to the law. 

Provisions in case of failure of Constitutional Machinery

Article 239 AB talks about the provision in cases of failure of constitutional machinery. Now in order to understand this, it is important to understand what is constitutional machinery.

Constitutional machinery refers to a body of the elected persons or the government of a particular territory who are/is obliged to manage the affairs of the particular territory according to the provisions of the constitution of that land. However if under certain circumstances there is a failure of the constitutional machinery, the President has to take action then.

The President on receiving a report from the Lieutenant Governor or if he is otherwise satisfied that certain situation has arisen under which it is difficult to carry on with the administration of the National Capital Territory of Delhi under Article 239 AA or under any law made agreeable to it, or for the appropriate administration of NCT of Delhi it is a necessary and requisite condition to do so, may then suspend any operation done under Article 239 AA or under any provision made agreeable to it for a specified period and under specified conditions provided in such law. The President can also make any provisions resultant of such law as may deem fit to him for the proper administering of National Capital Territory of Delhi under Article 239 A and Article 239 AA. 

Power of administrator to promulgate Ordinances during recess of Legislature: Article 239 B

To understand the functioning of this article one needs to know what is an ordinance. An Ordinance is a law that can be enacted by a city, a commission or a country for purposes that are not mentioned in federal laws or state laws. Some examples are safety and building regulations.

Promulgate on the other hand means to put in action a law (or an ordinance here) by official proclamation.

Now, if we move on to understanding Article 239 B we see that it states that except any time when the Legislature of [the Union Territory of (Puducherry)] is in session, if the administrator feels so or is satisfied that such circumstances exist which make it essential for him to take immediate action, then the administrator may promulgate such ordinances as he feels are required. 

However, no ordinance shall be allowed to be promulgated if a decision is given by the President in that particular matter for which the ordinance was required to be promulgated.

This clause further also mentions that the administrator during the period of dissolution or suspension of Legislature shall not promulgate an ordinance if such suspension or dissolution of Legislature was in accordance with Clause (1) of 239A or under any other such law.

Clause (2) of Article 239 B whereas talks about those ordinances which are promulgated after following the directions of the President under his supervision. This clause says that all such directions shall be assumed to be the Act of the Legislature of the Union Territory. But every such Ordinance:

  • Should be laid before the Legislature of the Union Territory and should after the expiry of six weeks from the time of reassembly of the Legislature come to an end.
  • And any such ordinance as it was passed under the guidance of the President can be abnegated by the administrator on receiving the assent from the President for such withdrawal.

There is one more clause in this article which is Clause (3) under which it is mentioned that when an Ordinance is not valid if enacted in the Legislature of the Union Territory and has been made after observing the provisions in that behalf contained in Clause (1) of Article 239 A or any other such law, then that ordinance shall be void.

Power of President to make regulations for certain Union territories

These powers of the President are discussed under Article 240 of the Constitution. The President may make regulations for the peace, progress and good government of the Union Territory of:

  1. Andaman & Nicobar Islands;
  2. Lakshadweep;
  3. Dadra and Nagar Haveli;
  4. Daman and Diu;
  5. Puducherry.

Still, there is a restriction to the powers of the President in this regard. The President shall only exercise his powers when the Legislature of the Union Territory is suspended or disbanded in relation to any law in accordance with Clause (1) of Article 239 A. The President shall also not exercise his power after the Legislature has been created i.e. from the date approved for the first meeting of the Legislature after its creation.

Clause (2) of Article 240, on the other hand, states that any law made for the Union Territory for the time being, in order to amend any Act made by the Parliament, when promulgated by the President shall have the same effect on the Union Territory as any Act of Parliament.

High Courts for Union Territories 

According to  Article 241 of the Constitution, Clause (1), the Parliament may by law constitute a High Court for a Union Territory or make a court in the territory to be the High Court for any such purposes made by the Constitution.

Clause (2) of Article 241 further states that the provisions of Part V and Part VI shall apply to High Courts of Union Territories as mentioned in the above clause, in a similar manner as they apply to other  High Courts under Article 214 unless any provision or specification as Parliament may by law provide.

Moving on to Clause (3), it states that every High Court that exercises jurisdiction on any Union Territory immediately before the formation of the Constitution will carry on to do so subject to the provisions of the Constitution or any law made by the Legislature. However, nothing prevents the Parliament from making any law to extend or to keep out the jurisdiction of the High Court of a State upon any Union Territory or any part thereof [Clause (4) of Article 241)]. 

Scheduled and Tribal areas                                                                                                                         

Coming on to the second main component of this blog, which is Scheduled Areas and Tribal Areas. Scheduled Areas and tribal areas presently exist in the states of Andhra Pradesh (including Telangana), Chhattisgarh, Gujarat, Himachal Pradesh, Jharkhand, Madhya Pradesh, Maharashtra, Odisha, and Rajasthan. 

As provided for in paragraph 6(1) of the Fifth Schedule to the Indian Constitution the specification of “Scheduled Areas” in relation to a State shall be, after consultation with the Governor of that State, notified by the order of the President. Pursuant to the provisions of paragraph 6 (2) of the Fifth Schedule of the Constitution of India, the President may, after consultation with the Governor of that State, increase the area of any Scheduled Area in a State and make fresh orders redefining the areas to be Scheduled Areas in relation to any State. The same applies to any alteration, increase, decrease, incorporation of new areas or withdrawal of any Orders relating to “Projected Areas”

There are no criteria for the creation of scheduled areas but some conditions that have become well known are:

  • Prevalence of tribal population;
  • Compactness and reasonable size of the area;
  • A feasible working unit such as a district block or Taluk;
  • Economic backwardness of this area as compared to the surrounding areas.             

This component of Scheduled and Tribal Areas is also dealt with in Part X of the Constitution of India.                                                                                               

Article 244 which talks about these, begins with Clause (1)  stating that the provisions of the 5th Schedule of the Constitution shall apply to the management and control of the Scheduled Areas and Scheduled Tribes in any State other than the state of Assam, Meghalaya, Tripura, and Mizoram. Clause (2) of the same article, however, states that the 6th Schedule of the Constitution shall apply to the administration of tribal areas in the states of Assam, Meghalaya, Tripura and Mizoram.

Article 244 A further talks that irrespective of anything stated in the Constitution, Parliament has the power  by law to form any free state from within the State of Assam consisting of all or any of the Tribal Areas specified in Part I of the table appended to paragraph 20 of the 6th Schedule and thereof create a body consisting of:

  •  elected  or partly elected or partly nominated persons;
  •  Or can make a body consisting of the Council of Ministers;
  • Or can create both of these with the constitutional powers and functions vested upon the Parliament.

Clause(2) of this article further states that any such law as referred to Clause (1) may in specific:

  • Express the matters of the State List or the Concurrent List which the Legislature of the autonomous State( or free state)  will have the power to make laws upon, for the whole state or any part thereof, and whether it would be keeping out of the Legislature of the State of Assam or not.
  • Elucidate the matters to which the autonomous powers of the state shall extend.
  • Provide that any tax imposed by the State of Assam shall be assigned to the autonomous State in so far as the proceeds are attributable to the autonomous State.
  • Provide that any mention of State in the constitution shall include the autonomous state also.
  • Construct such provisions as are subsidiary or consequential or as are deemed necessary as the need of the hour.

An amendment or change in any law as to the provisions mentioned in the above clause shall have no effect unless the amendment is passed by the 2/3rd majority of the house present and voting. An exception to this is any amendment to sub-clause (a) or sub-clause (b) of Clause (2). This provision is stated in Clause (3) of Article 241.

And the last clause, Clause (4) states that irrespective of anything mentioned in this article, that has the effect of amending the Constitution or is any amendment to the Constitution by the way of Article 368, shall not be deemed to be an amendment or a change to the constitution.

Conclusion

The Constitution of India creates a law that is binding on every citizen of India. The laws are the same throughout the country, but keeping in view the special circumstances of a particular region or territory of India, different laws governing those areas were created. Laws like these are covered in Article 239 and 244 of the Indian Constitution. In this blog, beginning from the need for such provisions to the nitty-gritty of such provisions everything is explained in detail. This blog tries to prevent any misinterpretation or miscommunication or misconception with regards to the provisions of these Articles. And it is essential to explain these articles as they are the ‘talk of the hour’ in a country whose political awakening is increasing day by day.

References

  1. http://www.aaptaxlaw.com/constitution-of-india/article-239-239a-constitution-administration-union-territories-creation-local-legislatures-council-of-ministers-for-union-territories-article-239-239a-of-constitution-of-india-1949.html
  2. http://delhiassembly.nic.in/constitution.htm
  3. http://delhiassembly.nic.in/constitution.htm
  4. https://indiankanoon.org/doc/1144754/
  5. https://indiankanoon.org/doc/1823046/
  6. https://indiankanoon.org/doc/1364341/
  7. https://indiankanoon.org/doc/1624304/

Students of Lawsikho courses regularly produce writing assignments and work on practical exercises as a part of their coursework and develop themselves in real-life practical skill.

LawSikho has created a telegram group for exchanging legal knowledge, referrals and various opportunities. You can click on this link and join:

https://t.me/joinchat/J_0YrBa4IBSHdpuTfQO_sA

Follow us on Instagram and subscribe to our YouTube channel for more amazing legal content.

The post The Union Territories and Tribal Areas: Articles 239, 240, 241 and 244 Under the Indian Constitution appeared first on iPleaders.

Types of Agreements related to Film Production

$
0
0

This article is written by M.Arjun, a 5th-year student studying in Government Law College, Thrissur. This article deals with the Types of Agreements Related To Film Production.

Introduction

India boasts of being the second-largest film industry in the world. A record number of over 1200 Indian movies are released every year driving annual revenue of more than 180 billion dollars. The hectic process of filmmaking often involves an army of men working foreground and background in the industry. Furthermore, the art of filmmaking involves a lot of promises, transactions, and commitments. It is quite important that these relationships are regulated by law. Hence, the need for a wide variety of legal agreements throughout the operations of filmmaking comes into play.

Stages in Film Production

The process of moviemaking involves 5 different stages:

  1. Film Development: This is the first stage of the process where the idea for the movie is developed, the preliminary budget is decided and the necessary rights are secured. So once all the arrangements are made, the project goes through the pre-production phase.
  2. Pre Production phase: In this phase, all the arrangements such as preparing the detailed cast, developing complete budgets and selecting the locations for the shoot are done.
  3. Production phase: This is the phase where the film is actually captured or shot. It involves the effort of a large number of people working hand in hand.
  4. Post Production– After the film is shot, all the editing, dubbing, sound mixing, and visual effects(VFX) works are done during this stage. 
  5. Distribution: In this phase, the producers distribute the movie to various distribution channels for releasing the movie to the masses.

Importance of Legal Agreements for the film industry

A lot of written agreements are required during each of the above five phases. From the script to the screen, the process of filmmaking involves a lot of Intellectual property rights. Moreover, a lot of content creators and artists form part of a movie. Hence it is quite obvious that the needs for differentiation and protection of intellectual property rights of various entities come into play. There can be negotiations between content creators and producers in relation to the various IP rights. These are recorded through various contracts. 

After all, movies are a form of business. A lot of capital and other resources are involved in business transactions. Failure to document these transactions by written agreements can lead to uncertainties and heavy losses. Moreover, investors and banks have started to mandate the producers to have written contracts with them as well as with the cast and crew of the film. Various liabilities arise during production due to non-performance of duties and negligence of crew members.  Hence, the liability in the process of film development is also to be clarified.

The entire process of moviemaking is time-bound as time is one of the crucial factors affecting the commerciality and success of the film. Earlier, the film industry could not enforce its rights due to the absence of written agreements. But, now the media and entertainment industry went through a significant change so as legal awareness. The industry takes its contractual and intellectual property rights seriously. At present lawsuits, litigation and contentious matters are nothing strange for this robust industry. Legal agreements facilitate the parties to approach the court and other dispute resolution mechanisms to protect their IP rights and contractual rights. 

Types of agreements used in film-making

There are various kinds of agreements used in different stages of moviemaking. It is not essential that all of these agreements shall be used in a particular movie. It depends on various circumstances related to a movie. We will discuss some of these agreements below: 

Film Director Agreement

A director is the soul of a movie. Hence, a director’s agreement deserves great significance. Director services agreements are executed between the production company or producer and the director. The motive of this agreement is to lay down the terms and conditions in connection with the services provided by the director. 

The main contents of this agreement include:

  • The main objective required to be fulfilled by the director shall be highlighted under this agreement. All the services rendered by the director will be included. The budget of the film shall be agreed by the producer and the director to avoid uncertainties at any stage of the movie.
  • The salary of the director and the time period for such payments will be agreed upon by the parties. Provisions for other remunerations such as profit sharing and royalties shall also be provided in this agreement. The parties may agree upon conditions such as if the film crosses gross revenue of a prescribed amount, the director shall be provided with a bonus of a prescribed value. 
  • The agreement also provides the rights and duties of both the producer and director in detail. Rights of the producer such as dubbing the movie in other languages, planning the sequel of the movie, etc are included. The obligation of the producer includes providing necessary funds as per the agreed budget, obtaining necessary rights for the film and so on. Whereas, the rights of the director include matters like deciding the technicalities of filmmaking, approving the final version of the film, monitoring the post-production works, and appointment of associate directors. The exclusivity of the director during various stages of production shall be agreed on. It means that the parties should decide upon whether the director can work on other projects simultaneously. 
  • The agreement shall also refer to the term of appointment of the director and conditions for termination of his service. The various time periods for completion of each task such as pre-production, post-production and filming period will be mentioned in the agreement. All the matters in relation to the movie where both parties ie the producer and director is required to make a joint decision should be expressly provided in the agreement. This includes matters such as deciding the location, key cast & crew members, marketing plans, budgeting and so on. The parties can even negotiate on matters such as on-screen credit, review of the progress of the film, etc can be made in the agreement. 

Co-Production Agreements

There may be instances in which a producer cannot meet the funds required for funding a movie project. In such cases, the producer collaborates or enters into a tie with another producer or production company. The Co-Production agreements combine two or more producers for the creation of the film. 

The agreement should clearly mention the name of the movie as well as parties and the purpose for which a co-production is undertaken. The total budget for the project will be agreed upon. In addition, the contribution of each party along with time limits for raising such money will be provided in this agreement. If the other party is given the role of an executive producer, it should be expressly mentioned in the agreement. 

The control of each party on the creative and business aspects of the project will be laid down under this agreement. This is an important section of the confidential obligation through a clause in the Co-Production Agreement.

The Co-Production agreement also deals with the distribution of profits among the producers. Provisions for recoupment (recovery of expenses) and division of net profit between the producers are dealt with in the agreement. The right and obligation of parties such as the right to audit the production process and maintenance of books of accounts also form a part of the Co-Production Agreement. Dispute resolution mechanisms and conditions for termination of co-production will also be added to the agreement. 

It is very difficult to share certain aspects such as the IP rights connected with a movie. Hence there is a common practice between the Co-Producers to form a separate entity such as a joint venture for the purpose of producing the movie. 

Actor Services Agreement

An actor is the face of a film. The role of actors especially the main actors are so crucial to the process of filmmaking. So it is quite essential that the services provided by the actor are documented in detail. An actor services agreement is entered between the producer and the actor. It includes various varieties of clauses. 

The term of employment of the actor should be precisely recorded. All the working days including the hours of work should be provided. The agreement can contain an exclusivity clause which prevents the actor from acting in any other movie for the agreed time period.

The agreement also imposes certain rights and obligations upon the actor and the producer. The producer can mandate the actor in connection with his appearances such as the preservation of a particular hairstyle or beard style. In addition, the producer can have requirements relating to the role of the actor in the promotion and marketing activities of the movie. All the amenities provided by the producer such as food, accommodation, transportation, and clothing will be mentioned in this agreement. The producer will also provide the actor with public liability insurance for covering the damages caused due to an accident.

Actors are also subjected to strong non-disclosure clauses to protect the confidentiality of various aspects of the film. The salary provided to the actor, other bonuses and provisions for profit-sharing also make its place in the Actor-Services Agreement. The salary can be fixed or it may be as per the profits made by the producer. Conditions for termination of the contract and dispute resolution mechanisms are also added to the agreement.

https://lawsikho.com/course/certificate-course-in-advanced-civil-litigation-practice-procedure-and-drafting
      Click above

Location Agreements

Locations play a prime role throughout the process of actual production. Locations and sets are heavily relied on by the filmmakers. A location agreement governs the use of a particular property for the process of filmmaking. A location agreement is executed by the location manager or the producer and the owner of the location.

The exact uses of the property are laid down in agreement. All the portions and areas within the location, availed and used for the purpose of production will be set out in the agreement.

The time for access, the duration of use of the location along with provisions for the extension of the time period is added. The rights and obligations of both parties are important. All the rights in relation to the ‘right to access’ should be expressly provided. The permission to use certain equipment, and the right to make modifications and alterations to the location hired forms some of them. The property owner’s right to file an injunction to prevent the use of the location is provided if the location shoot is not as per the contract or if any physical damages are caused to the location.

The payment provided to the owner of the location and the time period for making the payment is agreed upon by the parties. The agreement also has an indemnity clause where the location owner indemnifies all the damages caused to any shortcomings or drawbacks in the location or set provided by him. The producer indemnifies the location owner for all damages caused to him in connection with the use of the location. 

The price for hiring the location forms an integral part of the agreement. Nature, mode time period for making the payment is also included. 

Distribution Agreements

The process of filmmaking is said to be completed only when the film is distributed to the public. A film is distributed through various methods such as through theatres, OTT platforms, DVDs and so on. A distribution agreement is negotiated between a production company and the distributor. 

The distribution agreement specifies the territory in which the movie is planned to be released. Territory can be worldwide or may be limited to a particular region or country. The length of the term of distribution is added. The agreement mentions the number of theatre/screens in which the movie will be exhibited. It also lays down the duties and rights of each party. The promotional and advertising activities which the parties agree to is provided in detail. 

The agreement also will have a detailed clause on the collections and remuneration of each party. For instance, if it is a theatrical release, the agreement clearly prescribes the amount or percentage of daily collection that the distributor, producer and theatre owner is entitled to receive. Such amounts can be varying in accordance with the number of days the film is played in the theatre. 

Screenplay Agreements

The foundation of a movie lies in the screenplay commonly called a script. Normally the screenplay of the movie is created by the director or a separate scriptwriter. The owner of the screenplay enters a screenplay agreement with the producer. Generally, the producer acquires an exclusive right to lock in a script until the production of the movie begins.

The conditions for termination of the above-mentioned rights will be specified in the agreement. All the remuneration and services provided to the writer is also agreed upon by the parties. All the provisions with regards to changes in the script are mentioned in detail. The situations when rewriting of the script requires additional compensation for all the rewrites and changes will be sorted out in the agreement. The right of a director, producer or any other crew member to review and make changes to the script should be specified.

There might be circumstances in which an additional scriptwriter is hired to rewrite or make changes to the script. In such cases, the parties shall negotiate on matters relating to the credit of the screenplay. If the writer has an exclusive right to prepare the sequel or remake of the script, such right will be explicitly provided in the agreement.

Conclusion

Apart from the agreements listed above, there are various other agreements such as finders agreements, cast and crew agreements, marketing agreements, work for hire agreements, investment agreements and so on. The modern film industry deals with a lot of agreements for specific purposes. From cinematographers to catering providers, services are often documented. There can be several NOCs signed between the creators and producers for the use of the intellectual property. In addition, a lot of agreements for the protection and licensing of IP rights are executed. Confidentiality and non-disclosure provisions form part of almost every agreement as confidentiality is of prime significance throughout the process of movie production. 

A film always involves a lot of crew members working at different levels. Services contracts are essential for the performance of their functions. Most of the agreements are sometimes covered in a master service agreement with a detailed scope of work. It is also quite common that certain crew members perform multiple functions. For example, the actor and producer of the movie may be the same. In such cases, the contractual requirements also vary. Hence, It is difficult to standardize the agreements essential for a particular movie as there is a wide variety of agreements which depends a lot on the context of the movie.

Reference

  1. https://www.hg.org/legal-articles/entertainment-law-film-and-tv-production-agreements-52851
  2. https://movielaw.net/
  3. https://www.filmdaily.tv/template/film-contracts-and-agreements-protect-your-film

Students of Lawsikho courses regularly produce writing assignments and work on practical exercises as a part of their coursework and develop themselves in real-life practical skill.

LawSikho has created a telegram group for exchanging legal knowledge, referrals and various opportunities. You can click on this link and join:

https://t.me/joinchat/J_0YrBa4IBSHdpuTfQO_sA

Follow us on Instagram and subscribe to our YouTube channel for more amazing legal content.

The post Types of Agreements related to Film Production appeared first on iPleaders.

Procedure for Copyright Registration under Indian Copyright Act, 1957

$
0
0

This article is written by Srishti Kaushal, a first-year student from Rajiv Gandhi National University of Law, Punjab, pursuing B.A. LLB. (Hons.). In this article, she discussed the reason why copyright registration is beneficial and explains the procedure for copyright registration.

Introduction

What if you write a new book. It is a literary masterpiece that can fetch you a lot of money, but you are scared and wonder what would happen if on releasing it, people copy it and sell it under their name? What do you need to do to prevent this and protect your rights?

The answer is easy. You need to get your work registered with the Registrar of Copyrights. Copyright is a right given by the law to the creators of original work in the areas of literature, drama, music, art etc. A registered copyright legally protects your work and prevents its unauthorised usage. 

Between 2017 and 2018, there were nearly 40000 copyright disputes and discrepancy examinations. To avoid this you must understand the requirements for copyright registration and what the process entails. 

In this article, we will understand the types of work you can obtain a copyright for, the people who are entitled to get a copyright for a piece of work, the essential documents you must have when you are trying to get a copyright and the procedure involved in the copyright registration process.

What kind of work can be registered using a copyright?

In India, copyright can be taken for original works that fall in the area of:

  • Musical works,
  • Literary works like books and manuscripts,
  • Cinematography films,
  • Fashion designs,
  • Artistic works like paintings,
  • Performances,
  • Software and other computer programs and compilations, etc.

However, it must be remembered that copyright does not protect titles, names, ideas, concepts, slogans, methods, and short phrases.

Why do you need a copyright?

When you create original work then copyright is acquired automatically. The question which then arises is why do you need to get it registered. To answer this, let’s look at an illustration.

Suppose A made a painting after working day and night and putting in a lot of sweat and effort into it. He then put it up on his website for others to see. After a few months, A noticed that someone else had copied it and was making money off it. What did he do? Of course, he sued the person in the court of law. Now, because he had copyright, he could use it as evidence in the court and prove that it is his painting and the infringer must be punished.

Through this illustration, we can observe that registered copyrights protect your work and prevent others from using it to their own advantage. 

Let’s discuss some benefits of getting copyright registered for your work:

  • Copyright registration creates a public record. It tells the world that your work is protected by copyright and also enables a person who wants to licence your work to find you.
  • It enables you to file a lawsuit and take legal action against someone who infringes your copyright, say by selling copies of your work without your permission. 
  • It provides you with economic benefits by entitling you to use your work in various ways like making copies, performing in public, broadcasting your work etc, and availing appropriate reward for it. Thus, it provides you with a reward for your creativity.
  • It allows you to sell or pass the rights of your work.
  • It allows you to get legal evidence of your ownership. So if someone prevents you from using your work, you can just use your copyright to prove that it’s your work and you have a right to use it.
  • It allows you to change the form of your work. For example, it allows you to make a sequel or revise or update the work.

Who can register a piece of work with the Registrar of  Copyrights?

If you made a new painting using your mind and talent. Can anyone get a copyright for it? Of course not. Let’s see who is legally entitled to get a copyright for his/her work. 

The following people are entitled to submit an application to get a copyright:

The author

The author of the work is:

  1. Either the person who actually created the work, or
  2. If made during the scope of employment, then the employer. This is considered as ‘work made for hire’.
  3. Such an author is legally allowed to get a copyright for his/her work.

The owner of exclusive rights

The copyright law can grant a person exclusive rights to control and use and distribution of an original work. These rights include the right to reproduce or make copies of the original work, the right to distribute copies of the work, the right to publicly display the work, the right to perform the work and the right to alter the work and make derivatives of the original work. The owner of such exclusive rights is permitted to apply for registering his or her claim in the work. 

The copyright claimant

This is either:

  1. The author, or
  2. A person or an organization that has obtained ownership rights from the author through a written contract, will etc.

The authorized agent

This refers to any person authorized to act on behalf of either:

  1. The author, or
  2. The copyright claimant, or
  3. The owner of an exclusive right.

It must also be mentioned here that there is no age bar for getting a copyright and a minor is also entitled to register a copyright. This is because copyright law recognised creativity and understands that age cannot be a restriction on creativity. Also, in case the work is created by two or more people then the creators of the work are co-owners unless they have agreed otherwise.

https://lawsikho.com/course/certificate-course-in-advanced-civil-litigation-practice-procedure-and-drafting
      Click above

Essential documents required for copyright registration

Before we discuss the procedure which you must follow if you want to get your work registered under the Indian Copyright Act, 1957, we must look into the essential documents that you require for smooth registration. 

Though there are some special requirements for different kinds of work, broadly the essential requirements are:

  • 3 copies of the work if the work is published;
  • If the work is not published, then 2 copies of manuscripts;
  • If the application is being filed by an attorney, then special power of attorney or vakalatnama signed by the attorney and the party;
  • Authorization in respect of work, if the work is not the work of the applicant;
  • Information regarding the title and language of the work;
  • Information regarding the name, address and nationality of the applicant;
  • Applicant must also provide his mobile number and email address;
  • If the applicant is not the author, a document containing the name, address and nationality of the author, and if the author is deceased, the date of his death;
  • If the work is to be used on a product, then a no-objection certificate from the trademark office is required;
  • If the applicant is other than the author, a no-objection certificate from the author is required. In this case, an authorization of the author may also be required;
  • If a person’s photo is appearing in the work, then a no-objection certificate from such person is required;
  • In case the publisher is not the applicant, a no-objection certificate from the publisher is required;
  • If the work is published, the year and address of first publication is also required;
  • Information regarding the year and country of subsequent publications;
  • In case of copyright is for software, then source code and object code are also required.

Procedure for registering a copyright

Now that we understand who is entitled to get a copyright and what essential documents they must have to get it registered, let’s see how you can register your original work with the copyright registrar under Chapter X of the Indian Copyright Act,1957 and Rule 70 of the Copyright Rules’ 2013.

The steps involved in the registration process are:

Step 1: File an Application

In the first step :

  • The author of the work, copyright claimant, owner of an exclusive right for the work or an authorized agent file an application either physically in the copyrights office or through speed/registered post or through e-filing facility available on the official website (copyright.gov.in).
  • For registration of each work, a separate application must be filed with the registrar along with the particulars of the work. Along with this, the requisite fee must also be given, Different types of work have different fees. 

For example, getting the copyright for an artistic work registered, the application fees is INR 500, while for getting the copyright for a cinematograph film registered is INR 5000. The application fees range from INR. 5000 to INR. 40000. It can be paid through a demand draft (DD) or Indian postal order (IPO) addressed to the Registrar of Copyright Payable at New Delhi or through e-payment facility. This application must be filed with all the essential documents. 

At the end of this step, the registrar will issue a dairy number to the applicant.

Step 2: Examination

In the next step, the examination of the copyright application takes place.

Once the dairy number is issued, there is a minimum 30 days waiting period. In this time period, the copyright examiner reviews the application. This waiting period exists so that objections can arise and be reviewed. Here the process gets divided into two segments:

  • In case no objections are raised, the examiner goes ahead to review and scrutinize the application to find any discrepancy.
    1. If there is no fault and all the essential documents and information is provided along with the application, it is a case of zero discrepancies. In this case, the applicant is allowed to go forward with the next step.
    2. In case some discrepancies are found, a letter of discrepancy is sent to the applicant. Based upon his reply, a hearing is conducted by the registrar. Once the discrepancy is resolved, the applicant is allowed to move forward to the next step.
  • In case objections are raised by someone against the applicant, letters are sent out to both parties and they are called to be heard by the registrar.
    1. Upon hearing if the objection is rejected, the application goes ahead for scrutiny and the above-mentioned discrepancy procedure is followed. 
    2. In case the objection is not clarified or discrepancy is not resolved, the application is rejected and a rejection letter is sent to the applicant. For such applicant, the copyright registration procedure ends here.

Step 3: Registration

The final step in this process can be termed as registration. In this step, the registrar might ask for more documents. Once completely satisfied with the copyright claim made by the applicant, the Registrar of Copyrights would enter the details of the copyright into the register of copyrights and issue a certificate of registration. 

The process registration of copyright completes when the applicant is issued the Extracts of the Register of Copyrights (ROC).

Conclusion

Creativity is the most essential requirement to enable progress in society. Encouraging creativity enables economic and social development of a society. Copyright protects the creativity of people and becomes a source of motivation for the artists, authors, etc. Registering your work with the Registrar of Copyrights provides you with the right to reproduce it, the right to adapt the work, right to paternity and right to distribute the work. 

Though it looks easy, the copyright registration process is a lengthy but important process which can take up to 10 to 12 months. It is always advisable to get your copyright registered. This is because it can go a long way in protecting your rights for years, even after your death. 

Once your copyright is registered, it becomes much easier to move to the court and get the person who illegally copied your work punished. To provide adequate protection to copyright holders, the Copyright Act, 1957 provides imprisonment from six months to three years and a fine of not less than INR 50,000 in case your right is infringed by someone.

References

  1. https://www.ipfilings.net/copyright-guide/who-can-register-a-copyright
  2. http://copyright.gov.in/Documents/handbook.html
  3. https://www.indiafilings.com/learn/copyright-registration-process-procedure/
  4. http://copyright.gov.in/Documents/CopyrightRules1958.pdf
  5. http://www.depenning.com/about_copyrights.htm
  6. http://copyright.gov.in/Documents/Check_List-WorkWise.pdf

Students of Lawsikho courses regularly produce writing assignments and work on practical exercises as a part of their coursework and develop themselves in real-life practical skill.

LawSikho has created a telegram group for exchanging legal knowledge, referrals and various opportunities. You can click on this link and join:

https://t.me/joinchat/J_0YrBa4IBSHdpuTfQO_sA

Follow us on Instagram and subscribe to our YouTube channel for more amazing legal content.

The post Procedure for Copyright Registration under Indian Copyright Act, 1957 appeared first on iPleaders.

Article 101 and 102 TFEU: Private Enforcement in the Courts of Member States

$
0
0

This article is written by Kartikeya Kaul, a first-year student pursuing BA.LLB. from Symbiosis Law School, Noida. This is an exhaustive article dealing with Articles 101 and 102 TFEU: private enforcement in the courts of Member States.

Introduction

As we may know, competition amongst different companies is widespread all across the world. The European Union has the largest market share in the entire world, which is even larger than that of the US. So, this leads to increased competition amongst various market operators in which they want to be on the top of the pecking order and would do anything to topple their competitors and because of this, sometimes these market operators resort to unfair trade practices.

So, because of this, the National Competition Authorities (NCAs) are empowered to apply Articles 101 and 102 of the Treaty fully, to ensure that competition is not distorted or restricted. National courts may also apply these provisions to protect the individual rights conferred on citizens by the Treaty. Building on these achievements, the communication on Ten Years of Antitrust Enforcement identified further areas to create a common competition enforcement area in the EU.

EU Law: Actions for an Injunction as well as Damages 

A directive is a request given by some managerial body whereby somebody is required to perform or shun playing out a specific activity. The order mandate guarantees the protection of the aggregate premiums of customers in the inward market. It expresses that all the EU nations have order methods to stop encroachments of the EU customer rights.

Right to Damages under Articles 101 and 102 

Courage Ltd v Crehan

Three interests of the comparable causes were found, Crehan (see COURAGE V. CREHAN: JUDICIAL ACTIVISM), Langton and Byrne (see Byrne v Entrepreneur Beer Supply Co. Ltd ) and two different applications. All these were concerned with the legitimacy of lager ties, who was under an occupancy of an open house consequently were required by the provisions of his rent to buy all or a large portion of the lager required available to be purchased in the premises from the owner or a selected brewer at costs endorsed by the provider.

Requests were raised with regards to the best possible development and utilization of the square. Exception conceded by the European Commission in regard of selective obtaining understandings which incorporated these sorts and the court’s discoveries is same announced independently in Byrne v Inntrepreneur Beer Supply Co. Ltd (1999).

In every one of different cases, the inhabitant griped that the merchant had offered brew to publicans who were not dependent upon a lager tie at considerably lesser costs that were charged to occupants.

They professed to be qualified for this on the grounds that either the tie or the occasions paving the way to its burden were said to add up to purposeful practices, established infringement of Article 85 (presently Article 81) EC Treaty, or in light of the fact that the more significant expense charged to the tied occupant when these were contrasted with those accused of a loosened inhabitant it was a rupture of a term to be inferred in the rent to the tied inhabitant. The following were the issues:

  • Regardless of whether the brew ties contained in the leases to tied occupants were denied by Art. 85.
  • Regardless of whether the plans between a brewer and the landowner of tied houses, as exemplified by the Beer Procurement Agreement, were disallowed by Article 85. 
  • Regardless of whether an occupant could set-off any obligation to him emerging from the utilization of Article 85, or break of the inferred term against his risk for lease due under his rent. 
  • Regardless of whether any and if so which, purposes of Community law ought to allude to the ECJ under Article 177. 
  • Regardless of whether the square exclusion managed by Reg.1984/83 applied to the tie in Byrne. 
  • Request Dated: 16 July 1999, it was received at the Court on 30 November 1999, the Court of Appeal alluded to the Court for a primer decision under Article 234 it had questions identified with the understanding of Article 85 of the EC Treaty. 

The Court observed as under:

  • That a party to a contract responsible to keep under control the competition within the meaning of Article 85 can depend on the contravention of that provision to obtain relief. The fruitfulness of Article 85  would be put in danger if it is not open to anybody to claim damages for loss caused due to a contract or by conduct liable to restrict or distort competition. The existence of such a right boosts the working of the competition rules and deject such practices  which twist competition.
  • Article 85 prohibit a regulation of national law under which a party to a contract liable to restrict or distort competition within the meaning of that provision is barred from claiming damages for loss caused by the performance of that contract on the sole ground that the claimant is a party to that contract.
  • However, in the absence of Community rules, it is for the local legal system of each Member State to nominate the courts having jurisdiction for laying down the detailed rules provided that such rules should not be less favourable than those dealing with same local matters. 
  • It is for the domestic court to determine whether the party who contends to have suffered loss through a contract that is liable to restrict or distort competition found himself in a somewhat feeble position than the other party, such as seriously to compromise or even banish his freedom to settle the terms of the contract and to avoid the loss or reduce its extent.

Apart from these the court reiterated the connection between the Art. 85 claim and the claim for rent to be too tenuous as already stated in the decision in Gibbs Mew (supra) to be right. Even if the ECJ were to conclude that Art.85 conferred on a tenant of tied premises a right for the breach of which he was entitled to damages from his landlord, that cross-claim could not go to reduce or extinguish the tenant’s liability to his landlord in respect of the rent for the tied premises.

https://lawsikho.com/course/diploma-entrepreneurship-administration-business-laws

Click Here

Vincenzo Manfredi v. Lloyd Adriatico Assicurazioni SpA [2006] ECR I – 6619 

Activity for harms was brought by Vincenzo Manfredi vs Lloyd Adriatico Assicurazioni SpA, by Antonio Cannito against Fondiaria Sai SpA and, individually, by Nicolò Tricarico and Pasqualina Murgulo against Assitalia SpA (‘Assitalia’). This request was against those insurance agencies for reimbursement of the expansion at the expense of protection identifying with mishaps brought about by engine vehicles, vessels and mopeds paid on account of the increment done by these organizations under an agreement which is proclaimed unlawful by the national challenge authority.

The Court observed that in relation to the cooperation between the Court and the national courts under Article 234 EC, it is the domestic court, before which the dispute has been brought to determine in the light of the particular circumstances of the case both the need for an initial ruling so as to deliver judgment and the relevance of the questions which it submits to the Court. 

Quantum

In case of Courage Ltd v Crehan; Walker Cain Ltd v McCaughey observed that the link between the claim under Article 85 claim and rent was too insubstantial. Even if it was to be concluded that Article 85 conferred on a tenant of tied premises a privilege for the breach, he was entitled to damages from his landlord, and any cross-claim would not reduce or finish the tenant’s liability towards his owner in respect of the monthly rent for the tied premises.

In Case of Vincenzo Manfredi v. Lloyd Adriatico Assicurazioni SpA, it was observed that as per the principle of equivalence if it is possible to give specific damages, such as disciplinary damages, in local actions similar to actions founded on the Community competition rules, it is also feasible to award such damages in actions founded on Community rules.

However, state law does not avert national courts from taking steps to ensure that the protection of the rights guaranteed by Community law does not entail the unjust enrichment of those who enjoy them. The Court observed that Article 81(1) EC produces a direct result in the connection between individuals and creates rights for the individuals concerned which the domestic courts must safeguard.

It means that any individual can rely on the invalidity of a contract prohibited under Article 81 EC and can claim compensation for the harm suffered where there is a causal relationship between that harm and the prohibited agreement.

In the absence of Community rules, it is for the national legal system of each member state to set the formula for determining the extent of the damages for harm caused by an agreement or practice prohibited under Article 81 EC, provided that the principles of equivalence and effectiveness are observed. 

The right of individuals to seek compensation for loss caused by a contract or by conduct liable to restrict or distort competition that injured persons must be able to seek compensation not only for actual loss but also for loss of profit plus interest.

The ‘Passing-On’ defence and the position of indirect purchasers

Prior to the adoption of the Directive, there was no case identified with the guard of passing on in the field of Competition Law. Be that as it may, as indicated by subsection 4.2.2, this defence began to get acknowledged in different regions of EU law by the CJEU, and the contentions of low enhancement were utilized. It appeared as though the guard of passing on could either be conceded or banned in National Law.

No case laws were either from the CJEU or in EU Legislation which the Member States required to make this sort of barrier accessible to respondents in rivalry law cases yet there were no cases like these discovered before which restricted the utilization of this kind of protection. Article 3(3) of the Directive expresses that the privilege of full remuneration will not prompt expiration.

This is a Policy Statement instead of a legitimate standard which would be too wide to even think about working as a positive lawful guideline. The arrangement explanation in Article 3(2) is anyway grown further in resulting portions of the Directive. Article 12(2) of the Directive gives that the Member States will set down procedural standards that are appropriate to guarantee that overcompensation is kept away from.

Article 12(2) accordingly leaves the procedural guidelines regarding this matter to the tact of the Member States as per the standard of procedural self-governance. However, the principles of equivalence and effectiveness must be taken into account when the outer boundaries for how these procedural rules may be constructed. 

Article 13 expresses that the Member States will ensure that the respondent may summon the way that the offended party passed all in all or part of the cheat that came about because of the encroachment of rivalry law as a barrier against a harms guarantee. Along these lines Article 13 is an extra prerequisite next to the necessities of adequacy and equality that the Member States’ procedural principles must consent to.

No case law was there on passing on safeguard in the territory of rivalry law preceding the reception of the Directive. Hence the Directive adjusts EU law and the Member States are required to permit the barrier of passing on. Which has now made an expanded plausibility for infringers to protect themselves from harms claims utilizing this barrier of passing on?

The limitations to the cautious utilization of passing on that have been built up in different territories of EU law, which is talked about in subsection 4.2.2, and these were excluded from the arrangements on passing on in the Directive. In the Commission Proposal, the Commission recommended confinement to the utilization of the safeguard of passing on in Article 12(1).

To the extent that the cheat has been given to people at the following degree of the inventory network, for which it isn’t lawfully conceivable to guarantee remuneration for the mischief they have endured, the respondent ought not to be permitted to conjure the barrier of passing on. This arrangement was, be that as it may, avoided from the last form of the Directive. Subsequently, it appears as though the Directive sets no restrictions to when the resistance of passing on might be utilized by an infringer of rivalry law.

Be that as it may, there is by all accounts a characteristic utmost or a conclusion to the utilization of the barrier of passing on when the inquirer is a last purchaser, subsequently inventory network closes there. The infringer ought to in this manner not effectively have the option to utilize the giving guard to escape obligation when the inquirer is a last purchaser.

The conundra/problem 

Multiplication of the total la social welfare loss created by the illegal behaviour of the cartels. One of the ways to limit social welfare loss resulting from the cartel. Worth fixing practice is by obliging the passing on itself. At first, the right irritated gatherings must be picked for this antitrust situation when they find upstream worth fixing. Along these lines it should keep any probability to benefit by conceding the suit. Second, the passing-on boundary will be allowed.

Exactly when most of the associations start passing on the cartel cheat after their first ordinary evaluation of data costs which prompts re-esteeming, and fundamentally it in like manner depends on when they become aware of the credibility of upstream worth fixing.

With the availability of passing-on security, direct purchasers will be incited to start an assessment of cartel lead as they would think about the damages and that the respect would involve triple the cheat that has not been passed on, subsequently they would go up against a choice i.e Direct purchasers can either to pass on the cheat and impede the revelation so they can accumulate what they lost until the re-evaluating decision and most extreme assessment and arraignment costs.

Or of course, considering the probability of cartel nearness, direct purchasers can by chance hold the cheat and later accumulate triple of the impressive number of cheats appropriately absorbed up by the court controlling, which, by virtue of productive case, will be more than they save through passing on.

Position in the US 

The passing-on-defence isn’t recognized under US government antitrust law nor is the staying of underhanded purchasers.The rejection of indirect purchaser’s stand is a direct consequence of refusing the passing-on-defense since the indirect purchaser’s present their claim on the basis that an overcharge was passed on to them and allowing indirect purchaser stand would threaten multiple liability and multiple damages for the same act and it would not be possible for the defendant to rely on the fact that the damage may have been passed on. 

In most cases, indirect purchasers, i.e., those that do not buy directly from the alleged price-fixing conspirators, cannot recover.  Correspondingly, in most cases the alleged price fixers are prohibited from claiming that the direct purchasers have not suffered on the bais that the illegal overcharge was passed onto downstream purchasers.

Most of the  data suggests that indirect-purchaser suits have a negative overall effect on deterrence than a positive one, and that—even if there is a positive effect—it’s minimal at best.

EU case law 

The Clayworth case was a suit by retailers. The drug producers, Pfizer et al., offered their products to wholesalers, who in this way offered them to Mr. Clayworth and distinctive medication stores. The business chain included makers (Pfizer et al.), wholesalers, retailers (the medication stores of Clayworth et al.) and last customers. The passing on issue appeared in two changed manners. On one hand, it has been ensured that Clayworth et al. given the cheats to the last customers.

Mr. Clayworth, on the other hand, to show harm, would need to proclaim that wholesalers gave the cartel’s cheats to him. However, because Clayworth was granted the standing of a direct purchaser, the court did not need to solve the conundrum of how to both allow the offensive use of passing on and forbid the defensive use of passing on Pfizer raised the passing-on defence against Clayworth. Court showed and it was undisputed that the medication stores’ esteeming practices drove them to give the entire cheat to the last customers. 

The court reported that the passing-on obstruction was generally not permitted in light of the fact that right off the bat, the legitimate history of the Cartwright Act, which doesn’t provide guidance on the availability of passing-on, prescribes that amendments made considering Illinois Brick (empowering the underhanded purchaser to sue) show a managerial plan to join the administration rule of Hanover Shoe (no passing-on boundary). 

Second, the California antitrust law decidedly underscores the demoralization objective, together with ensuring full “regurgitating of any inadequately gotten proceeds” that would be undermined by allowing the passing-on protect for this circumstance. 

Third, the hazard of twofold recovery by different classes of affronted parties isn’t unfathomable enough to deal the counteractive action and pay (or rather the full extraction) goals of California antitrust law. Finally, paying little heed to whether direct purchasers pass overall cheat, regardless of all that they may suffer harm (for instance, by losing bargains). 

Regardless of the way that the court ordinarily restricted the passing-on watch, it chose conditions under which the passing-on shield could be allowed: first, the cost notwithstanding contract exception of Hanover Shoe is significant under California state antitrust law moreover. Second, in a suit, when both quick and indirect purchasers are productive in setting up esteem fixing by the prosecutor, the court will hinder twofold recovery by permitting the passing-on obstruction by the respondent. The resulting extraordinary case is of the most outrageous centrality.

Since a prompt purchaser can’t assess the condition early, he needs to depend on the more lamentable circumstance, that is destined to be, that generally, the passing-on protect is satisfactory. As demonstrated via Landes and Posner, that will incite a decreasing of the inspiration for direct purchasers to place assets into cartel disclosure and case, and the level of antitrust usage will lessen.

The Harris-Sullivan assessment reinforces this point by setting up that quick purchasers are most likely going to pass in general cheat (notwithstanding an edge) to their customers. The assessment above, regardless, shows that passing on is basically deferred until the accompanying typical re-evaluating appraisal by a quick purchaser and that altogether builds the cheats caused so far is a satisfactory driving force.

The passing-on protection in the Member States 

The utilization of passing on is in four European Union Member States: Germany, France, Italy, and the UK have been picked for logical examinations. These wards are the ‘greatest economies’ inside the Union and in this manner they address the essential areas where one would expect the greatest number of occasions of private approval of EU competition law. The assorted national procedural rules make different forces for solicitors to get a damage movement court; as further discussed underneath in territory 3 while private approval of competition law is decently made in UK and Germany, this isn’t the circumstance in Italy and France. 

Along these lines, the differentiations among national procedural standards make it worth an assessment among different regions. The UK has been associated with the close to assessment regardless of the way that on 29 March 2017 the British Government set off the use of Article 50 TEU, by along these lines starting the methodology of ‘Brexit’.

The Damages Directive 

Due to the complexities in its estimation, the US Supreme Court has even-mindedly banned the utilization of the passing on in US antitrust law since the 1970s. In Europe, the CJEU has seen that ‘any individual’ on a fundamental level has legal remaining in case he exhibits to have suffered incident achieved by a burst of EU competition rules. 

EU Commission fragile law and the Damages Directive have later avowed the ‘far reaching’ approach sought after by the CJEU with respect to locus standi. Territory second discusses about the EU acquis on passing on, including CJEU case law, EU Commission fragile law and the game plans in the Damages Directive in regards to this issue and it battles that passing on can be considered as a general standard of EU law. the British Parliament requested the law completing the Damages Directive, which also transposes the courses of action of the Directive concerning passing on.

For each picked ward the article examines the national case law concerning passing on in antitrust inquiries, similarly as the present status of execution of the Damages Directive. On 9 March 2017, the British Parliament approved the law realizing the Damages Directive, which furthermore transposes the game plans of the Directive concerning passing on.

To energize private approval of EU contention law, the Damages Directive upsets the heaviness of proof both in association with passing on the obstruction and presents suppositions concerning the legal surviving from the underhanded customer. Article 13, in reality, expresses that “the heaviness of showing that the cheat was passed on can’t abstain from being on the respondent”.

In any case, Article 14 extensively grows the genuine surviving from roundabout customers and along these lines, it addresses one of the major remembered estimations of the Damages Directive for appearing differently in relation to the earlier EU acquis on passing on.

Aggregate change

The Commission suggests the introduction of two proportional instruments of total audit: first, delegate exercises brought by qualified components, for instance, client affiliations, state bodies (like U.S. parens patriae exercises) or trade affiliations; and, second, select in total exercises, in which terrible setbacks unequivocally decide to join their individual cases into one single action (while the U.S. class movement system keeps the quit standard).

The extent of total change is in like manner to be seen as critical for the general cognizance of the results in allowing the meandering purchaser standing. Given the difficulty of cartel disclosure by circumlocutory purchasers, the Commission expects that total audit action would be grasped in the majority of the cases after the open prosecution of a cartel, that is, after the test experts of the EU Member States or the Commission itself issue an extreme end finding an antitrust encroachment. 

Total change ought to be a potential measure in competition cases, the national courts should have the choice to mastermind social occasions to divulge relevant confirmation, decisions of NCA will share the status of confining check for all intents and purpose methodology and demanding danger for hurts in contention cases should apply. Further, full compensation should be open for losses of contention infringement covering genuine incidents just as lost advantage and interest.

Interim relief

Judgment requesting interval measures can be a basic apparatus for rivalry specialists by guaranteeing that while an examination is on-going no unsalvageable harm is caused to rivalry, which can’t be helped by any choice which might be taken at the finish of the procedures. The endorsement of interval measures may likewise keep away from that the ability to make choices at the finish of rivalry requirement procedures gets insufficient. 

Article 5 of Council Regulation (EC) No 1/2003 of 16 December 2003 on the usage of the standards on rivalry set down in Articles 81 and 82 of the Treaty 2 (EU/Competition/Article 82 of the EC Treaty (ex Article 86) explicitly empowers national challenge specialists to embrace between time estimates when applying Articles 101 and 102 TFEU.

Many jurisdictions have made the use of this tool to date in a variety of zones, including energy, telecommunications, and distribution of motor vehicles, food, postal services, newspapers, advertising, and pharmaceuticals.

In terms of the type of infringements for which interim measures have been adopted, it seems that interim measures have most often been imposed in the abuse of most of the dominated cases, especially in refusal to supply cases. Interim measures have also been taken with respect to other types of violations, most notably, with respect to vertical restraints. Some Authorities have taken into consideration the interim measures which will be useful in cases of decisions of associations of undertakings recommending that their members change prices or limit supplies.

In general, most jurisdictions provide for an explicit legal basis which permits Authorities to adopt interim measures. In order to ensure that this is the case through-out the ECN, it is desirable all jurisdictions expressly provide for the adoption of interim measures by law.

In proceedings which may lead to the adoption of interim measures, the rights of defence of the undertakings concerned should be ensured and addressees of decisions ordering interim measures should have the right to effective judicial review, in accordance with Article 6 of the European Convention on Human Rights and Article 47 of the Charter of Fundamental Rights of the European Union where applicable. Such judicial review should take into account the urgency inherent in situations where interim measures are granted.

Numerous jurisdictions have utilized this apparatus to date in an assortment of zones, including vitality, broadcast communications, and appropriation of engine vehicles, nourishment, postal administrations, papers, publicizing, and pharmaceuticals. 

As far as the sort of encroachments for which break measures have been received, it appears that between time measures have frequently been forced in the maltreatment of the majority of the commanded cases, particularly in refusal to supply cases. Between time measures have additionally been taken concerning different kinds of infringement, most quite, as for vertical limitations.. 

When it is all said and done, most purviews accommodate an unequivocal lawful premise which grants Authorities to receive break measures. In procedures which may prompt the appropriation of break quantifies, the privileges of guard of the endeavors concerned ought to be guaranteed and addressees of choices requesting between time measures ought to reserve the option to viable legal survey, as per Article 6 of the European Convention on Human Right (Article 6 of the European Convention on Human Rights) and Article 47 of the Charter of Fundamental Rights of the European Union where material. Such legal audit should assess the desperation intrinsic in circumstances where between time measures are allowed.

Most jurisdictions share comparative substantive necessities for the selection of break measures.

To guarantee the adequacy of the between time measure device, it is alluring that all Authorities ought to be capable, at least, to receive break estimates where the accompanying combined necessities are met:

(i) earnestness because of the danger of genuine and hopeless mischief to rivalry; and

(ii) there are sensible grounds to speculate that an encroachment has happened. This Recommendation isn’t expected to prohibit the utilization of more extensive criteria for the award of the between time measures. The prescribed standard which is suggested depends on the accompanying contemplations. 

Between time measures, by their tendency, are brief and defensive. In accordance with the rule of proportionality, they should be confined to what is important in the conditions of the case. 

Inside the ECN, there is an extent of approaches concerning the length of between time measures. A couple of districts have set cutoff focuses, for example, a fourth of a year, a half year or one year. In various areas, there isn’t a period limit, anyway ordinarily, a foreordained timespan is set in the decision mentioning interim measures.

Finally, in specific structures, the decision mentioning break measures is real until the completion of the strategies or the allotment of the decision on the advantages of the case by the Authority. In a couple of districts, it is possible to energize or haul out the execution of between time measures. 

The Authorities should have the alternative to get decisions mentioning interim extents of a range which is convincing to keep up a key good ways from veritable and miserable fiendishness to competition.

A decision mentioning break measures should simply be genuine until the completion of the systems or the determination of the decision on the advantages of the case by an Authority or until a higher model revokes the decision on interim measures. To improve the ampleness of break measures, decisions permitting between time measures should be unlimited to the degree that is basic and fitting for every circumstance.

According to the criticalness natural in picking whether to permit break measures, ensure that the frameworks relating to interim measures are fruitful and powerful. 

In certain purviews, interval measures are allowed ex officio, while in others, applications for the selection of between time measures can be made by singular characteristic or lawful people to secure their inclinations. It is attractive that the particular requirement frameworks administering break measures are adequately adaptable to enable the Authorities to manage cases that are brought to the consideration of more than one Authority.

Observing consistence with choices requesting break measures is critical to ensuring the viability of this authorization device. The Authorities ought to have available to them viable powers so as to screen the execution of their interval estimates choices.

Viable checking systems may include:

(i) ex-officio observing by the Authority; 

(ii) checking dependent on grumblings or data from advertise members;

(iii) ordinary announcing by the gatherings which are the addressees of the between time estimates choice; (iv) observing dependent on collaboration with area controllers;

(v) utilization of trustees. The decision of instrument to be utilized relies upon the current case and may incorporate a mix of various apparatuses.

In instances of rebelliousness with choices requesting break gauges, most of Authorities has available to its methods for endorsing, for instance, the likelihood to force managerial fines. A few Authorities may, furthermore, put constraints by way of intermittent punishment installments.

To support the adequacy of between timely measures, it is basic that compelling approvals might be forced for rebelliousness with choices requesting interval measures and that powerful means are at the transfer of Authorities so as to urge consistence.

Private enforcement and Regulation 1/2003

Article 15: cooperation with national courts

Requests by national courts for information or an opinion

In procedures for the utilization of Article 81 or Article 82 of the Treaty, courts of the Member States may request that the Commission transmits to the data as it would see it on questions concerning the use of the Community rivalry rules.

Submission of judgements to the Commission

Competition specialists of the Member States, following up on their own drive, may submit composed perceptions to the national courts of their Member State on issues identifying with the utilization of Article 81 or Article 82 of the Treaty.

With the authorization of the court being referred to, they may likewise submit oral perceptions to the national courts of their Member State. Where the cognizant use of Article 81 or Article 82 of the Treaty so requires, the Commission, following up on its own drive, may submit composed perceptions to courts of the Member States. With the authorization of the court being referred to, it might likewise mention oral objective facts.

Observations by national competition authorities and the Commission

With the end goal of the preparation of their perceptions, the competition authorities of the Member States and the Commission may demand the concerned court of the Member State to transmit or guarantee the transmission to them of any reports vital for the evaluation of the case.

Wider national power

This Article is without preconceived notion to wider ability to make statement before courts conferred on competition authorities of the Member States under the law of their Member State.

Article 16: uniform application of EU competition law

The effect of Commission decisions

At the point when national courts rule on understandings, choices or practices under Article 81 or Article 82 of the Treaty which are as of now the subject of a Commission choice, they can’t take choices contradicting the choice received by the Commission.

They should likewise abstain from giving choices which would strife with a choice thought about by the Commission in procedures it has started. With that impact, the national court may evaluate whether it is important to remain its procedures. This commitment is without bias to the rights and commitments under Article 234 of the Treaty.

Parallel proceedings

At the point when competition authorities of the Member States rule on understandings, choices or practices under Article 81 or Article 82 of the Treaty which are as of now the subject of a Commission choice, they can’t take actions which would oppose the choice embraced by the Commission.

Access to evidence

Access to the file

EU substantive standards in regards to access to record and classification treatment are all around portrayed in various authority reports, considering the pertinent case-law in such manner. Through the fundamental decision method, national courts went to the ECJ so as to get an explanation on the most ideal approach to manage access to document’s solicitations guaranteeing the privilege to guarantee harms and the assurance of secret data gave over by infringers to national challenge specialists ensuring open antitrust authorization with regards to mercy programs.

Regulation 1049/2001

Transparency is an essential of good administration: it engages residents and enables them to examine and assess the exercises of the public authorities and to demand an explanation from them. Access to EU foundations’ records fortifies their popularity based qualifications and shuts the gap between them and the residents.

The focal instrument in the EU to that intention is Regulation 1049/2001 of the European Parliament and of the Council, setting out the modalities for a privilege of access to EU records and controlling straightforwardness of divulgence techniques. The methodology embraced in Regulation 1049/2001 relates to the Nordic idea of community to archives. Article 4 of Regulation 1049/2001 contains a rundown of special cases which may legitimize controlling access to records and places the weight of evidence on the establishment to which the solicitation is tended to.

This can be hazardous as it would recommend that entrance to reports which contain individual information ought to be considered under Regulation 45/2001 on information security, rather than Regulation 1049/2001, this affects national arrangements just where it sets down states of access to Member States’ records.

Pfleiderer, Donau Chemie and leniency material

In the case of Pfleiderer AG, 14 June 2011 the Court avowed, first, that the national courts, based on their national law, have the obligation to decide the conditions under which such access must be allowed or denied by gauging the interests ensured by EU law; second, that such evaluation must be done dependent upon the situation; and, third, that every pertinent factor for the situation must be considered. Essentially, not at all like the Advocate General, for this situation, the Court unmistakably didn’t avoid access to data given with regards to mercy programs. 

Two years later, the Court reaffirmed the significance of the gauging test in  Donau Chemie, 6 June 2013, expressing that: “the contention that there is a hazard that entrance to prove contained in a document in rivalry procedures which is fundamental as a reason for harm activities may undermine the adequacy of a mercy program can’t legitimize a refusal to allow access to that proof.” 

One of the targets and core values distinguished in the Proposed Directive is ‘enhancing the connection’ 11 among open and private authorization of rivalry law. Regarding the divulgence of tolerance archives, the Proposed Directive sets out the accompanying trade off arrangement:

  • Least Requirement. 
  • Levels of insurance against divulgence. Supreme security. 
  • Transitory security. 
  • No particular insurance.

Access to the Commission’s decision

The EU Member States consented to give two commands to the Commission to take part in worldwide dealings to improve cross-fringe access to electronic proof in criminal examinations. The Council consented to furnish the Commission with arranging orders for arrangements with the United States and for the Second Additional Protocol to the Council of Europe “Budapest” Convention on Cybercrime. 

Before an understanding can be marked and closed, the Commission should get a different authorisation from Member States. The European Parliament will likewise be educated and should assent before an understanding can be marked and closed. 

Additionally, the Commission’s target stays to initially finish the EU’s inside rules on cross-fringe access to electronic e-proof before concluding global understandings. 

In the April 2015 European Agenda on Security, the Commission carried out to audit impediments to criminal examinations. Following the deplorable occasions in Brussels on 22 March 2016, EU Ministers for Justice and Home Affairs organized passing measures to verify and get advanced proof all the more productively and adequately. The issue has since been talked about a few times by EU Ministers and in April 2018 the Commission proposed new rules for cross-fringe access to electronic proof.

Foreign discovery

The way toward acquiring proof in common law nations is essentially extraordinary. The utilization of the expression “disclosure” isn’t fitting, on the grounds that the pre-preliminary revelation as comprehended in the U.S. for all intents and purposes doesn’t exist. The private gatherings or their lawyers have not conceded powers that would enable them to urge the contradicting party or different observers to create the proof legitimately to them. It is the legal official through whom the proof is acquired.

The procedure is not the same as the initiation of the activity when the protest, after its recording, is served upon the respondent by the court, not by the offended party. In the Czech Republic, the offended party in the objection, and the respondent in the appropriate response, has an obligation to assign and in this way produce its very own proof that supports her case or protection. The approval, or rather result, for not conforming to these obligations by the gathering with the weight of verification is lost the case. After the claim is started, the proof is delivered legitimately to the court, not to the restricting gatherings.

Ordinarily, the gatherings use proof that is as of now accessible to them. To force the restricting party to deliver certain proof that the primary party isn’t in control of, the main party has two alternatives: either move the weight of verification to the contradicting party, for example, in claims asserting segregation; or propose to present a narrative proof and assign an individual who has a command over the report. That individual at that point might be requested to deliver the record to the court.

In the event that that individual doesn’t agree to the request, the court may force fiscal approvals. On the off chance that there is a hazard that the proof won’t be accessible at the hour of the preliminary, a gathering may likewise request of the court to verify the proof before the preliminary starts. Notwithstanding, if a gathering doesn’t know about the presence of some data or archive, it has no instrument to find it. Angling campaigns are not by any means a distant chance. As it were, the proof that may harm the case will by and large not be unveiled to the contradicting party. 

The distinctions in the way to deal with proof taking are self-evident. While in the United States it is the obligation of the gatherings that are talented wide revelation powers, in Europe the taking of proof is seen as a legislative job. “Endeavors by U.S. defendants to assemble proof abroad for U.S. case have been seen as usurping remote power,” particularly when the extent of these endeavors far surpasses what might be allowable in nearby prosecution.

A blocking resolution is by its definition a “law authorized in one purview to discourage the neighborhood (extra-jurisdictional) use of a law ordered in another ward. Be that as it may, to have the blocking impact on the revelation of proof, the resolutions don’t need to be constantly instituted with this impending reason.

On account of the distinctive origination of social affair proof, European laws basically don’t foresee expansive disclosure demands. Subsequently, the blocking resolutions can be of different nature and can force different assents for their break. The seriousness of the approvals and whether they are of a common or criminal nature have been perceived by U.S. courts as one of the variables in deciding if an individual ought to be pardoned from the consistence with a court request.

The duty of national courts

National courts assume a key job in the authorization of European challenge arrangement. They might be called upon to apply Article 101 as well as 102 TFEU to an assortment of situations.

A few courts have locale over claims between private gatherings, for example, activities identifying with agreements or activities for harms; some go about as open implementers (for example in Finland, Ireland and Sweden); what’s more, some go about as survey courts, hearing interests which are brought against choices of the national challenge specialists.

Guideline 1/2003 gave national courts a more extensive job to uphold Articles 101 and 102 TFEU in full. Besides, if national courts apply national challenge law, they likewise need to apply EU competition law where there is an impact on an exchange between the Member States.

Cooperation with the Commission

The Commission is focused on helping national courts Articles 101 and 102 TFEU so as to guarantee the intelligible use of those arrangements all through the EU. This expands on the common obligation of steadfast participation accommodated by Article 4(3) Treaty on European Union (TEU).

Subtleties of this collaboration are set out in the Notice on participation with courts of the EU Member States in the utilization of [Articles 101 and 102 TFEU], expanding on Article 15 of Council Regulation 1/2003 Council Regulation. The Commission revised the Notice in 2015 so as to adjust the principles appropriate to the divulgence of archives in the Commission’s document with the standards of the Directive on Antitrust Damages Actions. See likewise solidified forms of the Notice:

  • Article 15 of Regulation 1/2003 explicitly accommodates the most regular methods for participation. The Commission can: transmit data in its ownership or of procedural data (Article 15(1)); 
  • give its assessment on questions in regards to the use of the EU rivalry rules Article 15(1), and; 
  • the Commission (and national challenge specialists) can submit perceptions to national courts as amicus curiae (Article 15(3)). 

Moreover, under Article 15(2), national courts are obliged to submit to the Commission a duplicate of any composed judgment where Article 101 or Article 102 of the Treaty has been applied (Article 15(2)). 

The Commission likewise works an awards program devoted to the preparation of national judges in EU rivalry law and legal collaboration between national judges.

Requests for information or opinion vs. preliminary rulings (Article 267 TFEU)

The privilege of a national court to approach the Commission for a feeling according to Article 15(1) of Regulation 1/2003 doesn’t partiality to the plausibility or the commitment of the national court to approach the Court of Justice for a starter controlling under Article 267 TFEU. 

The legitimate understanding of EU law by the Court of Justice is authoritative on the national court, as opposed to the non-restricting character of Commission conclusions. 

A fundamental decision by the Court of Justice concerns the elucidation of the law of the European Union and the legitimacy of demonstrations of auxiliary enactment, though a national court may approach the Commission for its supposition compliant with Article 15(1) of Regulation 1/2003 on financial, accurate and lawful issues.

The Damages Directive

The EU Damages Directive came into power in December 2014. One of its destinations is to guarantee the viable private authorization of rivalry law by encouraging harms guarantees in the courts of the EU Member States. 

Article 3

Right to full compensation

  1. Part States will guarantee that any regular or lawful individual who has endured hurt brought about by encroachment of rivalry law can guarantee and to get full remuneration for that mischief. 
  2. Full remuneration will put an individual who has endured hurt in a situation in which that individual would have been had the encroachment of rivalry law not been submitted. It will, accordingly, spread the privilege to pay for genuine misfortune and for loss of benefit, in addition to the instalment of intrigue.
  3. Full remuneration under this Directive will not prompt overcompensation, regardless of whether by methods for corrective, various or different kinds of methods.

Article 4

Principles of effectiveness and equivalence:

In accordance with the principle of effectiveness, Member States shall ensure that all national rules and procedures relating to the exercise of claims for damages are designed and applied in such a way that they do not render practically impossible or excessively difficult the exercise of the Union right to full compensation for harm caused by an infringement of competition law.

In accordance with the principle of equivalence, national rules and procedures relating to actions for damages resulting from infringements of Article 101 or 102 TFEU shall not be less favourable to the alleged injured parties than those governing similar actions for damages resulting from infringements of national law.

Article 5

Disclosure of evidence;

  1. Member States will guarantee that in procedures identifying with an activity for harms in the, endless supply of a petitioner who has displayed a contemplated legitimization containing sensibly accessible certainties and proof adequate to help the credibility of its case for harms, national courts can arrange the litigant or an outsider to unveil significant proof which lies in their control, subject to the conditions set out in this Chapter. Part States will guarantee that national courts are, endless supply of the litigant, to arrange the inquirer or an outsider to uncover pertinent proof. This passage is without partiality to the rights and commitments of national courts under Regulation (EC) No 1206/2001.
  2. The Member States will guarantee that national courts can arrange the revelation of determined things of proof or important classifications of proof encompassed as absolutely and as barely as conceivable based on sensibly accessible realities in the contemplated avocation.
  3. Member States will guarantee that national courts limit the revelation of proof to that which is proportionate. In deciding if any divulgence mentioned by a gathering is proportionate, national courts will consider the authentic interests all things considered and outsiders concerned. They will, specifically, consider: (a) the degree to which the case or resistance is upheld by accessible realities and proof defending the solicitation to uncover proof; (b) the extension and cost of divulgence, particularly for any outsiders concerned, including counteracting vague scans for data which is probably not going to be of pertinence for the gatherings in the method; (c) regardless of whether the proof the exposure of which is looked for contains secret data, particularly concerning any outsiders, and what game plans are set up for securing such private data.
  4. Member States will guarantee that national courts have the ability to arrange the divulgence of proof containing secret data where they think of it as important to the activity for harms. Part States will guarantee that, when requesting the divulgence of such data, national courts have available to them powerful measures to secure such data L 349/12 EN Official Journal of the European Union 5.12.2014.
  5. The enthusiasm of endeavors to keep away from activities for harms observing an encroachment of rivalry law will not establish an intrigue that warrants assurance.
  6. Member States will guarantee that national courts give full impact to material legitimate proficient benefit under Union or national law when requesting the exposure of proof.
  7. Member States will guarantee that those from whom divulgence is looked for are given a chance to be heard under the steady gaze of a national court orders revelation under this Article. 
  8. Without bias to sections 4 and 7 and to Article 6, this Article will not avert Member States from keeping up or acquainting rules which would lead with more extensive exposure of proof.

Article 6-7

Exposure of proof remembered for the record of a challenge authority: 

  1. Part States will guarantee that, with the end goal of activities for harms, where national courts request the revelation of proof remembered for the document of a challenge authority, this Article applies notwithstanding Article 5. 
  2. This Article is without preference to the guidelines and practices on community to reports under Regulation (EC) No 1049/2001
  3. This Article is without partiality to the guidelines and practices under Union or national law on the assurance of inner archives of rivalry specialists and of correspondence between rivalry specialists. 
  4. While evaluating, as per Article 5(3), the proportionality of a request to reveal data, national courts will, also, think about the accompanying: (a) regardless of whether the solicitation has been detailed explicitly as to the nature, topic or substance of reports submitted to a challenge authority or held in the record thereof, instead of by a vague application concerning archives submitted to a challenge authority; (b) Disclosure of evidence included in the file of a competition authority.
  5. Member States will guarantee that, with the end goal of activities for harms, where national courts request the revelation of proof remembered for the document of a challenge authority, this Article applies notwithstanding Article 5. 
  6. This Article is without partiality to the principles and practices on free to records under Regulation (EC) No 1049/2001. 
  7. This Article is without bias to the standards and practices under Union or national law on the assurance of inward reports of rivalry specialists and of correspondence between rivalry specialists. 
  8. While evaluating, as per Article 5(3), the proportionality of a request to unveil data, national courts will, likewise, think about the accompanying: (a) regardless of whether the solicitation has been figured explicitly with respect to the nature, topic or substance of archives submitted to a challenge authority or held in the record thereof, instead of by a vague application concerning reports submitted to a challenge authority; (b) whether the gathering mentioning revelation is doing as such in connection to an activity for harms under the steady gaze of a national court; and (c) in connection to sections 5 and 10, endless supply of a challenge authority in accordance with passage 11, the need to shield the viability of the open implementation of rivalry law. 
  9. National courts may arrange the revelation of the accompanying classes of proof simply after a challenge authority, by embracing a choice or something else, has shut its procedures: (a) data that was set up by a characteristic or legitimate individual explicitly for the procedures of a challenge authority; (b) data that the challenge authority has attracted up and sent to the gatherings over the span of its procedures; and (c) settlement entries that have been pulled back.
  10. Members States will guarantee that, with the end goal of activities for harms, national courts can’t whenever request a gathering or an outsider to unveil any of the accompanying classifications of proof: (a) tolerance explanations; and (b) settlement entries.
  11. A petitioner may show a contemplated solicitation that a national court get to the proof alluded to in point (a) or (b) of passage 6 for the sole reason for guaranteeing that their substance relate to the definitions in focuses (16) and (18) of Article 2. In that appraisal, national courts may demand help just from the equipped challenge authority. The creators of the proof being referred to may likewise have the likelihood to be heard. For no situation will the national court grant different gatherings or outsiders access to that proof. 
  12. In the event that lone pieces of the proof mentioned are secured by section 6, the rest of the parts thereof will, contingent upon the class under which they fall, be discharged as per the significant passages of this Article. 
  13. The exposure of proof in the document of a challenge authority that doesn’t fall into any of the classifications recorded in this Article might be requested in activities for harms whenever, without partiality to this Article. 
  14. The Members States will guarantee that national courts demand the revelation from a challenge authority of proof remembered for its document just where no gathering or outsider is sensibly ready to give that proof. 
  15. To the degree that a challenge authority is happy to express its perspectives on the proportionality of revelation demands, it might follow up on its own drive, submit perceptions to the national court before which an exposure request is looked for.

Limits on the use of evidence obtained solely through access to the file of a competition authority are as follows:

  • Member States will guarantee that proof in the classifications recorded in Article 6(6) which is gotten by a characteristic or legitimate individual exclusively through access to the document of a challenge authority is either regarded to be forbidden in activities for harms or is generally secured under the relevant national principles to guarantee the full impact of the points of confinement on the exposure of proof set out in Article 6.
  • Part States will guarantee that until a challenge authority has shut its procedures by embracing a choice or something else, proof in the classifications recorded in Article 6(5) which is acquired by a characteristic or lawful individual exclusively through access to the document of that challenge authority is either esteemed to be prohibited in activities for harms or is generally secured under the material national standards to guarantee the full impact of the cutoff points on the revelation of proof set out in Article 6. 
  • Part States will guarantee that proof which is gotten by a characteristic or lawful individual exclusively through access to the document of a challenge authority and which doesn’t fall under passage 1 or 2, can be utilized in an activity for harms just by that individual or by a characteristic or legitimate individual that prevailing to that individual’s privileges, including an individual that procured that individual’s case.

Article 9

Impact of national choices

  1. Member States will guarantee that an encroachment of rivalry law found by an ultimate conclusion of a national challenge authority or by looking into court is esteemed to be certainly settled for the motivations behind an activity for harms brought under the watchful eye of their national courts under Article 101 or 102 TFEU or under national challenge law.
  2. Member States will guarantee that where an official conclusion alluded to in section 1 is taken in another Member State, that ultimate choice may, as per national law, be introduced under the steady gaze of their national courts as at any rate by all appearances proof that an encroachment of rivalry law has happened and, as suitable, might be surveyed alongside some other proof shown by the gatherings. 
  3. This Article is without bias to the rights and commitments of national courts under Article 267 TFEU.

Effect of national decisions

  1. Member States will guarantee that an encroachment of rivalry law found by a ultimate choice of a national challenge authority or by an exploring court is regarded to be unquestionably settled for the motivations behind an activity for harms brought under the steady gaze of their national courts under Article 101 or 102 TFEU or under national challenge law.
  2. Member States will guarantee that where a ultimate choice alluded to in section 1 is taken in another Member State, that official conclusion may, as per national law, be displayed under the watchful eye of their national courts as at any rate by all appearances proof that an encroachment of rivalry law has happened and, as fitting, might be evaluated alongside some other proof cited by the gatherings. 
  3. This Article is without bias to the rights and commitments of national courts under Article 267 TFEU.

Article 10

Limitation periods

  1. The Member States will, as per this Article, set down rules material to confinement periods for bringing activities for harms. Those standards will decide when the constraint time frame starts to run, the term thereof and the conditions under which it is hindered or suspended. 
  2. Confinement periods will not start to run before the encroachment of rivalry law has stopped and the petitioner knows, or can sensibly be relied upon to know: (a) of the conduct and the way that it establishes an encroachment of rivalry law; (b) of the way that the encroachment of rivalry law made damage it; and (c) the personality of the infringer. 
  3. Part States will guarantee that the confinement periods for bringing activities for harms are in any event five years. 
  4. Member States will guarantee that a confinement period is suspended or, contingent upon national law, hindered if a challenge authority makes a move with the end goal of the examination or its procedures in regard of encroachment of rivalry law to which the activity for harms relates. The suspension will end at the most punctual one year after the encroachment choice has gotten last or after the procedures are generally ended.

Article 11

Joint and a few obligation 

  1. Member States will guarantee that endeavours which have encroached rivalry law through joint conduct are mutually and severally subject for the damage brought about by the encroachment of rivalry law; with the impact that every one of those endeavours will undoubtedly make up for the mischief in full, and the harmed party has the privilege to require full remuneration from any of them until he has been completely redressed.
  2. By method for discrediting from section 1, Member States will guarantee that, without preference to one side of full remuneration as set down in Article 3, where the infringer is a little or medium-sized endeavour (SME) as characterized in Commission Recommendation 2003/361/EC (1), the infringer is at risk just to its own immediate and circuitous buyers where: (a) its piece of the overall industry in the pertinent market was underneath 5 % whenever during the encroachment of rivalry law, and (b) the utilization of the ordinary standards of joint and a few obligations would hopelessly endanger its financial practicality and cause its advantages for losing all their worth.
  3. The discrediting set down in passage 2 will not make a difference where: (a) the SME has driven the encroachment of rivalry law or has forced different endeavours to take an interest in that, or (b) the SME has recently been found to have encroached rivalry law. 
  4. By method for criticism from passage 1, Member States will guarantee that an insusceptibility beneficiary is mutually and severally subject as pursues: (a) to its immediate or circuitous buyers or suppliers; and (b) to other harmed parties just where full remuneration can’t be gotten from different endeavours that were engaged with a similar encroachment of rivalry law. Part States will guarantee that any restriction period material to cases under this passage is sensible and adequate to enable harmed gatherings to bring such activities. 
  5. Member States will guarantee that an infringer may recoup a commitment from some other infringer, the measure of which will be resolved in the light of their relative obligation regarding the damage brought about by the encroachment of rivalry law. The measure of commitment of an infringer which has been allowed invulnerability from fines under a mercy program will not surpass the measure of the damage it caused to its very own immediate or aberrant buyers or suppliers. 
  6. Member States will guarantee that, to the degree, the encroachment of rivalry law made mischief harmed parties other than the immediate or backhanded buyers or suppliers of the infringers, the measure of any commitment from an invulnerability beneficiary to different infringers will be resolved in the light of its relative duty regarding that damage.

Article 12-16

Giving of cheats and the privilege to full pay 

  1. To guarantee the full adequacy of the privilege to full remuneration as set down in Article 3, Member States will guarantee that, as per the standards set down in this Chapter, pay of damage can be asserted by any individual who endured it, independent of whether they are immediate or roundabout buyers from an infringer, and that pay of mischief surpassing that brought about by the encroachment of rivalry law to the inquirer, just as the nonappearance of risk of the infringer, is evaded. 
  2. So as to keep away from overcompensation, Member States will set down procedural standards proper to guarantee that pay for genuine misfortune at any degree of the inventory network doesn’t surpass the cheat hurt endured at that level. 
  3. This Chapter will be without bias to one side of a harmed gathering to guarantee and acquire pay for loss of benefits because of a full or fractional passing-on of the cheat. 
  4. Member States will guarantee that the guidelines set down in this Chapter apply likewise where the encroachment of rivalry law identifies with a stockpile to the infringer. 
  5. Member States will guarantee that the national courts have the ability to appraise, as per national methods, the portion of any cheat that was passed on.

Article-13: Passing-on defence

Member States will guarantee that the litigant in an activity for harms can conjure as resistance against a case for harms the way that the petitioner passed overall or part of the cheat coming about because of the encroachment of rivalry law. The weight of demonstrating that the cheat was passed on can’t avoid being on the litigant, who may sensibly require exposure from the inquirer or from outsiders.

Article 14: Indirect purchasers 

  1. Member States shall ensure wherein an action for damages the existence of a claim for damages or the measure of remuneration to be granted relies upon whether, or to what degree, a cheat was given to the inquirer, considering the business practice that cost expands are passed on down the production network, the weight of demonstrating the presence and extent of such a passing-on will rest with the petitioner, who may sensibly require exposure from the litigant or from outsiders. 
  2. In the circumstance alluded to in section 1, the aberrant buyer will be esteemed to have demonstrated that a giving to that roundabout buyer happened where that backhanded buyer has indicated that: (a) the respondent has submitted an encroachment of rivalry law; (b) the encroachment of rivalry law has brought about a cheat for the immediate buyer of the litigant, and (c) the circuitous buyer has bought the products or administrations that were the object of the encroachment of rivalry law or has acquired merchandise or administrations got from or containing them.

This passage will not make a difference where the respondent can show believably as per the general inclination of the court that the cheat was not, or was not so much, gave to the backhanded buyer.

Article 15: Actions for damages by claimants from different levels in the supply chain 

  1. To dodge that activities for harms by petitioners from various levels in the store network lead to numerous risk or to a nonappearance of obligation of the infringer, Member States will guarantee that in surveying whether the weight of confirmation coming about because of the utilization of Articles 13 and 14 is fulfilled, national courts seized of an activity for harms are capable, by implies accessible under Union or national law, to assess any of the accompanying: (a) activities for harms that are identified with a similar encroachment of rivalry law, however that are brought by inquirers from different levels in the inventory network; (b) decisions coming about because of activities for harms as alluded to in point (a); (c) significant data in the open space coming about because of the open requirement of rivalry law. 
  2. This Article will be without preference to the rights and commitments of national courts under Article 30 of Regulation (EU) No 1215/2012. Article 16 Guidelines for national courts.

The Commission will give rules for national courts on the best way to appraise the portion of the cheat which was given to the roundabout buyer.

Article 17: Quantification of harm 

  1. Member States will guarantee that neither the weight nor the standard of confirmation required for the measurement of mischief renders the activity of the privilege to harms for all intents and purposes incomprehensible or exorbitantly troublesome. Part States will guarantee that the national courts are enabled, as per national systems, to gauge the measure of damage on the off chance that it is set up that a petitioner endured hurt however it is for all intents and purposes unimaginable or unnecessarily troublesome accurately to evaluate the mischief endured based on the proof accessible. 
  2. It will be assumed that cartel encroachments cause hurt. The infringer will reserve the option to counter that assumption. 
  3. Member States will guarantee that, in procedures identifying with an activity for harms, a national challenge authority, endless supply of a national court, help that national court concerning the assurance of the quantum of harm where that national challenge authority believes such help to be fitting.

Article 18

Suspenseful and different impacts of consensual question goals 

  1. Member States will guarantee that the restriction period for bringing an activity for harms is suspended for the term of any consensual debate goals process. The suspension of the constraint time frame will apply just with respect to those gatherings that are or that were included or spoke to in the consensual contest goals. 
  2. Without preference to arrangements of national law in issues of intervention, Member States will guarantee that national courts seized of an activity for harms may suspend their procedures for as long as two years where the gatherings thereto are engaged with consensual question goals concerning the case secured by that activity for harms. 
  3. A challenge authority may consider pay paid because of a consensual settlement and before its choice monumental a fine to be a relieving factor.

The availability of damages in the UK courts

Articles 101 and 102 of the Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union (TEFU) disallow against focused strategic policies. Extensively, Article 101 disallows business understandings or game plans which forestall, limit or misshapen rivalry inside the inner market and influence exchange between Member States.

The UK courts had built up over 30 years back, as in the renowned instance of Garden Cottage Foods v. Milk Marketing Boards, how encroachment of Articles 101 and 102 takes into consideration accessibility of harms to counterbalance the mischief caused. On the off chance that we pursue the Crehan and Manfredi decisions, harms are without a doubt accessible, despite the fact that the Competition Act, 1998 doesn’t unequivocally give a privilege to harms when the denials set down in Chapter I and II of the Act are encroached. 

Be that as it may, there must be no irregularity between the choice of the court and the standards set somewhere around the Treaty and the European Court according to Section 60(2) of the Competition Act, 1998. Harms are additionally accessible according to Section 47A which accommodates claims for harms, procedures of which are directed before the court and the accompanying Section 58A, wherein a case is brought before the Tribunal under Section 47A or 47B in regards to encroachment choices.

Jurisdiction of the High Court and the Competition Appeal Tribunal

A petitioner may bring a challenge guarantee either under the watchful eye of the High Court (the court of the first case for high‑value claims) or the Competition Appeal Tribunal (the UK’s pro challenge discussion). The High Court has locale over England and Wales. The locale of the CAT reaches out to the entire of the UK. 

An inquirer can bring an ‘independent’ activity in the Chancery Division of the High Court, demonstrating an encroachment of the challenge rules. Be that as it may, the inquirer in such a case can’t depend on a comparable earlier choice by an open position or where the Competition and Markets Authority (CMA), an area controller or the European Commission has arrived at a choice in accordance with an encroachment of European Union or the UK Competition Law.

An inquirer can likewise bring a ‘pursue on’ activity in the High Court or the Competition Appeal Tribunal (CAT). Additionally, by the ideals of Consumer Rights 2015, the new position of the law is that the CAT has now been deliberated with the ward to hear both independent and pursue on cases.

Private international law

One needs to allude to the Regulation on Jurisdiction and the Recognition and Enforcement of Judgments in Civil and Commercial Matters (the Brussels Regulation) when the purview of the Member States’ courts must be chosen concerning a challenge law case.

Article 4 of the Brussels Regulation expresses that the litigant ought to be sued at the spot he has a habitation of. There are a few exemptions to this standard as well, for example, Article 7 ensures bringing an activity at a spot where the destructive demonstration happened or where the damage was endured. The fundamental principle according to the Regulation on the Law Applicable to Non-Contractual Obligations, in any case, remains that the law of where the market is influenced or liable to be influenced ought to be applied.

In any case, the High Court or the CAT has seen the initiation of numerous worldwide dimensioned cases. This is on the grounds that disputing in England and Wales is beneficial instead of suing in the other Member States considering, the viable case the executives’ strategies, supportive principles for exposure of proof and significant experience of taking care of complex global prosecution. 

Stay litigants

A fascinating jurisdictional probability was uncovered by the High Court’s judgment on account of Roche Products Ltd v Provimi Ltd. The petitioner looked for harms as a result of damage claimed to have been exacted upon it by Vitamins Cartels. Procedures were initiated against Roche Products Ltd of the UK (Roche UK), based on Article 4 of the Brussels Regulation, having a house in the UK. Provimi contended that Roche UK had encroached Article 101 (10 by actualizing the cartels went into it by its Swiss Parent Company, Roche Vitamin Europa AG). 

The High Court likewise surrendered to Provimi’s solicitation to join the Swiss organization as indicated by Article 8 of the Brussels Regulations which enables different elements to participate in the event of cases being firmly interconnected, making it convenient to hear and decide them together with the goal that the danger of unique decisions emerging out of independent procedures can stay away from. Henceforth, it pursued that the nearness of a backup in the UK could be utilized to set up locale over a non-UK parent. In such conditions, the UK backup is known as the “grapple respondent”. 

Italian torpedo 

To start with, we should comprehend the significance of “torpedo”. A torpedo is an oceanic weapon utilized for holding and in this way halting or if nothing else hindering a ship. In its lawful sense, the Italian torpedo is a method used to defer a case brought under the law of the European Union (EU). In a patent or break of copyright case (normally) the litigant for a situation of rupture of copyright can carry an activity to proclaim that the supposed activity isn’t in actuality unlawful. He can do this in a nation other than that in which the first activity is brought.

The guidelines of EU law direct that if a case is being gotten one purview, the case can’t be heard somewhere else. Thus, if the litigant gets his activity a Member State infamous for its moderate legitimate procedures (e.g., Italy or Belgium) he can adequately stop the break of copyright activity for such a long time that regardless of whether fruitful it is to a great extent futile. 

Indeed, even restrictive purview provisions have not had the option to completely shield parties from torpedo activities. In the 2003 instance of Gasser v MISAT, the courts managed an agreement containing an understanding that if there should arise an occurrence of debates, Austrian courts would have purview.

Regardless of such a decision of-court understanding, MISAT documented an activity in Italy looking for an affirmation that its agreement with Gasser had been ended. Gasser then brought a case against MISAT in Austria for the extraordinary instalments. The European Court of Justice held that since the Austrian court was the place the suit was documented later, it needed to hold up until the Italian court chose whether it had a ward, despite the gatherings’ consent in actuality.

The cause of action

For filing of the suit, regardless of whether in the common courts or the Competition Appeal Tribunal, a case must be brought within a specific time from when the encroachment happened. This is known as the impediment time frame. 

Cases for a rupture of rivalry law acquired the High Court in England and Wales and Northern Ireland High Court should, for the most part, be brought inside six years from the date on which the reason for activity emerged (which in rivalry cases will ordinarily mean when the petitioner endured misfortune). Where a respondent has covered basic certainties identifying with the encroachment, the six-year time frame may not begin until the inquirer finds the basic realities. 

Comparable cases acquired a Sheriff Court or the Court of Session in Scotland must be brought within five years from the date the petitioner endured misfortune. Activities in the CAT where the case emerged after 1 October 2015 are dependent upon a similar impediment period as in the standard courts (six years in England and Wales and Northern Ireland, five years in Scotland). Where a case emerged before 1 October 2015, the constraint time frame is two years according to Rule 31 of the 2003 CAT Rules.

Burden and standard of proof

Compliant with the Council Regulation (EC) No 1/2003, the weight of demonstrating an encroachment of Article 101(1) of TFEU Article 101 falls on the individual charging its infringement. At that point, the endeavor guaranteeing the advantage of Article 101(3) TFEU will bear the weight of demonstrating that the conditions endorsed in that are fulfilled. Under this common division of the lawful weight the European Commission is answerable for building up that the understanding or purposeful practice being referred to comprises a limitation of rivalry by item or impact.

When a finding of infringement has been adequately illustrated, the gatherings are given a last opportunity to get away from the disallowance of Article 101(1) TFEU by demonstrating the presence of efficiencies that exceed the prohibitive impacts found by the Commission.

Interim relief

Under Article 8(1) of Council Regulation (EC) No 1/2003, which classified the point of reference previously set out in the 1980 instance of European Court of Justice Camera Care v European Commission, the Commission has the ability to arrange between time quantifies based on an at first sight finding of encroachment where there is a pressing need to react to a danger of genuine and unsalvageable harm to rivalry. 

The Commission has as of late gone underweight, from both national challenge specialists and scholastics, to utilize its forces to force interval cures, especially in connection to the quick-moving advanced economy. Thus, in the UK the Furman Report charged by the Competition and Markets Authority additionally prescribed expanded utilization of break gauges as a way to guarantee increasingly successful challenge law authorization in computerized markets. 

As per this, in almost two decades, On 26 June 2019, the European Commission declared that it has opened a conventional examination to decide if US chipmaker, Broadcom, is manhandling its purportedly predominant situation in the business sectors for modem and TV chipsets through its inconvenience of selectiveness necessities on clients (among other affirmed breaks of rivalry law).

In parallel, the Commission gave a Statement of Objections telling Broadcom of its goal to force an interval estimates request limiting its purportedly exclusionary works on pending finish of the examination. Broadcom marks the first run through since the IMS Health case in 2001 (and the first run through since the death of Regulation 1/2003) that the Commission has looked to depend on these forces.

The ‘passing-on’ defence and indirect purchasers in the UK Courts

The passing on defence allows a defendant to argue that a claimant’s loss has been reduced or negated by the claimant has passed on to his customer (the indirect purchaser) all, or a proportion of, any overcharge resulting from the defendant’s actions.

The context of this is that governments and competition authorities around the world are keen to encourage the victims of anti-competitive practices to sue for damages, to compensate for their losses, for example, a customer using a supplier which had been involved in a price-fixing agreement for its losses, on the grounds that the prices it had to pay were, as a result of the agreement, higher than they would otherwise have been. However, a difficulty arises in determining who is entitled to the damages. This is where the “passing-on” defence becomes relevant. 

If a manufacturer of consumer goods has participated in a price-fixing cartel, a retailer which bought the goods from the manufacturer might wish to sue the manufacturer for damages, because the prices paid to the manufacturer were higher as a result of the price-fixing cartel. The retailer would be seeking damages to compensate for its losses as a result of having to pay the higher prices. But what if the retailer had passed on those higher prices by way of increased retail prices that the retailer charged to the consumer?

In that case, the retailer would not have borne any losses (although its consumers, the indirect purchasers, would have done so), and therefore arguably should not be entitled to any damages – it has sustained no losses which should be compensated. In those circumstances, if the retailer does sue the manufacturer for damages, the manufacturer might seek to rebut the claim with the defence that no damages are due to the retailer, because the retailer has not suffered any loss; the retailer has passed on the increased price to the consumer. This is the “passing-on” defence.

Causation

Causation in English law concerns the legal tests of remoteness, causation and foreseeability in the tort of negligence. In the English law of negligence, causation proves a direct link between the defendant’s negligence and the claimant’s loss and damage. 

Causation is a question of fact; only direct damage caused by the infringement, may be claimed (but including loss of profits or out of pocket expenses where causation proven) (for instance, the Crehan case).

The English tort rules distinguish direct loss from consequential damage but in the context of economic torts such as infringement of Articles 81 and 82 of the European Community Treaty, the question of remoteness of damage overlaps with causation, as interpreted by the European Court of Justice i.e., there must be a causal link and the same has to be proved for damage to be recoverable. Evidence must be adduced to establish a causal link between the breach and the damage and normally the claimant need only show that the breach materially contributed to the harm.

Quantum

In the case of Articles 81 and 82 of the European Community Treaty, anyone who suffers loss as a result of a breach of statutory duty may claim damages. Claims for breach of statutory duty are subject to the general rules applicable to tort. To prove a claim for damages, therefore, it has to be established that the loss suffered is directly attributable to the alleged breaches of Articles 81 and 82. 

The evidential test is a balance of probabilities. Normally, as in the Crehan case, the court will assess the reliability of the expert evidence relating to the assessment of the quantum of loss. In the Crehan case, the Court of Appeal and Park J assessed the damages by reference to the expert witness’s calculations and expert opinion on the nature of the loss (e.g. closure of a pub because of loss of profits on beer sales caused by the price of).

Contribution

It is well established that the introduction of the rules of competition in the Treaty of Rome was the result of requests from the United States with strong support from German scholars and officials. However, umbilical cord with the US was cut early on and EU competition law enforcement developed a distinctive European flavour. The historical records have traced American and German influence in the early years.

It is harder to pinpoint the precise contribution that the UK has made to competition law and policy since its entry into the common market in 1973. Having said that, two figures stand out whose contribution to the European Union project can hardly be doubted and who have had an important impact on competition law: the late Sir Leon Brittan (Commissioner for competition between 1989 and 1993) and Sir Francis Jacobs (Advocate General at the Court of Justice of the European Union from 1988 to 2006). 

Also, on closer inspection, it is found out that it is the EU that influenced the UK, in particular since the Labour government took office in 1997. Moreover, given the paucity of enforcement action by the Office of Fair Trading (“OFT”) first and the Competition and Markets Authority (“CMA”) now, it is also quite hard to see what a particularly British view of competition law is all about even today. At the same time, in judgments of the British courts and in some enforcement activities of the OFT and CMA we can detect what will be labelled as ‘critical deference’ to the approach to competition law found in the EU institutions. This has never led to a major fracture between the British and the EU approach.

Interest

A third party or a representative body showing a sufficient interest in a decision of the CMA under the Competition Act may also appeal that decision to the Competition Appeal Tribunal. The CAT determines the question of “sufficient interest”. A third party with a sufficient interest may further appeal the decision of the CAT to the Court of Appeal, but only on a point of law. Appeals, whether by addresses of the CMA decision or by interested third parties, must be made within two months of the notification or publication of the decision, whichever is the earlier.

Exemplary damages

One of the most controversial remedies in private law is that of punitive (or exemplary) damages. According to Ernest Weinrib, the remedy is ‘encased in controversy’. Punitive damages are extra-compensatory damages the aim of which is to punish the defendant for his wrongful conduct and to deter him and others from acting similarly in the future.

Since Lord Devlin’s landmark speech in Rookes v Barnard [1964] AC 1129 (HL), the remedy has been confined to just three categories of case. Those are cases of oppressive, arbitrary or unconstitutional conduct by government servants acting in that capacity (Category 1), cases of conduct aimed at making a profit in excess of the compensation payable to the claimant (Category 2), and cases where statute authorises an award of punitive damages (Category 3). The award of punitive damages is particularly relevant (and of particular concern) to corporate defendants given the extension of the award to Category 2.

However, much ink has been spilt following two: Travel Group PLC (in liquidation) v Cardiff City Transport Services Limited (2012) CAT 1 and Albion Water Ltd. v Dŵr Cymru Cyfyngedig (2013) CAT 6 on the subject of competition litigation in Europe. An axiom with varying justification is that European competition litigation must not embrace exemplary damages. This sits oddly with the decisions of the Competition Appeal Tribunal (CAT) to award exemplary damages for the first time in Cardiff Bus and to follow similar analysis in Albion Water. Could it be that despite all objections exemplary damages are already available?

Sections 58 and 58A of the Competition Act 1998: Findings of fact and findings of infringements

Section 58: Findings of fact

Section 58 of the competition act pertains to finding of fact by the CMA. It states that unless the court, tribunal or the OFT has decided to take further actions in the proceedings, the finding (finding of fact by the CMA during conducting the investigation) by the court in part 1 of the proceedings will be final and binding on the parties if the time for filing an appeal has expired and no appeal has been brought or the decision on the appeal confirms such findings.

Section 58A: findings of infringement

Section 58(A) deals with claims of infringement decisions which are brought in proceeding before the court or the tribunal under 47A or 47B. It states that the infringement decision becomes binding on the court or tribunal once it becomes final. The provision further talks about when the decision under section 47A (6)(a)(b) and section 47A (6)(c) becomes final.

Under section 47A(6)(a)(b), the decision becomes final:

(1) if the time for appeal against the decision has expired and no appeal has been filed;

(2) when any other appeal regarding the decision has been decided or ended otherwise or;

(3) the time for appeal against the result of appeal has expired and no such appeal has been filed. 

Under section 47A(6)(c), the decision becomes final when the time for appeal against decision or time for appeal against the result of appeal has expired in European courts and no such appeal has been filed.

Costs and funding arrangements

In High Court proceedings, the general rule is that “costs follow the event”. That is, the successful party can recover from the losing party the majority of the costs it has incurred. Costs include court fees, lawyers’ and experts’ fees, and certain other expenses incurred in connection with the litigation. Whilst the court has some discretion to depart from this general rule (for instance, where the successful party’s conduct has been unreasonable), this is exceptional. Nonetheless, the High Court regularly varies the exact amount that the successful party can recover. 

It does so to discourage poor behaviour (most notably, failure to behave reasonably and comply with the procedural rules). Accordingly, the court takes account of the parties’ conduct over the entire course of the proceedings when deciding the exact amount the successful party can recover. The rules in the CAT are more flexible. The CAT has the discretion (at any stage in proceedings) to make such an order as it thinks fit in relation to the payment of costs. There is no specific “costs follow the event” rule, and the CAT may take into account all the conduct of the parties in relation to the proceedings when determining costs.

Limitation rules

Generally, competition claims in the High Court and the CAT can only be brought in respect of loss suffered up to six years from the date on which the cause of action accrued (which in competition claims will normally mean when the loss was suffered). The start of this six-year period can, however, is deferred where the defendant has deliberately concealed essential facts about the infringement (so that time only starts to run from the point when the claimant discovers the relevant facts). 

This will often be relevant in cartel damages actions since concealment is an inherent part of any cartel. Following implementation of the Damages Directive, where both the infringement and the harm occur after 9 March 2017, time does not start to run until: 

(i) the infringement has ceased or 

(ii) the claimant knows (or can reasonably be expected to know) of the infringement, the identity of the infringer and that they have suffered a loss, whichever is the later. The limitation period is also now to be suspended while a competition authority’s investigation is ongoing and for at least one year after the investigation has been concluded. The combined effect of these changes is that claimants will be able to bring claims for even larger sums at an even later stage.

Mediation

This usually involves a neutral third party who helps identify the issues in dispute, explore options for resolution, and attempts to bring about agreement between the parties. Mediation is typically facilitative, that is the mediator’s role is primarily to help the parties reach an agreement. It is, however, possible in certain instances for the mediator to evaluate a claim and their determination may or may not be binding. At a more general, and visible, level, a recent development is the use of mediation as an adjunct to the public enforcement of competition law and regulatory disputes. 

This has been seen, for example, in merger cases in which a regulator, such as the European Commission, approves a merger subject to commitments. These may include so-called behavioural commitments where the merging parties agree to maintain supply arrangements with third parties. Where the regulator may previously have stipulated that arbitration be used in the event of non-compliance by the merging parties with these commitments, we are now seeing a provision on mediation or quasi-adjudication. 

Duty to inform the court of contact with competition authorities

Standalone actions in the High Court

A claimant will need to bring a stand-alone claim where there is no prior infringement decision from a competition authority or where the scope of an infringement decision is not sufficiently broad. The claimant will need to prove the breach of competition law in addition to showing that they suffered loss as a result of that breach and the quantum of that loss. Stand-alone (and follow-on) actions for damages and/or injunctive relief can be brought before the High Court on the basis of the tort of breach of statutory duty. 

Under section 2(1) of the European Communities Act 1972, Articles 101 and 102 TFEU have legal effect in the UK (Garden Cottage Foods Ltd v Milk Marketing Board; Crehan v Entrepreneur Pub Co [2004]), and the Competition Act provides the statutory basis for the Chapter I Prohibition and the Chapter II Prohibition.

Successful claims

The case-law of the Court of Justice of the European Union provides that any person can claim compensation for harm suffered where there is a causal relationship between that harm and an agreement or practise that is prohibited (Cases C-295/04 to C-298/04 Manfredi & Others v Lloyd Adriatico Assicurazioni SpA & Others).

Unsuccessful claims

The CJEU has confirmed that EU law does not preclude national law from denying a party the right to obtain damages where that party is found to bear “significant responsibility” for the distortion of competition. This is on the basis that a party must not benefit from its own unlawful conduct (Courage Ltd v Crehan).

Follow-on actions in the CAT and the High Court

Section 47A: monetary claims before the CAT

Section 47A created a right of third parties to bring claims for damages and other monetary claims before the CAT for loss or damage suffered as a result of an infringement of either UK or EC competition law.  

“Follow-on” claims in the CAT -  ‘Any claim for damages, or any other claim for a sum of money which a person who has suffered loss or damage as a result of the infringement of a relevant prohibition may make in civil proceedings brought in any part of the United Kingdom’, according to section 47A(1) of the Competition Act. 

A ‘relevant prohibition’ for this purpose is of course defined as any of the Chapter I and II prohibitions or the prohibitions in Articles 101 and 102 of the Treaty. The most obvious section 47A claim is a claim in tort for breach of statutory duty.

Section 47B: claims brought on behalf of consumers

Section 47B of the CA permits specific consumer groups to bring damages claims on behalf of at least two individuals, provided that an infringement of competition law had been established (i.e., follow-on claims only) and provided that each of the individuals concerned has consented to bring or continue the claim (i.e. the claim is on the “opt-in” basis only).

Only the consumer organisation which received the special status that enables it to bring such claims, only one such claim has ever been brought, and that case settled before the effectiveness of the provision could be fully tested.

A group of claimants can obtain compensation through collective proceedings. These collective proceedings operate on the principle that a representative from the class of claimants brings the damages claim on behalf of the entire class of claimants.

Section 47B CA is replaced by a new provision which permits collective proceedings in the form of both follow-on claims and standalone claims, and in the form of an “opt-in” or an “opt-out” collective action.

“Opt-in” collective proceedings are brought on behalf of each class member except where any class member opts in by notifying the representative that the claim should be included in the collective proceedings.

“Opt-out” collective proceedings are brought on behalf of each class member except (i) where a class member has opted out by notifying the representative that the claim should not be included in the collective proceedings, and (ii) any class member who is not domiciled in the UK at a specified time and who does not opt in the claim.

Importantly, for collective proceedings to be brought it is not necessary that all of the claims are against all of the defendants; the collective proceedings may combine individual claims (brought under s. 47A) with the consent of the individual who made that claim with those that have not.

Follow-on actions in the High Court

Under section 47A of the Competition Act 1998, a person who has suffered loss or damage by virtue of a relevant infringement of EU or UK competition law is entitled to bring a claim for damages or other relief. English law characterises the claim in tort as a breach of statutory duty (see Case C-453/99 Courage Ltd v Bernard Crehan and joined cases C-295/04 and C- 298/04 Manfredi).

A relevant infringement for these purposes is either:

  • A European Commission finding that that either Article 101(1) or Article 102 of the Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union (TFEU) has been infringed.
  • A decision by a UK competition authority that Article 101 or 102 TFEU and/or Chapter I or Chapter II of the Competition Act 1998 has been infringed.

A follow-on claim must relate to precisely the same facts as the infringement decision of the competition authority. Where claims are brought on this basis, the competition authority’s infringement decision acts as proof of the existence of an infringement (sections 47A( 9) and 58A, Competition Act 1998). In other words, in follow-on actions, claimants do not need to establish an infringement (which has already been established by the infringement decision itself) and therefore need only demonstrate causation and loss.

Consumer Rights Act, 2015

The specific antitrust provisions of CRA 2015 came into force on 1 October 2015. CRA 2015 sought to, among other things; make it easier for consumers and businesses to obtain redress where there has been an infringement of antitrust law. Section 81 of CRA 2015 brought into force Schedule 8, which amended both the CA 1998 and EA 2002, to allow the CAT to:

  • hear stand-alone cases;
  • introduce collective proceedings and procedures for collective settlements;
  • harmonise limitation periods with those of the High Court;
  • provide schemes for voluntary redress approved by the Competition and Markets Authority (CMA), and;
  • introduce a fast-track scheme for SMEs.

In addition, as described above, a number of changes were introduced by the revision of the CAT Rules. These changes are discussed in further detail below.

Competition Law as a Defence

Article 101(2) TFEU

Article 101(2) TFEU states that agreements or decisions prohibited pursuant to Article 101(1) shall become automatically void. It applies to agreements and decisions infringing Article 101(1) TFEU and not satisfying the requirements of Article 101(3) TFEU.

In the case of concerted practices, the act of concentration is not a legal action so there is no need to declare it void. The validity of any legal acts concluded between one of the concerting undertakings and one or more third parties is not a matter of EU law, but of national law.

The Sanction of voidness

Article 101(2) TFEU provides that “any agreements or decisions prohibited pursuant to [Article 101(1)] shall be automatically void”. The principle of sanction of voidness is debatable when it comes to the extent of application to concerted practices. It merely refers to agreements and decisions to the exclusion of concerted practices.

This is because of the possibility that concerted practices somewhat have informal coordination that does not have any binding effect and therefore it cannot be abrogated. ECJ has basically concerned itself to building up a lot of essential general principles concerning this principle but has left the practical application of these to the national courts.  

Eco Swiss China Ltd v Benetton

This judgment ideally represented the European Union version of “Second Look” doctrine that was first developed in the USA. It’s a 1999 judgment which justifies the significance of the sanction of voidness in the legal system of the EU where if an agreement infringes Article 101(1), voidness becomes an important result. Arbitration tribunals may rule on competition law claims between private parties, but should a party initiate an annulment action on the basis that an award is in breach of competition rules, the ordinary courts may look into the competition law issue again.

The ‘problem’ of Article 101(3) and the Commission’s former role in relation to individual exemptions

The fact that only Commissions could apply Article 101(3) to individual agreements gave rise to numerous problems as to the enforceability of agreements between the parties majorly on the rules of notification, the retrospective of individual exemptions, the concept of provisional validity and parallel Commission and national court proceedings.

Under regulation 17 of 1962, the Commission had the sole power to grant individual exemptions to agreements on the basis of the criteria in Article 101(3) this monopoly over the grant of individual exemptions meant that commission had the opportunity to develop its policy towards various types of agreements over a period of time.

The monopoly had many drawbacks, the commission was overburdened with notifications, many of which concerned agreements that had no serious anti-competitive effects with the consequence that it was distracted from other tasks such as the pursuit of the cartel and abusive behaviour which are of much greater significance for the public interest. Regulation 1 of 2003 was carried into effect by the white paper on the modernisation of 1999 proposed abolition of the

process of notification altogether, hence, solving “the problem” of monopoly over the grant of individual exemptions.

The classic ‘Euro-defence’

Judicial thinking is unsusceptible with regard to Article 101(2).  ‘Pacta sunt servanda’ meaning contracts should be honoured comes into play when an undertaking connotes impunity from the contractual obligation on ‘technical grounds’ under Competition Law.

Cases like The George Micheal case, Oakdale  (Richmont ltd. V. National Westminster Bank plc )  dealt with release from contractual obligations to record songs for studios and restrictive terms on all money debentures arrangement respectively,  the landmark case of Deutsche bank v. Unitech global limited dismissed the argument contesting credit and swap agreements with huge investments were void on the mere assumption that they were  ‘connected’ with alleged arrangements between banks fixing LIBOR but the cases of Calor Gas Ltd. V. Express Fuels Ltd. And Jones v. Rico UK Ltd. Clearly show that despite the failure of several euro-defences, Article 101(2) is enforceable and is not a failed provision.

Severance

Impediments in litigation arise over the voidness effect regarding the remaining portion of the agreements. It was held by the Court of Justice that if it is possible severe the violative provisions of the contract from the rest of its remaining terms, the latter will be enforceable. But this principle’s enforceable mechanisms remain to be decided in accordance with the native law of each member state.

Issues under Rome II and the Brussels Regulation arise, as a result, the former dictates the applicable law contractual disputes while the latter determines litigation’s correct place in civil and commercial disputes. The Brussels Regulation comes into play regarding the outcome of litigation only because some EU Members have different methods to severe faulty contractual restrictions. In English law, severance is allowed in specific circumstances.

In Camillus wave in ltd. Vs. Societe, the court held that the provisions regarding minimum royalties were enforceable, regardless of whether other parts of the agreement might infringe Article 101(1). The judgment has been applied in several cases, such as  English Welsh and  Scottish Railway Ltd. V. EON UK plc where it was held that the terms of a coal carriage agreement were illegal under Article 102 and if altered or removed, would change the essence of the contract making it unenforceable in totality. 

Void or illegal?

In Gibbs Mew plc v Gemmell, the Court of Appeal concluded that an agreement that infringes Article 101(1) is not only void and unenforceable but also illegal. This has serious consequences: for example, a party who has paid money to another under an illegal agreement cannot recover the money unless it can be shown that the parties were not in pari delicto.

In Crehan v. Courage Ltd. a case concerning Article 101 TFEU referred to the Court of Justice by the Court of Appeal under Article 267 TFEU, the Court held that it would be contrary to the effective application of Article 101 for national law to impose an absolute bar on an action by one party to an agreement that restricts competition against another party to it. However, EU law does not prevent national law from denying a party who has significant responsibility for the restriction of competition the right to obtain damages from the other contracting party.  The principles in Courage Ltd v. Crehan would presumably be applied in a case that would come up with the question of an agreement to be void or illegal.

Transient voidness

On this issue that came before the Court of Appeal is whether the provision in Article 101(2) is transient as per their validity or not. In Passmore v. Morland plc, the Court of Appeal maintained the Chancery Division’s judgment that an understanding could move from voidness to legitimacy and back again as per the impact that it may be having on market available at a specific point in time.

Article 102 TFEU

Article 102 TFEU prohibits anti-competitive behaviour by dominant undertakings, and, together with Article 101 TFEU, stands in the centre of the competition policy of the EU. The concepts of dominance and abuse are the Article’s pivots and have been reinterpreted over the course of the history of the EU. 

For example, a contract to procure a particular product from a superior firm is quite likely to violate Article 101 and Article 102 as it can prohibit the access to the market for competitors, irrespective of the fact that they voluntarily accepted to abide by the obligation.

Likewise, a system of loyalty returns may amount to abuse even though there is a lack of contractual clause to refrain from buying from competitors in the contract but has the same impact. It can be assumed that the bar stipulated under Article 102 entails that the unlawful provisions are void, even though prima facie Article 102 might sound legal unlike Article 101(2).  

Hoffmann-La Roche v. Commission

Hoffmann – La Roche v. Commission Case 85/76 [1979] ECR 461 held that Art 82 dominant position did not apply to oligopolistic markets where there are a number of undertakings holding market power and who react to each other conduct in a parallel way. This case also provided a definition of dominance and said:

“The dominant position thus referred to relates to a position of economic strength enjoyed by an undertaking which enables it to prevent effective competition being maintained on the relevant market by affording it the power to behave to an appreciable extent independently of its competitors, its customers and ultimately of the consumers. Such a position does not preclude some competition, which it does where there is a monopoly or quasi-monopoly, but enables the undertaking which profits by it, if not to determine, at least to have an appreciable influence on the conditions under which that competition will develop, and in any case to act largely in disregard of it so long as such conduct does not operate to its detriment. A dominant position must also be distinguished from parallel courses of conduct which are peculiar to oligopolies in that in an oligopoly the courses of conduct interact, while in the case of an undertaking occupying a dominant position the conduct of the undertaking which derives profits from that position is to a great extent determined unilaterally.

Third-party as defendant

On several occasions where the case concerns Article 102 of TFEU, the competition rules are raised as a defence by a third party. In most of the cases where the owner of the IPR such as patent, copyright or registered design has brought an action against a defendant for infringement and the defendant has then claimed that it has a defence under Article 102 on the basis that the claimant is guilty of abusing its dominant position. In particular, the defendant may claim that by refusing to grant a license of the IPR in question, it is guilty of an abuse under Article 102.

However, if the claimant is abusing his dominant position then this will not in itself confer on the defendant a valid defence. The courts have established that there should be a sufficient nexus between claimant’s abusive behaviour and defendant to entitle it to rely on Article 102 that a defence is given only in those cases where there is exercise or existence of that right creates the abuse will the court refuse to give the exercise of the right.

Arbitration

Arbitration of disputes is very often provided by Commercial agreements and so is the case for competition law issues. The European Commission is always conscious of the amount of arbitration and also the other forms of alternative dispute resolution that is being carried on. Case C-126/97 Eco Swiss China Time Ltd ν Benetton … – CURIA

In the case of eco Swiss China Time Ltd v. Benetton International NV, the Hon’ble Court of Justice was requested to take into consideration the impact of the competition rules on arbitration proceedings. A trademark license was granted to Eco Swiss to market watches under the ‘Benetton’ tag. Subsequently, their aforesaid license was terminated by Benetton and the matter was referred to an arbitrator under Dutch Law by Eco Swiss, in compliance with the agreement.

Under the Dutch Law, an arbitration award may be challenged before the courts, in the case of absence of agreements between the parties limited to grounds of public policy only. It was held by the Dutch Supreme Court that the enforcement of competition rules did not amount to public policy in Dutch Law, so Benetton would have been unsuccessful in a purely domestic matter. However, as the Benetton’s case rested on the EU rules of competition, the matter was referred to the Court of Justice under Article 267.

As can be seen above that the Court of Justice stressed particularly upon the fundamental importance of rules of competition in the treaty and also the importance of sanction of voidness in ensuring compliance with them. On a distinctive point, the Court of Justice recognised that domestic rules of procedure that prescribe time limits for the challenging of awards through arbitration may have the effect of prevention of an appeal as per the rules of competition, provided there were no fierce time limits in order to infringe the requirement of effective application of rules of competition as they would themselves be valid.

The intention of arbitration is to enable parties to disputes to reach a reasonably rapid and cheap settlement of disputes. If the competition law points are ignored by the arbitrator, these can subsequently be raised on appeal as, subject to the time limit, in Eco Swiss, the cheap and speedy conclusion of cases would be undermined. It is important that the arbitrator must apply his or her mind to the issue, however, the Court of Justice Judgement in the case of Van Sachijndel, it was established that there is no obligation upon a court of nation proactively to root out infringements of the competition rules.

Conclusion

Thus, we can see that Article 101 and 102 of the TFEU promises fair trade practices amongst all the market forces in Europe. With this, it ensures equal competition for all and no one gets an unfair advantage so that it helps all the market forces. 

References 


Students of Lawsikho courses regularly produce writing assignments and work on practical exercises as a part of their coursework and develop themselves in real-life practical skill.

LawSikho has created a telegram group for exchanging legal knowledge, referrals and various opportunities. You can click on this link and join:

https://t.me/joinchat/J_0YrBa4IBSHdpuTfQO_sA

Follow us on Instagram and subscribe to our YouTube channel for more amazing legal content.


 

The post Article 101 and 102 TFEU: Private Enforcement in the Courts of Member States appeared first on iPleaders.

From the Creation of Article 370 and 35A to Abolition

$
0
0

This article is written by Gauraw Kumar, a 2nd-year student of BVP-New Law College, Pune. In this article, he covers the story from the Creation of Article 370 and 35A to Abolition and tries to discuss the history, fact and provision of the constitution related to it.

Introduction

Article 370 and Article 35A were very important provisions for the State of Jammu and Kashmir. Article 35A was a unique provision included in the Indian Constitution that provides Legislature of Jammu and Kashmir complete freedom to make provision for permanent residents of the State. It provides special rights and privileges regarding the acquisition of property, providing job in the public sector, scholarships and other public welfare. Article 370 gave special status to the state of Jammu and Kashmir within India. Article 370 was the most controversial provision in the Constitution of India. Article 370 was a temporary provision. The President of India could declare by public notification to cease Article 370 to exist and can modify this Article also.

Story of creation of Article 370

  • When Pakistan did an attack on Jammu and Kashmir in 1947, then Maharaja Hari Singh (King of Jammu and Kashmir) demanded assistance from Indian Government. But, Jammu and Kashmir was not part of India at that time. On this matter, there was an instrument of accession signed on dated 26th October, 1947 between Maharaja Hari Singh and Indian Government. From that day, Jammu and Kashmir become an integral part of India.
  • After that, the Indian Government sent armies to Jammu and Kashmir and forced the Pakistan armies to go back.
  • Pakistan did not accept Jammu and Kashmir as an integral part of India even after the instrument of accession at that time. They blamed that instrument of accession was not signed in the free consent of Maharaja Hari Singh.
  • Then, the Indian Government approached the United Nation to solve that dispute. UN declared Jammu and Kashmir as a disputed area by giving very less value to the instrument of accession.
  • In order to solve the dispute of Jammu and Kashmir, the UN suggested a way of Plebiscite in which people of Jammu and Kashmir will vote that where they want to merge (Pakistan or India). But there are some preconditions put by the UN, in order to conduct Plebiscite. Conditions are:
  1. Pakistan has to remove its army from the area of Jammu and Kashmir.
  2. India has to reduce the volume of the army in the area of Jammu and Kashmir.
  • But, both countries were not ready to remove the army from the area of Jammu and Kashmir at that time, and Plebiscite did not happen.
  • A new personality named ‘Sekh Abdullah’ stood in the State of Jammu and Kashmir during that time. Sheikh Abdullah had a party named ‘National Conference’. This Party represents issues and problems of the suppressed and majority of the class of Jammu and Kashmir. During that time, he was emerging as a hero of Jammu and Kashmir.
  • There was a meeting held between the Indian Government and Sheikh Abdula named as Delhi Agreement. In this meeting, Instrument of accession was discussed and Article 370 was introduced in the Constitution of India for the incorporation of this instrument of accession.

Article 370

Article 370 of the Indian Constitution discusses temporary provisions with respect to the state of Jammu and Kashmir. Article 370 broadly covers three areas:

  • Laws making power of parliament for the state of Jammu and Kashmir: Generally, Parliament has the power to make laws for all the matters of the central list and the Concurrent list. But Article 370 restricted the law-making power of Parliament for the state of Jammu and Kashmir. According to Article 370, parliament can only make laws for Jammu and Kashmir on the concurrent and central list which was decided while signing the instrument of accession. There were three areas in which parliament can make law for Jammu and Kashmir, i.e. Defence, Communication and External Affairs. These three areas cover 31 matters of central and State list. If Parliament wants to extend its scope beyond 31 matters, then the permission of the Jammu and Kashmir government is required. Generally, When parliament makes any laws such as RTI, GST etc, it applies to every state directly except Jammu and Kashmir. But in case of Jammu and Kashmir, any laws passed by parliament should be ratified by state assembly of Jammu and Kashmir. If State assembly ratifies that law, then only it will apply to the State of Jammu and Kashmir.
  • Provisions of the Indian Constitution which are applicable in the state of Jammu and Kashmir: Article 1 and Article 370 of the Indian Constitution will be applicable in the State of Jammu and Kashmir. Along with these two articles of the Indian constitution, provisions of the constitution which was specified by the order of President in 1954 will be applicable in State of Jammu and Kashmir. This order of President is modified from time to time. Remaining parts and provisions of the Constitution of India will not be applicable to the State of Jammu and Kashmir.
  • Procedure to cease Article 370 of the Indian Constitution: When does Article 370 cease to exist? Answer to this question is also given in Article 370 of the Indian Constitution. If Constituent Assembly of Jammu & Kashmir agrees that Article 370 should be ceased and President of India declares the same by the public notification, then only Article 370 will cease to exist. But Constituent Assembly of Jammu and Kashmir was dissolved in 1957.

Story of creation of Article 35A

  • During the Treaty of Amritsar in 1846, the British Government has given Jammu and Kashmir to Maharaj Gulab Singh and Jammu and Kashmir was treated as Princely state. Legal provisions were made between 1912 to 1932 for Jammu and Kashmir.
  • After the adoption of Article 370 in the Indian Constitution, the citizenship of India was also extended to people of Jammu and Kashmir, but leaders and constituent assembly of Jammu and Kashmir wanted that existing laws and state subject of Jammu and Kashmir should be afforded different treatment.
  • For fulfilment of the desire of leaders and constituent assembly of Jammu and Kashmir, Dr Rajendra Prasad has introduced Article 35A in the Indian Constitution with the help of presidential order, 1954 by Delhi Agreement.

Article 35A

Article 35A defines the Rights of the Permanent Residents of Jammu and Kashmir. These residents are then eligible for special rights and privileges which the legislature can provide. According to this Article:

  • Definition of a permanent resident of Jammu and Kashmir will not change even after any such provision is given in Indian Constitution regarding this or any existing law in force in the State of Jammu and Kashmir or any law enacted by the legislature of the State.
  • Nothing in Article 35A will be void even after other citizens of India suffers a violation of their rights in respect of employment in the State of Jammu and Kashmir, or acquisition of immovable property of the state, or settlement in the state or right to scholarships and such other forms of aid as the State Government may provide.
https://lawsikho.com/course/certificate-criminal-litigation-trial-advocacy
                Click Above

Story of the Abolition of Article 370 and 35A

You must have heard about the fact via. TV, Newspaper or other social media that the Government has abolished Article 370 and Article 35A of the Indian Constitution. But, have you ever thought that by what procedure and by which bill, this abolition is made? Name of the bill was “The Jammu and Kashmir Reorganisation Bill, 2019” which was introduced by the minister of home affairs Amit Shah in Rajya Sabha on 5th August 2019. The bill was passed in Rajya Sabha on the same day and passed by Lok Sabha on 6th August 2019. Assent of President was also given to this bill on dated 9th August 2019. “The Jammu and Kashmir Reorganisation Bill 2019” was that bill by which passes results abolition of Article 370 and Article 35A of the Indian Constitution.

The Jammu and Kashmir Reorganisation Act, 2019

The Jammu and Kashmir Reorganisation Act, 2019 is an act of the Indian Parliament. It was introduced in Rajya Sabha on dated 5th August 2019 by Ministry of Home affairs. The main features of this Act are:

  • Reorganisation of the State of Jammu and Kashmir: This Act gives provision for reorganisation of Jammu and Kashmir into two Union Territory, i.e., Union territory of Jammu and Kashmir (consists of Kargil and Leh districts) and Union territory of Ladakh (remaining territories of the state of Jammu and Kashmir except for Kargil and Leh districts).
  • Lieutenant Governor: These two Union territories will be administered by the President, through a Lieutenant Governor (appointed by the President).
  • Legislative Assembly: This Act provides the concept of new Legislative Assembly for the UT of Jammu and Kashmir and says about the various characters of the same.
  • Total number of seats- 107 seats.
  • 24 seats out of 107 seats will remain vacant as their areas are occupied by Pakistan.
  • Seats of Assembly will be reserved for SCs and STs according to their population in UT.
  • Lieutenant Governor can nominate any two members for the representation of women to Legislative Assembly if they are not sufficiently represented.
  • The Assembly term will be of five years and it is mandatory for Lieutenant Governor to summon the assembly at least once in six months.
  • The Legislative Assembly can makes laws for any part of UT of Jammu and Kashmir which is related to:
  1. Matters mentioned in State list of the constitution, except “Police and Public Order”.
  2. Matters which are in Concurrent list applicable to UT.
  • Parliament has the power to make laws for Union Territory of Jammu and Kashmir.
  • Council of Ministers: The UT of Jammu and Kashmir has Council of Ministers of not more than 10% of members in the Legislative Assembly. The COM will advise Lieutenant Governor in the matter of making laws. The Chief Minister has to communicate each and every decision of COM to Lieutenant Governor.
  • High Court: There will be only one High Court for both Union Territory. UT of Jammu and Kashmir will have an Advocate General who will give legal advice to the Government of UT.
  • Legislative Council: The Legislative Council of the State of Jammu and Kashmir will be abolished and all bills which are pending in Legislative Council will lapse.
  • Advisory Committees: The Central Government will appoint Advisory Committees for various purposes, such as-
  1. Distribution of assets and liabilities of the state into two union territories.
  2. Issue of generation and supply of electricity and water.
  3. Issue of State Financial Corporation.
  • The extent of laws: 106 central laws of the Schedule lists will be applicable in both UTs from dated which is notified by the central government. These include:
  1. The Aadhaar Act 2016;
  2. The Indian Penal Code 1860;
  3. Right to Education Act 2009; etc.

From the Creation of Article 370 and 35A to Abolition

In this composition, the complete story of issues is given from creation to abolition. Summary of the above story follows:

  • In 1947, the Instrument of Accession was made.
  • In 1949, Article 370 is taken into consideration that it will be in the constitution of India.
  • In 1950, the Constitution of India came into force.
  • In 1954, Article 35A came to exist by the 1st Presidential order.
  • In 1956, the Constitution of Jammu and Kashmir came in force.
  • In 1990, the Armed Forces Special Powers Act imposed.
  • In 2018, Presidential rule was declared in State of Jammu and Kashmir.
  • In 2019, Abolition of Article 370 and Article 35A.

Views of people of Jammu and Kashmir who were against this Bill

There were some people who were opposing The Jammu and Kashmir Reorganisation Bill 2019 on the basis of their different views as follows:

  • The recent CM of Jammu and Kashmir, Mehbooba Mufti said it the “blackest day of democracy in India”. She said that the Indian Parliament will snatch away everything from the state of Jammu and Kashmir.
  • Former CM Omar Abdullah said the Government’s move as “unilateral and shocking”. According to him, the decision of the Government is a betrayal of the trust of people of Jammu and Kashmir.
  • According to Asgar Ali Karbalai (former Chief Executive Councillor of Kargil’s Hill Development Council), it is undemocratic to divide the state on the basis of “religion, language or region”.

Views of people of Jammu and Kashmir who were in support of this Bill

There were some people who were supporting The Jammu and Kashmir Reorganisation Bill 2019 on the basis of their different views as follows:

  • Jamyang Tsering Namgyal (a member of Lok Sabha for Ladakh constituency) support this Bill and hoping the move of Government will encourage jobs and development in their areas.
  • Leaders of the Kashmiri Hindu community (who were displaced from the Kashmiri Valley) were in support of this Bill and hoping for the justice to their communities.

Conclusion

The issues related to Article 370 and Article 35A were very sensitive and complex issues which were raised in India. It was a Historical decision that Indian Government cancelled the special status which was granted under Article 370 to Jammu and Kashmir, which has been a matter of dispute among India, Pakistan and China since 1947.

References


Students of Lawsikho courses regularly produce writing assignments and work on practical exercises as a part of their coursework and develop themselves in real-life practical skill.

LawSikho has created a telegram group for exchanging legal knowledge, referrals and various opportunities. You can click on this link and join:

https://t.me/joinchat/J_0YrBa4IBSHdpuTfQO_sA

Follow us on Instagram and subscribe to our YouTube channel for more amazing legal content.

The post From the Creation of Article 370 and 35A to Abolition appeared first on iPleaders.


The State Legislature: Article 168 to 212 under Indian Constitution

$
0
0

This article is written by Aniket Tiwari, a 1st-year student at Law School, Banaras Hindu University. This article is about the State Legislature and includes all the Articles related to it which is mentioned in the Constitution of India.

Introduction

The Constitution of India is regarded as one of the lengthiest written constitutions in the whole world. Our Constitution gives us a federal structure where the powers between the Central Government and the State Government are divided. Most of us know about the working of the Central Legislature and the powers related to the Central Legislature. Part VI of the Constitution deals with the State Legislature. In this article, we will discuss this part of the Indian Constitution in detail. Here we will discuss the unicameral and bicameral legislature. The creation and abolition of these Houses of the State Legislature. The qualification of a person to be a member of the State Legislature. Ultimately, we will discuss Articles 168 to 212 of the Indian Constitution. It is quite complex to understand the working and procedure of work in State Legislature but after going through the Constitution of India it becomes easier for one to understand it. 

Bicameral and Unicameral Legislature

Before discussing what is a bicameral and unicameral legislature, let us first discuss what is the legislature. The legislature is the law-making body of the State. It is first among the three organs of the state. It can make laws as well as administers the government. As mentioned in Article 168 of the Indian Constitution, a state can have a unicameral legislature (It should be Legislative Assembly) as well as a bicameral legislature (Legislative Council and Legislative Assembly). According to Article 168 of the Indian Constitution, there shall be legislature in every State and it shall consist of the Governor. 

Unicameral Legislature

Unicameral legislature refers to having only one legislative chamber which performs all the functions like enacting laws, passing a budget, and discussing matters of national and international importance. It is predominant in the world as most countries have a unicameral legislature. It is an effective form of the legislature as the law-making process becomes easier and reduces the possibility of obstacle in lawmaking process. Another advantage is that it is economically feasible to maintain a single chamber of the legislature. It is the most prevailing system in India as most of the States of India have a unicameral legislature. The members of the unicameral legislature (Legislative Assembly) elected directly by the citizens of the State.

Bicameral Legislature

By bicameral legislature, we refer to the State having two separate law-making Houses to perform the functions like passing the budget and enacting laws. India has a bicameral legislature at the Centre level while the State can make the bicameral legislature. In India, only 7 States have a bicameral legislature. It may be seen that a bicameral legislature may not be as effective as a unicameral legislature. However, it works as a barricade in some cases as it somehow makes the law-making process more complex.

Abolition or Creation of Legislative Councils

In our country, the Legislative Council (also known as Vidhan Parishad) is the Upper House of a bicameral legislature. The creation of which is given in Article 169 of the Indian Constitution and can also be abolished according to Article 169 of the Constitution.

Article 168 mentions about the Legislative Council in some of the States of our country. There is no rule of having a bicameral legislature in the State of India. It is because our Constitution framers knew that it will not be possible for every State to have a bicameral legislature ( due to financial or any other reason).   

Article 169 talks about the creation or abolition of the Legislative Council. For the creation or abolition of the Legislative Council, the Legislative Assembly must pass a resolution that must be supported by more than 50% of the total strength of the assembly. It must be supported by more than 2/3rd of the total members present in voting. Therefore it talks about the absolute and special majority. The resolution to create or to abolish the Legislative Council needs the assent of the President as well.

Composition of the Houses

Article 170 of the Indian Constitution talks about the configuration of the Legislative Assemblies. This Article simply put emphasis on what will be the structure of the Legislative Assemblies in the state. On the other hand, the configuration of the Legislative Council is given in Article 171 of the Indian Constitution. 

Legislative Assembly (Vidhan Sabha)

According to Article 170, there should be a Legislative Assembly in every State of India. However, these assemblies should be according to the provisions of Article 333 of the Indian Constitution. The Legislative Assembly of state can have at most 500 constituencies and at least 60 constituencies. These constituencies would be represented by the members who would be selected through the process of direct election. However, the division of territorial constituencies would be determined in such a manner that it becomes dependent on the population of that constituency. Here by the term “ population” we mean population which has been published in the precedent census. The composition of the Legislative Assembly in any state can change according to the change in the population of that state. It is determined by the census of population. However, there are several exceptions to the composition of the Legislative Assembly. Let’s take the example of Mizoram, Sikkim, and Goa which has less than 60 constituencies.      

The tenure or duration of the Legislative Assembly is mentioned in Article 172 of the Indian Constitution. The Legislative Assembly should work for a time period of five years. Its tenure starts from the day of its first meeting. However, it can be dissolved earlier by the special procedure established by the law. However, there can be an extension in the tenure of the Legislative Assembly. This can be done during the National Emergency. During the period of the National Emergency, the Parliament can extend the tenure of the Legislative Assembly for a period of maximum one year. Also, this extension should not be more than six months after the proclamation has ceased to operate.

Legislative Council (Vidhan Parishad)

The composition of the Legislative Council is given in Article 171 of the Indian Constitution. The total members in the Legislative Council should not exceed one-third of the total members in the state Legislative Assembly. There is another criteria for the composition of the Legislative Council. The member in the Legislative Council should not be less than 40 in any case. There is an exception in the composition of Vidhan Parishad. The Legislative Council of Jammu and Kashmir has only 36 Member in Legislative Council, unlike the other Legislative Council. 

The composition of the Legislative Council can be further divided in the following way:

  • One-third of the members of the Legislative Council should be elected from the district boards, municipalities and other local authorities which is specified by the Parliament according to law. 
  • One-twelfth of its members shall be elected from the person who has been residing in the same state for the time period of at least three years and graduated from the university which is in the territory of India.
  • One- twelfth of its total member should be elected from the person who is engaged in the teaching profession for at least three years in the educational institution of the state itself.
  • One third should be elected by Legislative Assemblies and none of them should be a member of the Legislative Assembly.
  • The remainder of the members should be nominated by the Governor according to the established law.
https://lawsikho.com/course/certificate-course-in-advanced-civil-litigation-practice-procedure-and-drafting
      Click above

Qualifications of Membership

After this much of knowledge on both the Houses of Legislations, we can move further on the next topic. Here we will discuss what are the qualifications that one requires for being a member of the Legislative Assembly/Council. 

The qualification of membership is given in Article 173 of the Indian Constitution. For the membership or for filling a seat in the legislature of the State, a person must be a citizen of India. A person will not be granted membership if he/ she is not a citizen of that country. Also, the qualification of the membership is somewhat similar to the qualification to the membership of the center legislature. The member of the Legislative Assembly should be more than 25 years. For being a member of the Legislative Council one should be more than 30 years. Also, a necessary condition for being a member of legislatures includes that he/she must be a voter from any of the constituencies of the state.

Disqualifications of Membership

After being elected/ nominated as a member of the legislature, one can not be a permanent member of the legislature. There are certain reasons mentioned in the Constitution by which a person may be disqualified from his/her membership to the Legislature. Article 191 talks about the disqualification of the members of the Legislature.

Disqualification of MLA/ MLC can be made on the following grounds:

  1. If one holds the office of profit under the state or central government. 
  2. If one is of unsound mind and is declared so by the competent court.
  3. If one is an undischarged insolvent.
  4. If one is not a citizen of the country anymore or when he/ she voluntarily took the citizenship of another country.
  5. If one is disqualified by the law of the Parliament. Example- Anti defection law.

Decisions on disqualifications

Article 192 of the Indian Constitution talks about the decision on the disqualification of a member of the state legislature. If any question arises about the disqualification of a member of the House of the legislature on any ground mentioned in Article 191 in the Indian Constitution, then Article 192 comes into play. Article 192 mentions that in such cases the decision about disqualification would be determined by the Governor of that state and his/ her decision would be final. However, the Governor needs to consult the Election Commission for the same and he/she needs to act accordingly. Here, grounds of disqualification would be the same as mentioned in Article 191.

Sessions of the State Legislature

Moving further on the next topic we will discuss the sessions of these State Legislatures. Its time of prorogation and dissolution will also be discussed by us here. Also, one thing is quite clear after a lot of analysis of State Legislature is that the Legislative Assembly is somehow similar to the House of the People (Lok Sabha) while the Legislative Council is similar to the Council of State (Rajya Sabha). Their sessions are also quite similar. Article 174 of the Indian Constitution gives the power to the Governor to summon these Houses of the State Legislature. He/ She can summon these bodies to meet at places and at such times which he/ she thinks fit or appropriate. But a necessary condition should be kept in mind is that the time period between the two sessions of these Houses should not exceed six months. Also as mentioned in Article 174 of the Indian Constitution, the Governor has the power to prorogue either House and to dissolve the Legislative Assembly.

Speaker and Deputy Speaker

There is a need for head or in charge of every legislative part. The Speaker and Deputy Speaker serve the same purposes in the Legislative Assembly. Article 178 of the Indian Constitution talks about the same. According to this article, there should be a Speaker and Deputy Speaker should be chosen from the Legislative Assembly. In this, it is also mentioned that the condition where if the office of Speaker and Deputy Speaker becomes vacant then it becomes the duty of the Legislative Assembly to choose the new Speaker and Deputy Speaker respectively.

Powers and Functions of Speaker

Article 178 gives the power to Speaker to preside over the sessions of the Legislative Assembly of the state. Similar powers are given to the Speaker of the Lok Sabha, as mentioned in Article 93 of the Indian Constitution. The power and position of an Indian Speaker are quite similar to the Speaker of the House of Commons in England.

The most important function of the Speaker is to preside over the sessions of the Legislative Assembly and also to maintain discipline and order in the assembly. Within the assembly, the Speaker is the master. He has the power to decide whether the Bill is a Money Bill or not. Also, the decision of Speaker cannot be challenged in a court of law. Money Bills are sent to the Legislative Council with the approval of the Speaker. The salary of Speaker is given from the Consolidated Fund of State.

The other functions/ powers of the Speaker are as follows:

  • He/she does not participate in the debate of the assembly.
  • Only votes when there is a condition of a tiebreak.
  • He/She sees whether there is a necessary quorum.
  • He has the power to adjourn or suspend the sitting of the Legislative Assembly when there is not a necessary quorum and also to maintain the discipline of House.
  • He/She has the power to suspend or to expel the member for his/ her unruly behaviour.  

Chairman and Deputy Chairman of the Legislative Council: Article 182,183,184,185

The working of the Legislative Council is quite complex. The process of membership, the appointment of its head and the power of the Legislative Council is also quite difficult to understand. According to Article 182 of the Indian Constitution, the Legislative Council must choose its two members as Chairman and Deputy Chairman. It also mentions that the Legislative Council must choose the Chairman and Deputy Chairman of the Legislative Council as soon as their office becomes vacant.

The offices of Chairman and Deputy Chairman becomes vacant very often. However, the reason for their removal/ resignation is mentioned in Article 183 of the constitution. The reasons are as follows:

  1. Should not hold their post if they are not a member of the Legislative Council.
  2. By sending the written resignation letter to each other.
  3. They can be removed by passing a resolution in the Council. However, there should be a majority of members in support of this resolution. An important point to be remembered while passing a resolution that a notice of the intention of resolution should be given before 14 days.

Now imagine a condition when there is a vacancy in seat of Chairman of the Legislative Council.  Then, the question which would strike us would be related to the replacement of his/ her place in the Legislative Council or who will look after the working of the Legislative Council. The answer to the second part of the question is given in Article 184 of the Indian Constitution. According to this Article, the Deputy Chairman has the power to perform the duties and to act as Chairman of the Legislative Council. According to Article 184, if there is a vacancy in the office of Chairman then all duties of Chairman would be performed by the Deputy Chairman and in case if the office of Deputy Chairman is also vacant then the duties of Chairman would be performed by the person appointed by the Governor.

Talking about Article 185 of the Indian Constitution, it puts certain restrictions on Chairman or Vice-Chairman when their impeachment resolution is under consideration. It simply tells that a Chairman or Vice-Chairman can not preside the Council when the resolution for their impeachment is under consideration. Here in this condition, Article 184 will be applied. Also, it is given in Article 185 that when such resolution is under consideration then the Chairman has all the right to attend the proceedings of the Legislative Council and he/she will have all the right to speak during such proceedings. Here, the Chairman has the right to vote in the first instance of the proceedings but he/she will not be able to vote in the condition of equality of votes.

Legislative Procedure: Article 196

The main purpose of Legislature is to make laws, pass a bill etc. To understand the working of Legislature or Legislative Procedure let us first discuss the term “Bill”. By Bill, we mean a draft of the legislative proposal. This bill after getting assent from both the Houses of Legislature becomes an Act after getting assent from the Governor. Article 196 of the Indian Constitution tells us about the provisions of the introduction and passing of the Bill. Except for the Money Bill and the Financial Bill ( procedure of passage of these bills are given in Article 198 and 207), the other bills can be introduced in either Houses of the legislature. Any bill is said to be passed only when it got assent from both the Houses of the legislature. Here both the Houses should agree on the amendment made to the bill. A bill would not lapse when it is pending in the House and there is the prorogation of that House. A bill pending in the Legislative Council of any state which is not passed by the Legislative Assembly shall not lapse even on the dissolution of the Legislative Assembly. Also, there is a condition mentioned in Article 196 which states that if there is a bill pending in the assembly and at that time the assembly dissolute, then the bill will also lapse ultimately. The bill will also lapse if it is passed by the assembly and is pending by the Council.

Ordinary Bills

The provision or the procedure related to Ordinary Bill is discussed in Article 196 of the Indian Constitution. The main purpose of the State Legislature is law-making as already being discussed in this article earlier. The legislature can make laws on State List as well as on Concurrent List. Ordinary Bill can be introduced in either of the Houses. The process given in Article 196 is applied here and once it gets the sign from the Governor it becomes law. The Governor has the power to issue ordinance when there is a need of any law and the legislature is not in session.   

Money Bills

A Money Bill is a bill that is concerned with government spending or taxation. The procedure to pass a Money Bill is quite different from the Ordinary Bill. Its procedure is given in Article 198 of the Indian Constitution. According to this Article of the Constitution of India, the Money Bill can only be introduced in the Lower House i.e. in Legislative Assembly. After the Money Bill is passed by the Legislative Assembly and in that state, then this bill would be forwarded to the Legislative Council for its recommendations. The same bill should be returned to the assembly within fourteen days from the date of receiving the bills. The assembly can either accept the recommendation or can deny any recommendations according to the discretion of the assembly. The same bill is then again sent to the Council and the Council has a time period of fourteen days to pass the bill. In case the Legislative Council fails to do so, then it is deemed to be passed by both the Houses.       

Assent to Bills: Article 200

Till now we have seen how a Bill gets assent from Houses of the state legislature. After this, Article 200 comes into play. As mentioned in Article 200, the bill after getting assent of both Houses and is then sent to Governor. It then comes under the discretion of the Governor whether to give assent or withhold his assent. He/she can also reserve assent for the consideration of the President.

Here the Governor has to return this bill to the State Legislature as soon as possible with the message of recommendation. Here again, these recommendations can be either accepted or rejected by the legislature and once again this bill is again sent to the Governor for his confirmation. Now he has only two options left with him, he can either give assent to this bill or can reserve it for further consideration from the President. 

Bills reserved for President’s consideration: Article 201

The bill which is reserved for the consideration of the President should have reasonable grounds for being reserved. Any bill can be reserved by the Governor which he/ she thinks is against the law. The further procedure of this Bill is given in Article 201 of the Indian Constitution. The Bill which is reserved for the President for his/her consideration should either be given assent by him/her. The President can also withhold his/her assent. The President then directs the Governor to return the bill to the House/Houses of Legislature with a message which was sent earlier by the Governor (according to Article 200 of the constitution). This bill should be reconsidered by the State Legislature within a period of six months. And again if the bill is passed by both Houses, then it is again presented before the President for its consideration.

An example of the contradiction to this Article came in the case of K.P. Kochanujan Thirumulpad vs State Of Kerala where a petition was filed and a question was asked on the legality of a bill which was passed before any direction came from the President during the period of reconsideration. Here the petition was rejected and it was held that there are certain restrictions/ grounds on which Article 201 does not apply.   

Language to be used in the Legislation: Article 210

All the proceedings in the State Legislature like the law-making process should be in the official language or in the language of the state or in Hindi or in English. It is given in Article 210 of the Indian Constitution. Here, under the special circumstances the Chairman or Deputy Chairman may allow the member to use other languages (who cannot express himself/herself in any of the languages as mentioned above in this article). Here, the role of language which is to be used in the legislation becomes very vital. However, there is a provision that determines that if the State Legislature does not make any law for using the English language even after fifteen years, then the word English from Article 210 will get eliminated by itself.    

Procedure in Financial Matters: Articles 202 to 207

The State Legislature of every state follows a special procedure in the matters related to finance. These procedures are given in Article 202 to Article 207 of the Indian Constitution. The procedure which is mentioned in these articles are as follows: 

  1. Article 202 (Annual Financial Statement): It is the duty of the Governor to lay down the estimated receipts and expenditure of the State for that year. It is known as the Annual Financial Statement.
  2. Article 203 (Procedure in the legislature related to estimates): The estimates that relate to expenditure from the Consolidated Fund of a State should not be submitted to a vote of the Legislative Assembly. But nothing mentioned here should be construed as preventing the discussion of the Legislatures that relates to those estimates. Demand for a grant can be made only on the recommendation of the Governor.
  3. Article 204 (Appropriation Bill): After making the grants under Article 203, the assembly shall introduce a bill that will provide for the appropriation out of the Consolidated Fund of the State for the matters related to money which is granted by the assembly.
  4. Article 205 (Supplement, Additional or excess grants): In this Article, the Governor can allow supplement grants (when the expenditure is more than what was estimated) and he/ she has the power to extend the granted money for any particular service.
  5. Article 206 (Vote on Accounts, Votes of Credit or Exceptional Credits): This Article talks about the power or authority of the Legislative Assembly to grant in the given situation.
    • In advance in respect of the estimated expenditure for a part of any financial year pending the completion of the procedure given in Article 203.
    • To make a grant for meeting an unexpected demand upon the resources of the State.
    • To make exceptional grants which are not a part of the current financial year.
  6. Article 207 (Special Provisions related to Financial Bills): Financial Bill should not be introduced in the Legislative Council and without the recommendation of the Governor.

General Rules of Procedure

It is important for every organ of the State to make certain rules and regulations for its proper functioning. Similarly, there are some general rules of procedure made for the smooth functioning of the State Legislature. These are given from Article 208- Article 212 of the Indian Constitution. All the provisions under these Articles are explained below:- 

  • Article 208– Houses of the State Legislature has the power to make rules and regulations for its conduct, its procedure and the conduct of its business.
  • Article 209– Regulation by law of procedure in the Legislature of the State in relation to financial business.
  • Article 210– It talks about the language which is to be used in the Legislature.
  • Article 211– It is about the restriction of the topic on which there will be no discussion in the Legislature.
  • Article 212– This Article tells that Courts can not inquire into proceedings of the Legislature.

Conclusion

In this article, we have discussed all the aspects of the State Legislature. One of the loopholes is that it is not compulsory for the states to have Council and it disturbs the uniformity in State Legislature of different States.. I think there should be uniformity in the State Legislature system. But this can sometimes be considered as the beauty of the Indian Constitution as it gives the chance to the State Assembly to decide on the same issue. Part VI of our Constitution has made it very clear about the functions, way of functions and the various power given to the State Legislature.

References

  1. http://legislative.gov.in/sites/default/files/COI-updated-as-31072018.pdf
  2. DD Basu -An introduction to the Constitution of India
  3.  https://timesofindia.indiatimes.com/topic/state-legislature

Students of Lawsikho courses regularly produce writing assignments and work on practical exercises as a part of their coursework and develop themselves in real-life practical skill.

LawSikho has created a telegram group for exchanging legal knowledge, referrals and various opportunities. You can click on this link and join:

https://t.me/joinchat/J_0YrBa4IBSHdpuTfQO_sA

Follow us on Instagram and subscribe to our YouTube channel for more amazing legal content.

The post The State Legislature: Article 168 to 212 under Indian Constitution appeared first on iPleaders.

Basis & Purpose of Charge under Criminal Procedure Code

$
0
0

This article is written by Arushi Gupta, a 4th-year law student of DES Law College, Pune University. This is an exhaustive article which covers all the aspects relating to Charge under CrPC.

Introduction

Section 2(b) of the Criminal Procedure Code defines charge as any head of a charge when the charge contains more heads than one. 

The legal definition mentioned in the code is not inclusive enough for a layman to decipher. However, the definition could simply be interpreted to mean as an “accusation”. It is the concrete accusation as recognised by the Magistrate or the Court, based on the prima facie evidence adduced against the accused. 

Purpose of Charge

Under the Code of Criminal Procedure, an accused should be informed of the offence of which he is charged. The basic purpose of the charge is to let the accused know of the offence that he is charged with so that he can prepare his defence. The accused should be informed of the charge against him at the very beginning. Every accused has the right to know what the prosecution has against him.

The underlying principle of the criminal law on informing the accused of the charge against him is to provide an equal opportunity to each and every individual to prepare his defence and avail justice. It must be noted that in case of serious offences, the statute requires the charge to be reduced to writing precisely and clearly and must be read to the accused and explained with precision and clarity.

In the case of V.C. Shukla vs. State, Justice Desai, while delivering the conclusive judgement opined, “the purpose of framing a charge is to give intimation to the accused of clear, unambiguous and precise notice of the nature of the accusation that the accused is called upon to meet in the course of a trial.”

https://lawsikho.com/course/certificate-criminal-litigation-trial-advocacy

Click Here

Types of Cases Where Charges are Framed 

The question of framing a charge against the accused arises only when the accused is not entitled to a discharge under Section 277 and 239 of the Criminal Procedure Code. 

Section 277 deals with the discharge of the accused in sessions cases. It states that if the judge, after hearing the accused and the prosecution and after considering the record of the evidence and the documents submitted herein, consider that there are not sufficient grounds to proceed against the accused, then the judge shall discharge him and record the reasons for doing so in writing.

Section 239 of the code deals with the discharge of the accused in warrant cases. It states that the Magistrate shall discharge the accused if, after considering the police report and the documents submitted under section 173 of the Code, comes to the conclusion that the charge against the accused is groundless. The Magistrate shall give the opportunity of being heard to the accused and the prosecution and record the reasons in writing. 

In the following types of cases the charges are framed under the Criminal Procedure Code:

  • Sessions cases under Section 228 of the Code;
  • Warrant cases instituted on police reports under Section 240 of the Code;
  • Warrant cases instituted otherwise on police report under Section 246(1) of the Code.

Sessions Case

Section 228 of the Code deals with the framing of charge in case of a trial before the Court of Sessions. In such a case, the charge is framed against the accused only when the accused is not entitled to discharge under Section 227 of the Code.

Section 228 of the Code states that:

If the Judge is of the opinion that the accused has committed an  offence which is:

  1. Not triable by the Court of Session, the Judge may frame the charge against the accused and may order to transfer the case for trial to the Chief Judicial Magistrate or any other Judicial Magistrate of the first class and he may order the accused to appear before such Magistrate on such date as required, and thereupon such Magistrate shall try the offence in accordance with the procedure for trial of warrant cases instituted on a police report;
  2. Exclusively triable by the Court, the Judge shall frame the charge against the accused in writing, in the case of which the charge shall be read and explained to the accused and shall ask the accused whether he pleads guilty of the offence he is charged with or claims to be tried.

Warrant Cases Instituted on Police Report

Section 240 of the Code deals with the framing of charges in case of warrant cases tried by a Magistrate instituted on police reports. It states that if the Magistrate, after consideration, examination and hearing, is of the opinion that there are sufficient grounds for presuming that the accused has committed an offence triable under this chapter, which the Magistrate is competent to try and is of the opinion that the accused of such offence could be adequately punished by him, he shall frame the charge in writing against the accused.

Warrant Cases Instituted Otherwise on Police Report

Section 246 of the Code states that when in any warrant case otherwise than on a police report, the accused is brought before a Magistrate and the Magistrate upon examination and hearing, is of the opinion that there are sufficient grounds to presume that the accused has committed the offence, then the Magistrate shall frame the charge against the accused in writing. 

In all the above cases, when the charge is framed against the accused, it is important the said charge is read and explained to the accused precisely and accurately. It shall also be important to ask the accused if he pleads guilty or if he has any defence to make. 

Contents of Charge

The initial requirement under the code for a free and fair trial is to inform the accused precisely and accurately, of the offence he is charged him so as to give him a fair opportunity to prepare his defence.

Section 211 and 212 of the Code prescribe the forms and contents of the charge. However, when the nature of the case is such that the offence in question cannot be described properly by the particulars as mentioned in the aforesaid sections, so as to give the accused sufficient notice of the offence with which he is charged, then the manner in which the offence was committed by the accused shall also be contained in the particulars of the charge.

This shall be considered sufficient for the purpose of providing sufficient notice to the accused of the offence with which he is charged.

According to Section 211 of the Criminal Procedure Code, every charge under the code shall include the following:

  • The offence with which the accused is charged;
  • If any law gives the offence any specific name, then the description of that charge by that name only;
  • The definition of the offence, under the law that does not give any specific name to the offence, so as to give notice of the matter to the accused of which he is charged;
  • The law and the section of the law against which the offence is said to have been committed.

Illustration (a) of this Section explains the above as follows:

If A is charged with the murder of B, it means that the offence is equivalent to the statement that the act of A fell within the meaning of the definition of Murder which is mentioned in Section 299 and Section 300 of the Indian Penal Code (45 of 1860). It also means that the act of A did not fall within any of the General Exceptions which are mentioned in the Indian Penal Code. It also means that it did not fall in any of the five exceptions to Section 300 or that, if it did fall within Exception 1 or one or more than one of the three provisions to that exceptions applied to it.

This means that when a charge is framed against an accused, then it is equivalent to the statement that the accused while committing the said offence has fulfilled every legal condition required to constitute the said offence in the particular case. Also, the said charge shall be written in the language of the Court.

Particulars as to Time, Place and Person

According to Section 212 of the Code, in order to give sufficient notice of the matter to the accused of which he is charged, then the charge shall contain the following components:

  • Time and place of the alleged offence;
  • The person (if any) against whom the offence was committed;
  • The thing (if any) in respect of which the offence was committed by the accused.

It should be noted that in case an offence is committed which is of the nature of the criminal breach of trust or dishonest misappropriation when the exact amount in question cannot be determined, then, in the said charge it shall be sufficient to specify the gross sum of money or movable property, as the case may be, in respect of which the offence was committed. 

In addition, the dates between which the said offence was committed shall also be mentioned in the charge sheet. It shall also be noted that it shall not be necessary to specify the exact items in question or the exact dates, provided that the time included between the first and the last date of such dates does not exceed one year.

Error in Charge

In order to understand the provisions in case of an error in charge Section 215 and 216 must be read with Section 464 of the Code.

Effect of Error

According to Section 215 of the Code, any error in stating the offence or any error in stating the particulars required to be mentioned in the charge shall not be material at any stage of the case. In addition, any omission to state such offence or the particulars of the charge shall be immaterial. However, if such error or such omission has misled the accused or if it has occasioned the failure of justice, then such error or omission shall be considered material.

When Court Can Alter or Amend a Charge

Section 216 states the conditions under which the Court can alter or amend or add to any charge:

  • Before the judgement is pronounced, the Court can alter or amend any charge;
  • Such alteration or addition has to be read and explained to the accused;
  • If in the opinion of the Court, the addition or alteration to the charge does not prejudice the accused in his defence or the prosecutor in the conduct of his case, then the Court may alter or amend the charge and proceed with the trial according to its discretion;
  • But if the Court is of the opinion that the alteration or addition to the charge is likely to prejudice the accused or the prosecutor as aforesaid, then following the alteration or amendment, the Court may, at its discretion either direct a new trial or adjourn the trial for such period as it may consider necessary;
  • If the previous sanction is necessary to be obtained for the prosecution of the offence stated in the altered or added charge, then the Court shall not proceed with the case until such sanction is obtained. 

Effect of Omission to Frame, or Absence of, or Error in Charge

Section 464 of the Code states the following:

(1) Any finding, sentence or order by a Court of competent jurisdiction shall not be deemed invalid merely on the ground that:

  • No charge was framed;
  • Any error, omission or irregularity in the charge, including misjoinder of charge.

Such finding, sentence or order of the Court shall be deemed invalid only when it is in the opinion of the Court of appeal, confirmation or revision, there has been a failure of justice.

(2) When the Court of appeal, confirmation or revision is of the opinion that a failure of justice has in fact been occasioned, then – 

  1. In case there is an omission in the framing of the charge, the said Court may order that the charge may be framed and that the trial may be commenced again from the point immediately after the framing of the charge;
  2. In the case of an error, omission or irregularity in the charge, direct that a new trial to be commenced upon a charge framed in whatever manner that the Court may think fit.

Provided that if the Court is of the opinion that the facts of the case are of such a nature that no valid charge could be preferred against the accused in respect of the facts of the case proved, the said Court shall quash the conviction of the accused.

Reference may be made in this regard to the case of Tulsi Ram and Ors. vs. State of Uttar Pradesh. In this case, the Court considered these aspects and laid down that the appellants completely understood the charges against them and they never raised a complaint at an appropriate stage of the trial that they were confused or bewildered by the charge against them. Therefore, the Court refused to accept any grievances raised by the accused regarding the framing of charges against them.

Recalling of Witness When Charge is Altered

According to Section 217 of the Code, whenever the charge has been altered after the commencement of the trial, the accused and the prosecutor shall be allowed:

  1. To recall or re-summon a witness who has already been examined and examine him in reference to such alteration or addition;
  2. However, if the Court is of the opinion that the prosecutor or the accused is recalling or re-examining the witness with the view of vexing or delaying or defeating the ends of justice, then the Court may, by providing reasons in writing refuse to allow to re-examine such witness;
  3. To call any further witness that the Court may deem material for the case.

Basic Rule as to Charge and Trial of Charge

Section 218 to Section 224 of the Code deal with the Joinder of charges (which means that in certain cases more than one accused may be tried for the charge of the same offence).

Section 218 of the Code deals with the basic rule as to the trial of the accused. Sections 219, 220, 221 and 223 of the Code deal with the exceptions to the basic rule. Section 222 provides for the circumstances under which the accused can be convicted of an offence he was not charged with at the beginning of the trial. Section 224 deals with the withdrawal of remaining charges when one of the several charges has received a conviction. 

Section 218 of the Code states that for every offence the person is accused of, there shall be a separate charge and each of that charges shall be tried by the Magistrate separately. However, if the accused person desires and requests the Magistrate in writing and the Magistrate is of the opinion that such a person would not be prejudiced in the case, the Magistrate may try together all the charges or any number of charges as he may deem fit.

Exceptions to the Basic Rule

Trial of Three Offences of the Same Kind Within a Year

Section 219 of the Code states that when a person has committed more than one offence of the same kind within a span of twelve months from the first to the last offence, whether in respect of the same person or not, he may be charged with or tried at one trial for any number of offences, which shall not exceed three.

Trial for More Than One Offence

  • According to Section 220 of the Code, when the series of acts are such that they are so connected that they form part of the same transaction and more than one offence is committed by such series of acts, then the accused may be charged with and tried for every such offence in one trial.;
  • In case the person is charged with one or more offences of criminal breach of trust or dishonest misappropriation of property as provided in sub-section (2) of Section 212 or in sub-section (1) of Section 219 of the Code, and when the person is accused of committing one or more offences of falsification of accounts for the purpose of facilitating or concealing the commission of that offence, then he may be charged with every such offence and may be tried for all such charges at one trial;
  • If the acts mentioned above constitute an offence falling within two or more separate definitions of any law for the time being in force then the accused person may be charged with such offences and tried for them at one trial;
  • In case of several acts when either one act by itself or more than one of those acts by themselves constituting an offence, combine together to constitute a separate offence, then the person accused of them may be charged with the offence constituted by such acts combined or for any offence constituted by one of those acts or more than one of those acts.

When it is Doubtful What Offence has been Committed

Section 221 of the Code states that if a single act or series of acts is of such a nature that it is doubtful which of several offences such acts shall constitute, the accused may be charged with all or any of such offences and any number of those charges may be tried at once. 

If such a case arises when the accused is charged with one offence but the evidence shows that he committed a different offence for which he might be charged with under the provisions of sub-section (1), then he may be convicted of the charge of offence of which the evidence shows to have been committed, even though he was not charged with it at the beginning of the trial.

Persons Who may be Charged Jointly

Section 223 of the Code provides a list of persons who may be charged jointly. It includes the persons accused of:

  • The same offence committed in the course of the same transaction;
  • An offence of abetment of, or attempt to commit an offence;
  • More than one offence within the meaning of Section 219;
  • Different offences committed in the course of the same transaction;
  • an offence which includes theft, extortion, cheating, or criminal misappropriation, and persons accused of receiving or retaining, or assisting in the disposal or concealment of, property possession of which is alleged to have been transferred by any such offence committed by the first-named persons, or of abetment of or attempting to commit any such last-named offence;
  • An offence under sections 411 and 414 of the Indian Penal Code or either of those sections in respect of stolen property the possession of which has been transferred by such offence;
  • any offence under Chapter XII of the Indian Penal Code (45 of 1860) relating to counterfeit coin and persons accused of any other offence under the said Chapter relating to the same coin, or of abetment of or attempting to commit any such offence; and the provisions contained in the former part of this Chapter shall, so far as may be, apply to all such charges.

However, when a number of persons are charged with separate charges and they do not fall within the categories of any persons mentioned in section 223, they may apply in writing to the Magistrate or the Court of Sessions, as the case may be, and the Magistrate or the Court of Sessions upon satisfaction that the case would not be prejudiced may try all such persons together.

The provisions regarding the exceptions to the basic rule as mentioned in Section 219, 220, 221 and 223 are only enabling in nature. It is the discretion of the court whether to apply these exceptions and try the charges jointly or not. In the case of Ranchod Lal v. State of Madhya Pradesh, it was held that it is the discretion of the Court whether to allow joinder of charges or not. It is not upon the accused to resort to this right.

Conviction of an Offence Not Charged

Section 222 of the Code mentions the conditions under which the accused may be convicted of an offence of which he was not charged. Such offences include:

  • A complete minor offence constituted by a combination of only some of the particulars of the charge when the combination is proved but the remaining particulars are not proved;
  • The minor offence resulting from the reduction of the offence charged with, when proved by the facts;
  • An attempt to commit the offence charged with.

Withdrawal of Remaining Charges on Conviction of One of the Several Charges

Section 224 of the Code states that in a case, if a charge containing more heads than one is framed against the same person, and when the conviction has been made on one or more of them, then the complainant, or the officer conducting the prosecution, may withdraw the remaining charge or charges with the consent of the Court. However, the Court, on its own accord, may order to stay the inquiry into the charge or the trial of such charge or charges. 

Such withdrawal of the charge or charges shall have the effect of the acquittal of the accused on such charge or charges, unless the conviction is set aside, in the case of which the said Court may proceed with the inquiry into, or trial of the charge or charges so withdrawn. It must be noted that the said inquiry shall be subject to the order of the Court setting aside the conviction.

It is well established that this section applies only to cases where the accused has been convicted of one of several distinct charges before the other charges have been tried.

Conclusion

The Criminal Procedure Code lays downs the basic rule of practice and procedure for framing of charge. Framing of charge is the most basic step of a case. Absolute duty of care must be exercised while framing of the charge as a failure of which may lead to the miscarriage of justice. Every person accused of an offence shall be informed of the charge specifically. It is important for a free and fair trial that the accused is made aware of the charge against him so that he can prepare his case.

The said charge shall be in the form and have the contents as mentioned in the Code so that the accused can understand the charge against him clearly. The Court has the power to alter or add to the charge at any time during the continuity of the case before the judgement is pronounced. But when the Judge or Magistrate is of the opinion that there is no prima facie evidence to establish a case against the accused, then the charge against the accused must be dropped and the accused must be discharged in accordance with the law.


Students of Lawsikho courses regularly produce writing assignments and work on practical exercises as a part of their coursework and develop themselves in real-life practical skill.

LawSikho has created a telegram group for exchanging legal knowledge, referrals and various opportunities. You can click on this link and join:

https://t.me/joinchat/J_0YrBa4IBSHdpuTfQO_sA

Follow us on Instagram and subscribe to our YouTube channel for more amazing legal content.


 

The post Basis & Purpose of Charge under Criminal Procedure Code appeared first on iPleaders.

Right to Equality: Article 16, 17 & 18 under the Indian Constitution

$
0
0

This article is written by Shristi Suman, a second-year student of (BBA.LL.B) Symbiosis Law School, Hyderabad. In this article, the scope, provisions, and different aspects of the Right to Equality under Article 16, 17 and 18 of the Constitution have been discussed.

Introduction

The Indian Constitution contains provisions for Right to Equality in Articles 14 to 18. The Preamble of the Indian Constitution also provides for the right to equal status and opportunity to the citizens of India. Right to Equality forms part of the basic structure of the Indian Constitution which can’t be amended. It is one of the six fundamental rights which is provided to the citizens of India by the Constitution. The Right ensures equality before the law and equal protection of the law irrespective of race, religion, caste, place of birth or gender of the citizens. Article 14 forms the foundation of Articles 16, 17, 18 of the Indian Constitution.

Right to equality of Opportunity in Public Employment: Article 16

Article 16 of the Indian Constitution guarantees equal opportunity to all citizens in matters related to employment in the public sector. Article 16(1) states that there shall be equal opportunity for the citizens in the matter of employment or appointment to any office under the State. The provision of equality is only applicable to the employment or offices which are held by the State. The State is still free to lay down the requisite qualifications for the recruitment of employees for the Government services. The Government can also pick and choose applicants for the purpose of employment as long as the applicants have been given an equal opportunity to apply for the Government service.

Article 16(2) lays down the grounds on which the citizens should not be discriminated against for the purpose of employment or appointment to any office under the State. The prohibited grounds of discrimination under Article 16(2) are religion, race, caste, sex, descent, birthplace, residence, or any of them. The words ‘any employment or office under the state’ mentioned in clause 2 of Article 16 implies that the said provision refers only to public employment and to the employment in the private sector. 

Article 16(1) and (2) lay down provisions for equal opportunity of employment in the public sector. However, it is stated in clause 3 of Article 16 that nothing in this article shall prevent Parliament from making any law which prescribes to the citizens who are appointed to any office under the State in regard to any requirements as to residence within that State or Union territory prior to employment or appointment to any office under the State.

Article 16(4) of the Indian constitution provides for the reservation of services under the State in favor of the backward class of citizens. The State shall decide whether a particular class of citizens is backward or not. Therefore, the State shall lay down acceptable criteria in order to ascertain whether a particular class of citizens is a backward class or not.

Equal Pay for Equal Work

A question of equal pay for equal work was raised for the first time in the case of Indian Oil Corporation vs Chief Labour Commissioner. The case Chemical Mazdoor Panchayat vs Indian Oil corporation was remanded by the Supreme Court in order to get a fresh decision on it by the High Court of Gujarat. The issue before the High Court of Gujarat was whether the contractual laborers of the Indian Oil Corporation were entitled to equal wages like the permanent employees of the Company. In 1992, it was found by the Labour Commissioner that the work which is done by the contractual laborers is similar to the permanent employees and consequently, an order was passed by the Labour Commissioner making Rule 25(2)(v) of the CLRA Rules applicable. In 2013, Gujarat High Court stated that the Labour Commissioner was wrong in only taking into consideration the nature of the work of the contractual laborers and permanent employees. Other aspects such as quality of work, the capability of the individual, qualification, work experience, etc. should have also been taken into consideration.

It was stated by the Court that in order to equate the two sets of employees i.e. laborers on contract and permanent employees not only similarity of designation and work has to be taken into consideration but the mode of recruitment, nature of work, value judgment, responsibility on the individual are also required to be taken into consideration. It was observed by the Court that the permanent employees are required to be qualified according to the job, they need to go through a written examination which the contractual laborers are not required to and there shouldn’t be an obligation on the employer for equal pay for equal work. The labor union then approached the honorable Supreme Court against the judgment given by the Gujarat High Court. 

The case as observed above was now been remanded on the question of the status of the contract laborers. The issue before the Court was mainly dependent on the Constitutionality of Rule 25(2)(v) of the CLRA Rules. 

This Rule states that:

“In case where the worker is employed by the contractor in order to perform the same kind or similar kind of work as a worker who has been directly employed by the principal employer of the establishments, then the wage rates, holidays, hours of work and other conditions of service of the worker who has been employed by the contractor shall be the same as the worker who has been directly employed by the principal employer of the establishment in which the workers are working for the same or similar kind of work.”

It was stated by the Court that it is clear that the parity between contractual laborers and permanent employees under the CLRA Rules is dependent on the similarity of work they perform and not on the mode of recruitment or qualifications. The Supreme Court in order to decide the case referred to the judgment of Randhir Singh vs Union of India, 1982. The case was a landmark judgment on the constitutional validity of equal pay for equal work. Equal pay for equal work is also a Directive Principle in the Indian Constitution. In the said case the Supreme Court grounded equal pay for equal work under Article 14 of the Constitution and stated that in cases where all “relevant considerations are the same“, the government can not deny equal pay for equal work simply by performing the bureaucratic maneuver i.e. by separating the workers into different posts, or to different departments. The example of drivers was taken to decide the case. According to the Court “there is not even the slightest doubt that the drivers in the Delhi Police Force perform the same functions and duties as other drivers in service of the Delhi Administration and the Central Government“, and hence, equal pay for equal work was attracted.

The phrase “same functions and duties” used by the Court resembles the language of the CLRA i.e. “same or similar work“. However, subsequent to the judgment in the case of Randhir Singh, the Supreme Court broadened the principles by passing a number of judgments. The Court through judgments passed a number of principles on equal pay for equal work including mode of recruitment, qualifications, etc. Equality of work was no longer related only to the kind or character of the work done by the workers but was also related to positions which the workers held in the office. In other words, the Supreme Court effectively converted the requirement for equal pay for equal work.

According to Article 16(2) of the Constitution, there shall not be any discrimination between the citizens on grounds of religion, race, caste, sex, descent, place of birth, residence or any of them in respect of employment or office under the State. The words ‘any employment or office under the State’ makes it clear that the said Article applies only to public employment. In the case of Indira Sawhney & Ors. v. Union of India, the Supreme Court held that there shall be a separate reservation for citizens belonging to other backward classes in central government jobs. The Court ordered the exclusion of citizens belonging to the creamy layer of other backward classes and economically poor citizens of forwarding castes for the purpose of reservation in central government jobs. The Court also stated that the upper limit of the reservations shall be not more than 50%.

The Constitution 77th Amendment Act, 1995

Since 1955 the Scheduled Caste and Scheduled Tribes have been provided with the facility of reservation for the matter of employment and promotion under the office of State. The honorable Supreme Court, in Indra Sawhney and Others vs. Union of India held that the reservation of Government jobs under Article 16(4) is limited to the appointment of the citizens belonging to the said classes and it cannot extend to a reservation in the matter of promotion. However, the Court’s decision in the matter of promotion affected the citizens belonging to Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes adversely as they were not represented well in Government services. Since it is the State’s duty to protect the interests of the Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes, the Government decided to continue the existing policy of reservation in promotion for the Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes. In order to carry out the practice which existed before the landmark judgment of Indra Sawhney and Others vs. Union of India, it was necessary to amend Article 16 of the Indian Constitution by inserting a new clause (4A) in the said Article.

For the purpose of reservation in matters of promotion of Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes, Clause (4) was inserted in Article 16 of the Constitution by 77th Amendment. It was stated in Clause(4) that nothing in Article 16 of the Constitution shall prevent the State from making any provision for reservation in matters of promotion to any posts in Government services in favor of the Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes.

https://lawsikho.com/course/diploma-advanced-contract-drafting-negotiation-dispute-resolution
             Click Above

Non-exclusion of “Creamy layer” in Backward Class

The ‘creamy layer’ has been defined by the Supreme Court as a class of society that are relatively forward and educated than the other members of the Other Backward Classes. The people who belong to the ‘creamy layer’ are not eligible for government-sponsored educational and professional benefit programs. In Indra Sawhney v. Union of India (II), The Bench analyzed the usage of the terms “caste” and “class”. It was stated that Article 16(4) of the Constitution has to be read together with the rest of the Constitution including Article 15(1) that prohibits the state from discriminating against any citizen on the grounds of caste. Considering the above, employing caste as a determinative factor in ascertaining the backwardness of the citizens is contradictory to the constitutional vision of a casteless society.

The issue which was before the Court was that:

(i) Whether the classification on the basis of caste is permissible;

(ii) Whether there is a rational nexus to such caste-based classification for the advancement of backward classes of citizens.

The Court observed that a classification based on caste is impermissible in light of Article 15(1) of the Constitution. The judgment given by the Court whittled away the distinction between “caste” and “class” upholding the non-exclusion of creamy layer in backward class. 

The Constitution (81st Amendment) Act, 2000

The Government through the 81st Amendment Act, 2000 introduced Article 16(4B). The Amendment allowed reservation in promotion to the 50% upper limit which is set on the regular reservations. The Amendment permitted the Government to carry forward unfilled vacancies from previous years. This Amendment was called as the Carry Forward Rule.

Before 1997, the vacancies which were reserved for the Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes and were not filled up by direct recruitment because of the non-availability of the candidates belonging to the Scheduled Castes or the Scheduled Tribes were treated as “Backlog Vacancies”. These vacancies were then treated together as a distinct group and were excluded from the upper limit of reservation i.e. 50%. In the landmark judgment of Indra Sawhney v Union of India, the Supreme Court held that the total number of vacancies to be filled up on the basis of reservations in a year including the reservations by the Carry Forward Rule shall not exceed the upper limit of fifty percent. As total reservations in a year for the Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes along with the Other Backward Classes had already reached forty-nine and a half percent and the total number of vacancies to be filled up in a year was not allowed to exceed fifty percent and so the filling up of “Backlog Vacancies” became difficult. Therefore, in order to implement the said judgment and maintain the upper limit of reservations, an Official Memorandum dated August 29, 1997, was issued which stated that the fifty percent upper limit shall apply to current as well as “Backlog Vacancies”.

Due to the adverse effect of the aforesaid Memorandum on the Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes, various organizations including the Members of Parliament in order to protect the interests of the Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes approached the Central Government. After taking into consideration, the various representations by the organizations and Members of Parliament, the Court reviewed the position and decided to make an Amendment in the Constitution so that the vacancies which were left unfilled can be considered as a separate class of vacancies. Such a class of vacancies shall not be considered together with the other vacancies of the year. It was stated that carry forward rule will be applicable for unfilled (backlog) vacancies but it must not violate the 50% upper limit rule. Together all the reservations must not exceed the 50% upper limit. The Backlog vacancies were thus, allowed but the upper limit of the reservation remained 50%. This Amendment in the Constitution enabled the State to restore the position as it was before passing of the Memorandum dated August 29, 1997.

The Constitution (85th Amendment) Act, 2005

The Government servants who belonged to the Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes enjoyed the benefit of seniority because of the reservation of promotion in Government services. The judgments of the Supreme Court in the cases like Union of India vs. Virpal Singh Chauhan and Ajit Singh vs. State of Punjab led to the issue of the O.M.(official Memorandum) dated 30th January 1997. The Memorandum adversely affected the interest of the Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes in the matter of promotion who worked under Government. Subsequently, many representations were made by various quarters including Members of Parliament to protect the interest of the Government servants who belonged to Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes.

The Government has reviewed the position in the light of views received. The 85th Amendment was introduced in order to extend the benefit of reservation in favor of the citizens belonging to Scheduled Castes Scheduled Tribes in matters of promotion with consequential seniority. The Amendment substituted the words ”in matters of promotion to any class” the words ”in matters of promotion with consequential seniority, to any class” in Article 16 (4) of the Constitution.

M. Nagaraj v. Union of India, AIR 2007 SC 71

The case M. Nagaraj v. Union of India was related to reservation of Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes and dealt with Articles 16 (4A) and (4B) of the Constitution. It was held in this case that in order to grant reservations to Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes, the State must collect ‘quantifiable data’ to demonstrate their backwardness. It was held that the concept of the creamy layer will also apply to the Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes and therefore, they would not be entitled to any such reservations. Further, the decision was altered as it was argued by the Attorney-General of India that both the holdings were incorrect as they were contrary to the judgment which was given in Indira Sawhney vs Union of India (non-exclusion of creamy layer in matters of reservations).

Report of Justice Ram Nandan Committee

Ram Nandan Committee was appointed to differentiate the creamy layer from other backward classes of citizens. A report was submitted by the Committee in 1993 which was accepted. By an Act of Parliament, the National Commission for Backward Classes was established in 1993. The Commission considered inclusion and exclusion of the citizens from the lists of castes that are notified to be backward for the purpose of job reservation. The Commission also evolved a formula in order to determine the criteria which will be applicable to differentiate the creamy layer from other backward classes.

It was stated by Ram Nandan Committee in its report that reservation should not be provided to OBC children of constitutional functionaries i.e. President, Judges of the Supreme Court and High Courts, employees of central and state bureaucracies above a certain level, public sector employees, and members of the armed forces and paramilitary personnel above the rank of colonel. The reservation would not be applicable to the children whose parents are engaged in trade, industry or in professions like medical, law, chartered accountancy, income tax consultancy, financial or management consultancy, engineering, or is a film artist or is involved in any other film profession, or is an author, playwright, sportsperson, sports professionals, media professional or any other vocations of like status, whose annual income is ₹ 100,000 (Rs 1 lakh to Rs 6 lakh for a period of three consecutive years (the amount has been changed from the amount which was specified in the year 1993 by the committee.

Disabled Candidates

The Indian Constitution provides for equal rights and opportunities to the disabled citizens. The disability should be 40% or more and must be certified by a medical practitioner. The disability also includes blindness, visual impairment, hearing impairment, locomotor disabilities, etc. The Constitution aims to put the disabled citizens in an equal position with other citizens. In order to achieve this aim, the Constitution has made provisions under Article 15(1) and (2) for reservation of disabled citizens under Government services and institutions which are run by the Government. 

Article 29(2) of the Constitution provides similar rights to the disabled people in matters of education. It has been stated in the Article that no citizen shall be denied admission into any educational institution maintained by the State or receiving aid out of State funds only on the ground of disability.

National Commission for Backward Classes

In the case of Indra Sawhney vs Union of India, the Court directed the Government to create a body for inclusion and exclusion of the citizens from the lists of castes that are notified to be backward for the purpose of job reservation. Subsequently, the Parliament passed the National Commission for Backward Classes Act in 1993 and constituted the National Commission for Backward Classes.

The 102nd Constitutional Amendment, 2018 provides a Constitutional status to the National Commission for Backward Classes (NCBC). The Commission has the authority to examine complaints and welfare measures of the citizens who belong to backward classes socially and educationally.

The Commission works for the citizens who belong to Backward classes and monitors all the matters related to it in order to safeguard the backward classes of citizens.

NCBC also performs such other functions which are important for the protection, welfare and development and advancement of the socially and educationally backward classes.

Abolition of Untouchability: Article 17

Untouchability has been abolished by the Indian Constitution through Article 17. The Article states that the practice of untouchability is prohibited in all forms. Article 17 of the Constitution abolishes the practice of untouchability. The practice of untouchability is an offense under the Untouchability Offences Act of 1955 (renamed to Protection of Civil Rights Act in 1976) and anyone doing so is punishable by law. This Act states that whatever is open to the general public should be open to all the citizens of India.

Devarajjah v. Padmanna, AIR 1958 Mys 84

In the case of Devarajjah vs. Padmana, the term untouchability was defined. It was stated that the Untouchability Offences Act, 1955 fails to define the word ‘untouchability’. The Court observed that ‘untouchability’ under Article 17 of the Constitution should not be taken in the literal sense but should be understood as a practice that has prevailed and developed in India. The framers of the Constitution had clearly indicated untouchability as a practice that developed historically in this country. The existence and practice of untouchability in this country and the efforts which have been made for its eradication during the past decades are matters of common knowledge and can be taken judicial notice of.

Article 17 of the Constitution which was intended to abolish the practice of untouchability, fails to define the term ‘untouchability’ nor is it defined anywhere else in the Constitution. Through this case, the Court gave a broader interpretation of the word ‘untouchability’ under Article 17 of the Constitution.

Asiad Project Workers Case

In the Asiad Project Workers Case, the PUDR filed a case against the Delhi Administration. People’s Union for Democratic (PUDR) is an organization which was formed for the purpose of protecting the democratic rights of the citizens. It commissioned three social scientists for inquiring about the conditions under which the workmen were working in Asiad Projects. Based on the inquiry, the PUDR addressed Justice Bhagwati by writing a letter about the various violations of labor laws that were taking place in Asiad Projects. The Supreme Court treated the letter as a writ petition and issued a notice to the Union of India, Delhi Administration, and Delhi Development Authority. The violations were as follows:

(i) The provisions of the Equal Remuneration Act, 1976 were violated. The female workers were being paid less than male workers and the amount of wage was being misappropriated by the Jamadars. The workers who belonged to lower castes were treated as untouchables and were forced to work without wages. It resulted in a violation of Article 17 and 23 of the Constitution.

(ii) There was a violation of labor law as well as Article 24 of the Constitution as children below the age of 14 years were employed in the project.

(iii) There was a violation of the Right to life under Article 21 of the workers as they were denied of proper living conditions and medical facilities.

The judgment which was given by the Supreme Court was in favor of the petitioners. The Court observed that it is the duty of the State to protect the fundamental rights of the citizens. A set of guidelines were given for minimum wages and many other provisions were introduced to ensure proper working conditions for the workers.

Abolition of Titles: Article 18

The Article 18 of the Constitution forbids the State from conferring any titles on the citizens of India and also they are prohibited from accepting any title given by a foreign State. However, Military and academic distinctions can be conferred upon. The title which comes along with awards such as Bharat Ratna and Padma Vibhushan do not fall within the constitutional prohibition and thus, they do not fall under the definition of title under Article 18 of the Constitution.

Balaji Raghavan v. Union of India, (1996) 1 SCC 361

In the case of Balaji Raghavan v. Union of India, the petitioners contended that National Awards like Padam Vibhushan, Padam Bhushan, Padam Shri, and Bharat Ratna should not be given to the individuals as it is a violation of Article 18. It was argued in the court that the National Awardees very often misuse the title which is given to them by the Government. The Supreme Court held that National Awards are not subject to titles as per Article 18 and receiving a National Award was not a violation of equality under the Constitution. Article 51(A)(f) of the Constitution speaks about the necessary recognition and appreciation of excellence in the performance of a person’s duty. The Court criticized the Government’s failure in selecting the right candidates for National Award and also stated that the whole criteria for selection were vague and the main object of recognition and appreciation of work was wholly missing.

Designation of Senior Advocate

In the case of Indira Jaisingh vs. Supreme Court of India, the designation of the Senior Advocate was questioned as the appointment of the Senior Advocates were based on different norms and guidelines in different High Courts. Subsequently, the Supreme Court framed a new set of guidelines for the appointment of Senior Advocates. The petitioner Indira Jaisingh filed a petition on the grounds that the guidelines which are set by the Supreme Court for the appointment of Senior Advocates are flawed and need to be rectified. From the year 2015, no lawyer has been with the title of senior advocate by the Supreme Court. The last time the court made the designation of the Senior Advocate was in April 2015. The issue came before the Court when the Senior Advocate Indira Jaisingh filed a petition questioning the biased view when it comes to ‘giving them the gown’. This petition came right after when Supreme Court-appointed 5 new senior advocates in 2015. She contended that this was a violation of the fundamental rights under Article 14 & 15 of the Constitution. She also contended that this led to the monopoly of the senior lawyers in a court of law and the method of appointing senior designation also leads to unhealthy lobbying with the judges. The Courts have stopped the appointment of advocates for the designation of senior advocates after the said petition.

Conclusion 

Right to Equality is not a simple concept as it is perceived to be. The Indian Constitution aims to achieve a society in which all the individuals are provided with an equal opportunity. The developments which have been made in the light of Right to equality under the Constitution have uplifted the Indian society. The framers of the Constitution aimed to achieve a society where all citizens are treated equally. The Courts have given various interpretations through the judgments so as to achieve the aim of equality which the framers of the Indian Constitution intended. 


Students of Lawsikho courses regularly produce writing assignments and work on practical exercises as a part of their coursework and develop themselves in real-life practical skill.

LawSikho has created a telegram group for exchanging legal knowledge, referrals and various opportunities. You can click on this link and join:

https://t.me/joinchat/J_0YrBa4IBSHdpuTfQO_sA

Follow us on Instagram and subscribe to our YouTube channel for more amazing legal content.

The post Right to Equality: Article 16, 17 & 18 under the Indian Constitution appeared first on iPleaders.

How Indian Companies can make Foreign Acquisitions

$
0
0

This Article is written by Abhishek Dubey, a 2nd-year law student from Chanderprabhu Jain College of Higher Studies and School of Law. This article discusses how an Indian company can acquire foreign companies and also the procedure, issues & trends of acquiring foreign companies.

Introduction

Mergers and acquisitions are narrow concepts that require significant knowledge. Concepts such as cross border merger or acquisition require more knowledge and understanding.

‘Inbound merger’ is a part of a ‘cross bound merger’. When an Indian company acquires a foreign company, it is known as an Inbound Merger or Acquisition. In an inbound merger and acquisition, the Indian company is a parent company.

The considerations that need to be taken care of in inbound merger and acquisition are:

  • Impact of government regulators in matters of employment law, taxation and licensing, etc.
  • The potential difficulty in a stage of merger and acquisition in both countries.
  • National security between the countries.
  • The cultural difference between the countries.
  • Legal and cultural differences in case of due diligence.
  • Coordination of intellectual property.

There are a lot of things to be taken into consideration. Proper due diligence is required. This is because such tasks are difficult due to the complex procedure and the separate set of laws and significant rules, etc. 

Procedure for an inbound merger or for acquiring a foreign company

Transfer of securities

The issue or transfer of security should be made in accordance with the Foreign Exchange Management Act regulations such as pricing guidelines, entry route, and sectoral caps. Some specified conditions in case of special circumstances include, where the foreign company is a joint venture or wholly or subsidiary owned, the provision contained in Foreign Exchange Management regulations incorporated in the year 2004, should be followed for the transfer and issue of securities.

Borrowings

In the case of borrowing by a foreign company from an Indian company, the Indian company becomes liable. Any borrowing if done overseas, that is borrowing from an Indian company, entering into the books of the resultant company shall conform to external commercial borrowing norms within a period of two years.

Assets

The Indian company can acquire the assets of a foreign company under the regulations as specified under FEMA.

Sale of assets

 Where the assets are not permitted to be sold, it shall be sold within a period of two years from the date of sanction of the scheme. The sale should proceed immediately. 

Office

An office that is situated outside India, after being acquired, is to be treated as a branch of the acquiring company i.e., the resultant company may undertake any transaction of that branch under the 2015 regulation of FEMA.

https://lawsikho.com/course/diploma-companies-act-corporate-governance

Click Here

Bank account in the country of the transferor entity

The resultant company is permitted to open a bank account in a foreign country for their transaction.

  1. Valuation: The valuation of an Indian company with a foreign company should be in accordance with Rule 25A of Companies Act which provides for accounting standards accepted internationally.
  2. Deemed approval: Prior approval of RBI is necessary according to subsection (2) of 234 which states that foreign companies with the approval of RBI may merge with the Indian company. This is unusual and should be left to the person managing the FEMA Act. 

For Approval by the Reserve bank, the application has to be sent to the following address:

                       The Chief General Manager,

                       Reserve Bank of India,

                       Foreign Exchange Department,

                       Overseas investment Division,

                       Sir P.m Road Floor,

                       Mumbai- 400001

A letter from an Authorised Dealer of IP should mention the following details:

  • Transaction number generated by the overseas investment division.
  • Brief details about Indian entity and foreign entity.
  • Background and details about the transaction.
  • Reason for seeking approval under FEMA regulation.

Observation of the designated Authorised Dealer Bank with respect to the following:

  • Prima facie validity of joint venture/ wholly owned subsidiary outside India.
  • Contribution to external trade and other benefits which will accrue to India.
  • Financial position and intellectual property record of an entity, etc.

Rules applicable under the provisions of Companies Act 2013

General provision of Companies Act 2013

Section 230(2) of the Companies Act 2013 states that when an Indian company wants to acquire a foreign company, the application has to give to the tribunal and the application should also be given to call for the members and creditors of the company for their consent. The company should also disclose the corporate debt structuring to the tribunal.   

Notice to the regulator and the role of Competition Commission of India

Notice to the regulator and other authorities, which are being affected by the merger or acquisition should be given to the Competition Commission of India. They should revert back within 30 days of such notice. There are some rules which are not expressed in the Companies Act 2013 such as sectoral regulation. So, due notice should be given to the Competition Commission of India.

As far as notice is concerned, the provision of the Competition Act 2002 provides for mandatory merger and acquisition under Regulation 2011 (merger control regulations). This regulation provides for mandatory approval of the Competition Commission of India.  

Even High Courts are taking steps with regards to the approval of a merger from the Competition Commission of India, Once the Competition Commission of India does not object or make any representation in front of the tribunal within 30 days, then the tribunal may assume that the Competition Commission of India does not have any objection.

Provision of Section 234 of Companies Act 2013: Progressive or Regressive

The Companies Act 1956 restricted cross border merger. This policy was restricted for the protection of Indian companies only. The Indian government is moving towards an ‘Open Door Policy’. Such a policy is an inbound foreign investment with relaxation on capital account transactions.

It should also be appreciated that such a restrictive protectionist condition is not present in many advanced jurisdictions like USA and UK. Otherwise, the year 2003 amalgamation of Veracity Technology Inc. with MosChip semiconductor technologies ltd. would not have been possible. The introduction of Section 234 is a welcoming step.

Central government forming rules in consultation with the RBI: Sub-section(1) 234 of Companies Act 2013 states that the Central Government may make rules in consultation with the RBI in relation to merger and Acquisition.

Depository receipt as payment of consideration to the shareholders of the merging Company: One radical feature of sub-section(2) of 234 of the Companies Act provides for payment of depository receipts to the shareholders of the merging company. But depository receipts has major issues. If the Indian Depository Receipt has to be made as attractive as the American Depository Receipt and Global Depository Receipts, then effective and simpler policies should be made.

Issues in the case of the Inbound Merger for existing Companies

Wholly owned services and joint venture companies can be the operating entity engaged in trading of goods and services or they can be a manufacturing entity which would not have a significant income. Section 47(6) of the Income Tax Act 1961 treats inbound mergers as tax neutral subject to the condition.

The key issues relating to inbound merger and acquisition are:

The merger of the foreign domiciled holding company

Loans obtained prior to the merger

RBI has permitted Indian companies to take over guarantee and outstanding borrowing which should conform to the norms of “External Commercial Borrowings”. If an Indian company does not borrow from recognized lenders and borrows money from a non-recognized financial lender, then the company is considered a non-recognized borrower.

If the eligible borrower and eligible lender’s conditions are satisfied but the minimum maturity period is not specified in that situation, the Indian party has to renegotiate before the merger within years as per the guidelines issued by ECB.  

Migration of foreign accumulated losses

Section 72A of the Income Tax Act provides for carrying forward and the setting off of accumulated losses in certain cases for companies that fall within the definition of the industrial undertaking. Currently, there is no mechanism in the Income Tax Act to absorb foreign tax losses. 

Another issue is the Minimum Alternate Tax

This provision specifies that the Indian company has to incorporate tax liability of the foreign company which is being amalgamated. 

The merger of operating an overseas Wholly-Owned Subsidiary/ Joint venture

Issues such as foreign accumulated losses and foreign liabilities will be more relevant in cases of a foreign company mergers. 

Additional key considerations in such a scenario would be: 

The merger of overseas Manufacturing entities

As mentioned in the “Foreign Exchange Management Act”, the office of a foreign company would be treated as a branch of an Indian company. In the case of a manufacturing entity, its warehouse and factories would be considered as an office operating outside India. In the case of post-merger, the manufacturing entities would continue its operations, which will lead to establishing permanent business outside India. These could have permanent establishment implications in a foreign country.

Further, such a branch will lead to commercial liabilities such as employee contracts, customer and vendor contracts. Merging a foreign manufacturing entity into an Indian entity will lead to an Indian holding entity that would lead to a commercial reality. Given such implications, the Indian company will choose its wholly-owned subsidiary/ joint venture engaged in a foreign company with its Indian holding company. 

The merger of trading and service sector entities

The Indian company may either propose to bring an end to the wholly-owned subsidiary/ Joint venture company or continue the same, even post the merger. If an Indian company intends to cease its operations, the overseas company has to shut its operation and then merge into an Indian entity.

However, if the intended company continued its operations in case of even post-merger, then the following issues may arise:

Transfer of foreign employees to India

The foreign employees will be transferred to India and the salaries, payroll and provident funds of employees will have to be dealt with accordingly. In the case of post-merger, the employees and overseas branches will form a place of business outside India and will constitute a permanent establishment. In case the foreign employees opted for Employee Stock Option Plan, they will continue to hold in the case of the same post-merger i.e., the acquired company ceases to exist and becomes part of the acquiring company.

Determination of Outward Direct Investment threshold step down subsidiaries

While evaluating in case of an inbound merger, the Indian Company is required to evaluate the net worth of 400 per cent. This is because such an entity will directly become part of the Indian subsidiary company. However, in the case of an outbound merger, it is not required to mention whether the threshold will be determined on the basis of net worth appearing in case of a balance sheet.

Discharge of consideration to joint venture partner under the share swap

Where the company has been merged with an Indian company, a joint venture partner would receive his share of that Indian company on account of such a merger. To this extent, it would be regarded as a share swap under FDI regulation and will not require any permission from the Government. 

Inbound structure of foreign companies

  • Wholly owned subsidiary and joint venture companies: 100% FDI is permitted in a company under automatic route i.e., the fact that no permission is required from the Government in the inbound merger as per the Regulations (schedule 1 20(r)4).
  • Limited Liability Partnership: 100% FDI is permitted in the case of LLP under Schedule 6 of inbound regulation, subject to the conditions of FDI.
  • An Indian company can establish a branch office and liaison office or project office: A foreign company can establish these offices in India under the FEMA Regulation of 22(R)(5) that is under service activity.

Trends of inbound merger and acquisition in India

As per the Hindu report, the inbound merger jumps to 30 per cent while an outbound merger drops down by 35 per cent. This was a research study conducted by ‘Venture Capital Intelligence’ which focuses on merger & acquisition and private equity deals. In 2011, value for inbound deals was announced as $9.99 billion and 50 transactions in the year 2010 were announced for $ 8.4 billion.

The top deals in the year 2011 were Vodafone acquiring Essar Group for $5.46 billion dollars, Tata group acquired Corus for $12.8 billion and Bharti Airtel acquired Zain Africa for 10.8 billion.

Conclusion

The Corporate Sector is moving towards a stage of globalization. Its principle has to be accepted through favourable legislation. Because of the presence of technical legislation, it is impossible to achieve success in one attempt.

Cross Border Merger defines an inbound merger between an Indian company and a foreign company where the resultant company is an Indian company and where there is a takeover of the assets and liabilities of a foreign company. The functional aspect of an inbound merger has been provided in the regulation of the Foreign Exchange Management Act.


Students of Lawsikho courses regularly produce writing assignments and work on practical exercises as a part of their coursework and develop themselves in real-life practical skill.

LawSikho has created a telegram group for exchanging legal knowledge, referrals and various opportunities. You can click on this link and join:

https://t.me/joinchat/J_0YrBa4IBSHdpuTfQO_sA

Follow us on Instagram and subscribe to our YouTube channel for more amazing legal content. 

The post How Indian Companies can make Foreign Acquisitions appeared first on iPleaders.

Sports Merchandising and Law in India: All you need to know about

$
0
0

This article is written by Dhruv Vatsyayan of Law School, Banaras Hindu University who is pursuing his 1st year of B.A.LL.B and is a sports enthusiast by passion. In this article, he deals with the Legal aspects of Merchandising and licensing in sports.

Introduction

Sports in the last few decades has become an industry rather than just a recreation activity, what it conventionally used to be. After the tele-broadcasting revolution took a major share in the entertainment industry, sports marketing and commercialization also boomed.

Most of the revenue is gained through the sale of broadcasting rights, through organizing events and through merchandising.

Merchandising in sports involves dealing with various laws and going through various agreements and contracts.

So, in this article, we will be discussing the legal angle of merchandising in sports.

Sports Merchandising

To start with sports merchandising let’s first understand what exactly merchandising is.

In a broader sense, merchandising means promotion and marketing of some event or organization by means of specially made goods and services and making them available in retail stores.

For example, these days we can find Marvel’s Avengers’ merchandise or DC’s Justice League’s customized goods in every second retail shop, be it of clothing or something else. And obviously, these things are done to promote respective cinematic productions.

In a similar way, merchandising also works in case of the promotion of sporting leagues, teams, clubs, and personalities. 

Sports merchandising principally involves licensing, agreements and Intellectual property laws for coping up with the logo and patent-related issues. Sports Merchandising can be classified as:

  • Merchandising related to Sports personalities.
  • Merchandising related to teams or clubs.
  • Merchandising related to events, leagues, and tournaments.

There are various clubs and leagues across the world that are a perfect example of capitalizing the means of promotion through merchandising and licensing. For example, Football clubs like Barcelona, Liverpool, and Chelsea or, Baseball teams like the New York Yankees and Texas Rangers, are big names that have successfully capitalized upon sports merchandising. 

The process involved in all sorts of merchandising remains the same, though, there are minute differences like interests involved, stakeholders and rights & duties.

Let us talk a bit about the emerging market of sports merchandising in India.

Sports Merchandising in India

When in the year 2001, the demigod of cricket, Sachin Tendulkar struck a whopping 100-crore deal with Mark Mascarenhas’ sports management firm, WorldTel, people started criticizing him for going after big money and all. But I guess, Tendulkar was able to see the future of the sports industry and especially that of cricket after 10 or 15 years from then. 

Eventually, with the emergence of the Indian Premier League around the year 2010, every bit of Indian Cricket got commercialized and merchandising started to play a major role in the sports industry and market.

Now, let’s take the case of football, as it holds the largest percentage share in the sports merchandising industry worldwide. Due to exponential growth in viewership of football tournaments during the last few years, it has also become a major player in this industry. With Football Club merchandising having witnessed a huge increase in demand, various football clubs have gotten their roots in Indian Market like the Real Madrid Football Club and FC Barcelona. Their licensed merchandise now includes apparel, school bags, stationery, and other miscellaneous stuff.

With the emergence of various different sporting leagues like ISL, PBL and Pro Kabaddi League in India, this market has witnessed sporadic growth in the last decade.

In words of Market Expert, Jibi George, “The Indian Sports licensing market is digging its heels in and is ready to play ball.”

Now, let’s delve into the intricacies of the legal aspect of sports merchandising.

Sports Merchandising and IP

To be able to deal with the legal aspect of sports merchandising, we should first know about what are the laws applicable and involved in the same.

The first thing which comes to mind is Intellectual Property Laws.

Let’s first figure out the relation between IP Laws and Sports Merchandising. IP Law forms a major part of laws involved in sports merchandising because it includes patents, trademarks, designs, copyrights, and other intellectual properties. 

Let’s start with trademarks and sports merchandising. Trademarks are the most used Intellectual Property in the Sports Industry. Things which are covered under the trademark are:

  • Names of Franchise or League
  • Taglines
  • Logos
  • Flags

Trademarks are responsible for adding value to a brand and giving identity to it. This brand value per se is used in the process of merchandising and then making revenue and profit from it.

Trademarks can be registered under various categories and classes like clothing or glassware etc. For example, Real Madrid Football Club, apart from being a football club, also sells and distributes several classes of merchandised products like caps, bags, bottles, clothing, etc. So, the logo and other intellectual properties are needed to be protected from unauthorized use and counterfeiting.

To seek redressal in case of a trademark dispute, the stakeholder needs to prove 3 basic requirements:

  • That the trademark has acquired goodwill in the market.
  • That there was a misrepresentation of the trademark.
  • And, there was damage caused due to this misrepresentation. 

Merchandising related to goods and services is mostly covered under trademark laws. It’s so because almost every class of goods will be having either logo or tagline or name imprinted or carved upon it.

Let us understand this by an illustration, Chennai Super Kings, which is a franchise team in the Indian Premier League is going to start the sale of its merchandised goods and apparel. So, it will be using its logo which consists of a solid yellow colored background and outline of an aggressive lion. To protect it from unauthorized use, they will register it under the trademark laws. Similarly, their tagline, which reads ‘WHISTLE PODU’ will also be protected under the same. And, once they are registered, they can claim damages for any unlicensed or unauthorized use.

The process of getting trademarks registered varies from country to country. In India, it can be done through a trademark agent or a lawyer. Also, it can be registered internationally under the Madrid system of registration of trademarks and is applicable to various territorial jurisdictions.

Another important Intellectual property involved in the practice of merchandising is personality rights.

Let’s first understand what does personality rights stand for. Personality rights are a set of rights available to an individual to control the exploitation of his/her name, image or any other part of his/her personality. Today when most of the sportspersons have become brands themselves, it’s important to protect these rights too. It’s necessary because, the celebrity status, formed due to popularity is and can be used for image creation, brand endorsement and capitalizing on fame by generating revenue and gaining monetary profits from it.

Many of the famous players like David Beckham, Alan Shearer, and Sachin Tendulkar have registered their names as trademarks so that no one else can use it for gaining monetary profit.

Now, let’s look upon how these personality rights are applicable in merchandising and licensing. These days, the gaming industry is booming like anything and so is the sports gaming industry. These gaming production companies tend to use the names of the players in the games and having a trademark upon one’s name restricts this. In return for using names, royalties are being received by the players.

For example, there is this famous PC game, by FIFA itself, which contains the names of the players in its database. Thus, before using these names, which have been trademarked by the owners, FIFA had to make a contract with them and thus offered them some royalty. 

Similarly, leading video gaming company, Electronic Arts or EA produces this famous cricket video game called EA Sports Cricket. Thus, to avoid such problems, they use similar-looking fake names of real players like Sachin Tendulkar becomes S.Tendehar and M.S.Dhoni becomes D.Dhenier. 

This is done primarily to avoid the expenses of licensing.

Another use of personality merchandising in the era of the internet and smartphones is in the field of personal apps and games. Most of the famous players have their own mobile applications as a part of merchandising.

Some of the examples are Sachin Tendulkar, Ravindra Jadeja, and Murali Vijay.

Famous players also get associated with apparel making brands and then, the players and developers, both land on an agreement to produce merchandise having names and using the personality rights of the player. And, the companies make great profits by capitalizing on those names. Some such examples are M.S.Dhoni associated with SEVEN, Virat Kohli associated with WROGN and not to forget, Cristiano Ronaldo having own brand with the name CR7.

Recently, in the year 2019, Indian Cricketer, Virat Kohli got into a contract with a cartoon production company for the production of a cartoon, SUPER V, whose protagonist looks like Virat Kohli himself.

https://lawsikho.com/course/insolvency-bankruptcy-code-ibc-nclt-sarfaesi
                Click Above

Merchandising Agreement

A Merchandising Agreement is an agreement, which describes the terms and conditions through which the owner of a trademark grants a license to the licensee for using the IP of the licensor. These agreements can vary in scope and also vary in the extent of how complex they are. The broadness of scope depends upon the owner himself.

Following are the issues which are most commonly dealt with in a merchandising agreement:

  • Rights and Duties of both the parties
  • Products to be covered under the agreement
  • Duration and term of an agreement
  • Remuneration
  • Payments
  • Dispute resolution and redressal

In most of cases, the owner of the trademark receives some advanced payment and royalty payments depending upon the percentage of merchandise sales throughout the duration and term of the agreement.

In case, where the licensee fails to abide by the agreement, the licensor can put an end to the agreement. However, such actions are normally avoided as such deals involve huge finances at stake.

Now let’s discuss why parties would be willing to take part in the contract.

The owner of the trademark may benefit from the merchandising agreement by granting rights of their IP to another party or the licensee and can gain by generating revenues from that. Similarly, the licensee can generate profits by counting and capitalizing on the popularity of the licensor by making huge sales of the goods and services.

Essentials of a Merchandising Agreement

While there are no such thumb rules for essentials of the agreement but there are some elements that are generally found in an Agreement or a Merchandising Agreement per se. 

These are:

  • Identification of the parties: In the merchandising agreement, parties to the contract should be clearly listed out contract. It should also identify all of their information that is needed to enter into an agreement. This becomes even more important where there are various parties involved in the agreement. Let’s take an illustration, there is this Baseball franchise willing to contract to license out for their official merchandise with an Active Wear Manufacturing Brand. But, the distribution part is to be done by another company. So, in this situation, as 3 parties are involved, the agreement must identify all the parties and their rights & duties distinctly.
  • Interpretation and Definitions: Every agreement contains some terms which unless defined are ambiguous and unclear. Thus, such words and terms should be clearly defined and explained with illustrations if needed. Hence, the agreement is interpreted in accordance with such definitions and explanations.
  • Grant of Rights: The clause related to the grant of rights is very important in the merchandising agreement and in every agreement in general. It discusses the nature, scope, and extent of grant of rights offered by the licensor to the licensee. In most of the agreements, this clause talks about the exclusivity of the rights and the territory specified. It specifies the territories where the licensee has the right to sell the merchandise and exclusively deals with the number of licensees in a particular territory. For example, A cricket club has granted rights to Firm A to sell goods in a Territory X, then it will be considered as an exclusive right.
  • Term and Termination: Such agreements must clearly specify the term of the agreement. The term means the period of time which both the parties have agreed upon and for that period only the license remains valid. Normally, it is seen that most companies follow the strategy of signing an agreement for a shorter term and then renewing it later, as the case may be.

Suppose, such a situation arises where there is a need to terminate the license before the completion of the term, then the agreement must have provisions dealing with such situations. In such cases, where the licensee fails to perform what was expected from him to perform according to the agreement, or it carries on activities outside the ambit of the agreement, then the licensor can terminate the agreement if he finds it to be feasible. 

  • Licensed Product and Property: The agreement must clearly state the properties and products which are to be licensed for merchandising.

It should also clearly describe the features of the product precisely and it may also mention if the party wants to reserve the right for making any changes in the product concerned or not.

  • The territory should be defined: The agreement must distinctly define the territories for which licenses are being granted. This essentially means defining geographical territories. For example, Chennai Super Kings enters into an agreement with Bewakoof.com for official merchandising. Then the agreement between them should specify that the license will grant rights for sale only in the territory of India and not elsewhere.

The agreement may also specify media and channels through which the licensor wants the goods to be distributed, be it through retail stores or through online retailing.

  • Royalties: This includes the amount to be paid by the licensee to the licensor for sale of each unit of the good. It may be an up-front license fee or compensation to the licensor.
  • Timing of Payments: The parties must agree upon the issue of the timing of the payment and the same must be specified in the agreement.

The payments can be made quarterly, which is most commonly found there but can also be paid in half-yearly or monthly terms.

  • Indemnity Clause: The merchandised goods are generally perceived as being produced by the party carrying that trademark. Thus, any defect or decline in the quality of the product may lead to a decline in the reputation of the licensor. Thus, to avoid such situations, it is a prudent choice to put a clause in the agreement which indemnifies the licensor from any claims from a third party arising out of any defect in the goods.

Conclusion

As it has witnessed an unpredictable growth in the last couple of decades, the industry of sports licensing and merchandising has become a hugely profitable market. It is based on the goodwill associated with licensor’s product which paves a path to a lucrative market.

And, licensing laws and IP laws are obviously intertwined with the growth of the merchandising industry in sports.

Thus, it is quite evident that the future of the sports industry lies in the growth of the merchandising industry as it popularizes the sport and generates a hefty revenue out of it.

References

  1. http://nopr.niscair.res.in/bitstream/123456789/14768/1/JIPR%2017%285%29%20437-442.pdf
  2. https://brandequity.economictimes.indiatimes.com/be-blogs/wearing-the-game-the-ascent-of-india-s-sports-merchandising-market/3118
  3. https://www.upcounsel.com/merchandise-license-agreement
  4. https://sportslaw.in/home/2013/08/10/the-anatomy-of-a-sports-licensing-and-merchandising-agreement/

Students of Lawsikho courses regularly produce writing assignments and work on practical exercises as a part of their coursework and develop themselves in real-life practical skill.

LawSikho has created a telegram group for exchanging legal knowledge, referrals and various opportunities. You can click on this link and join:

https://t.me/joinchat/J_0YrBa4IBSHdpuTfQO_sA

Follow us on Instagram and subscribe to our YouTube channel for more amazing legal content.

The post Sports Merchandising and Law in India: All you need to know about appeared first on iPleaders.

Viewing all 1639 articles
Browse latest View live